close
1.

図書

図書
Maxim Ryadnov
出版情報: Cambridge : RSC Publishing, c2009  ix, 238 p. ; 24 cm
シリーズ名: RSC nanoscience & nanotechnology ; no.7
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introductory Notes / Chapter 1:
Inspiring Hierarchical / 1.1:
Encoding Instructive / 1.2:
Starting Lowest / 1.3:
Picturing Biological / 1.4:
References
Recycling Hereditary / Chapter 2:
Coding Dual / 2.1:
Deoxyribonucleic / 2.1.1:
Building up in Two / 2.1.1.1:
Keeping in Shape / 2.1.1.2:
Priming Topological / 2.1.2:
Resequencing Basic / 2.1.2.1:
Choosing the Fittest / 2.1.2.1.1:
Evolving Diverse / 2.1.2.1.2:
Primary Motifs / 2.1.2.2:
Gluing Universal / 2.1.2.2.1:
Alienating Axial / 2.1.2.2.2:
Fixing Spatial / 2.2:
Hinting Geometric: Secondary Motifs / 2.2.1:
Crossing Double / 2.2.1.1:
Reporting Visible / 2.2.1.1.1:
Translating Symmetrical / 2.2.1.1.2:
Extending Cohesive / 2.2.1.2:
Sharing Mutual / 2.2.1.2.1:
Multiplying Traversal / 2.2.1.2.2:
Tiling Square / 2.2.1.2.3:
Scaffolding Algorithmic / 2.3:
Pursuing Autonomous / 2.3.1:
Lengthening to Shorten / 2.3.1.1:
Gathering to Limit / 2.3.1.2:
Assigning Arbitrary / 2.3.2:
Synchronising Local / 2.3.2.1:
Prescribing General / 2.3.2.2:
Adding up to Third / 2.3.3:
Wrapping to Shut / 2.3.3.1:
Framing to Classify / 2.3.3.2:
Outlook / 2.4:
Recaging Within / Chapter 3:
Enclosing to Deliver / 3.1:
Transporting Foreign / 3.1.1:
Fitting Flat and Straight / 3.1.1.1:
Spiralling Along / 3.1.1.2:
Packing Out and In / 3.1.2:
Spooling Around / 3.1.2.1:
Tunnelling Through
Escaping Walled / 3.1.3:
Capturing On and Off / 3.1.3.1:
Storing Exchangeable / 3.1.3.2:
Reacting Nano / 3.2:
Clustering Spherical / 3.2.1:
Contriving Consistent / 3.2.1.1:
Scaling Hosting / 3.2.1.2:
Following Linear / 3.2.2:
Channelling Inner
Converting Outer
Repairing from Inside / 3.3:
Uninviting Levy / 3.3.1:
Necessitating Exterior / 3.3.2:
Antagonising Dressing / 3.3.2.1:
Renting Occasional / 3.3.2.1.2:
Phasing West / 3.3.2.2:
Facing Concentric / 3.3.2.2.1:
Encircling Between / 3.3.2.2.2:
Singling Out Unique / 3.3.2.2.3:
Sharing the Balance / 3.3.3:
Driving Symmetrical / 3.3.3.1:
Sealing Annular / 3.3.3.2:
Reassembling Multiple / 3.4:
Keeping All in Touch / 4.1:
Unravelling the Essential / 4.1.1:
Winding Three in One / 4.1.1.1:
Aligning Stagger / 4.1.1.2:
Tapering Polar / 4.1.1.3:
Branching and Stretching / 4.1.1.4:
Replicating Apparent / 4.1.2:
Scraping Refusal / 4.1.2.1:
Tempting Compatible / 4.1.2.2:
Likening Synthetic / 4.1.2.3:
Recovering Intelligent / 4.1.2.4:
Restoring Available / 4.2:
Prompting Longitudinal / 4.2.1:
Invoking Granted / 4.2.1.1:
Reposing Modular / 4.3:
Displacing Coil / 4.3.1:
Settling Lateral / 4.3.2:
Bundling Exclusive / 4.3.2.1:
Permitting Distinctive / 4.3.2.2:
Inviting Captive / 4.3.2.3:
Clearing Limiting / 4.3.3:
Equilibrating Transitional / 4.3.3.1:
Extracting Minimal / 4.3.3.2:
Gambling Beyond / 4.4:
Guiding Proliferative / 4.4.1:
Feeding Proximate / 4.4.1.1:
Rooting Renewal / 4.4.1.2:
Accepting Inescapable / 4.4.2:
Patterning Positional / 4.4.2.1:
Relating Interfacial / 4.4.2.2:
Grafting Integral / 4.4.2.3:
Concluding Remarks / 4.5:
Learning Fluent / 5.1:
Parsing Semantic / 5.2:
Drawing Pragmatic / 5.3:
Revealing Contributory / Chapter 6:
Subject Index
Introductory Notes / Chapter 1:
Inspiring Hierarchical / 1.1:
Encoding Instructive / 1.2:
2.

図書

図書
Hans Bisswanger
出版情報: Weinheim : WILEY-VCH, c2008  xviii, 301 p. ; 25 cm
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface to the Second English Edition
Preface to the First English Edition
Symbols and Abbreviations
Introduction and Definitions
References
Multiple Equilibria / 1:
Diffusion / 1.1:
Interaction between Macromolecules and Ligands / 1.2:
Binding Constants / 1.2.1:
Macromolecules with One Binding Site / 1.2.2:
Macromolecules with Identical Independent Binding Sites / 1.3:
General Binding Equation / 1.3.1:
Graphic Representations of the Binding Equation / 1.3.2:
Direct and Linear Diagrams / 1.3.2.1:
Analysis of Binding Data from Spectroscopic Titrations / 1.3.2.2:
Binding of Different Ligands, Competition / 1.3.3:
Non-competitive Binding / 1.3.4:
Macromolecules with Non-identical, Independent Binding Sites / 1.4:
Macromolecules with Identical, Interacting Binding Sites, Cooperativity / 1.5:
The Hill Equation / 1.5.1:
The Adair Equation / 1.5.2:
The Pauling Model / 1.5.3:
Allosteric Enzymes / 1.5.4:
The Symmetry or Concerted Model / 1.5.5:
The Sequential Model and Negative Cooperativity / 1.5.6:
Analysis of Cooperativity / 1.5.7:
Physiological Aspects of Cooperativity / 1.5.8:
Examples of Allosteric Enzymes / 1.5.9:
Hemoglobin / 1.5.9.1:
Aspartate Transcarbamoylase / 1.5.9.2:
Aspartokinase / 1.5.9.3:
Phosphofructokinase / 1.5.9.4:
Allosteric Regulation of the Glycogen Metabolism / 1.5.9.5:
Membrane Bound Enzymes and Receptors / 1.5.9.6:
Non-identical, Interacting Binding Sites / 1.6:
Enzyme Kinetics / 2:
Reaction Order / 2.1:
First Order Reactions / 2.1.1:
Second Order Reactions / 2.1.2:
Zero Order Reactions / 2.1.3:
Steady-State Kinetics and the Michaelis-Menten Equation / 2.2:
Derivation of the Michaelis-Menten Equation / 2.2.1:
Analysis of Enzyme Kinetic Data / 2.3:
Graphical Representations of the Michaelis-Menten Equation / 2.3.1:
Direct and Semi-logarithmic Representations / 2.3.1.1:
Direct Linear Plots / 2.3.1.2:
Linearization Methods / 2.3.1.3:
Analysis of Progress Curves / 2.3.2:
Integrated Michaelis-Menten Equation / 2.3.2.1:
Determination of Reaction Rates / 2.3.2.2:
Graphic Methods for Rate Determination / 2.3.2.3:
Graphic Determination of True Initial Rates / 2.3.2.4:
Reversible Enzyme Reactions / 2.4:
Rate Equation for Reversible Enzyme Reactions / 2.4.1:
The Haldane Relationship / 2.4.2:
Product Inhibition / 2.4.3:
Enzyme Inhibition / 2.5:
Unspecific Enzyme Inhibition / 2.5.1:
Irreversible Enzyme Inhibition / 2.5.2:
General Features of Irreversible Enzyme Inhibition / 2.5.2.1:
Suicide Substrates / 2.5.2.2:
Transition State Analogs / 2.5.2.3:
Analysis of Irreversible Inhibitions / 2.5.2.4:
Reversible Enzyme Inhibition / 2.5.3:
General Rate Equation / 2.5.3.1:
Non-Competitive Inhibition and Graphic Representation of Inhibition Data / 2.5.3.2:
Competitive Inhibition / 2.5.3.3:
Uncompetitive Inhibition / 2.5.3.4:
Partially Non-competitive Inhibition / 2.5.3.5:
Partially Uncompetitive Inhibition / 2.5.3.6:
Partially Competitive Inhibition / 2.5.3.7:
Noncompetitive and Uncompetitive Product Inhibition / 2.5.3.8:
Substrate Inhibition / 2.5.3.9:
Enzyme Reactions with Two Competing Substrates / 2.5.4:
Different Enzymes Catalyzing the Same Reaction / 2.5.5:
Multi-substrate Reactions / 2.6:
Nomenclature / 2.6.1:
Random Mechanism / 2.6.2:
Ordered Mechanism / 2.6.3:
Ping-pong Mechanism / 2.6.4:
Product Inhibition in Multi-substrate Reactions / 2.6.5:
Haldane Relationships in Multi-substrate Reactions / 2.6.6:
Mechanisms with more than Two Substrates / 2.6.7:
Other Nomenclatures for Multi-substrate Reactions / 2.6.8:
Derivation of Rate Equations of Complex Enzyme Mechanisms / 2.7:
King-Altmann Method / 2.7.1:
Simplified Derivations Applying Graph Theory / 2.7.2:
Combination of Equilibrium and Steady State Approach / 2.7.3:
Kinetic Treatment of Allosteric Enzymes / 2.8:
Hysteretic Enzymes / 2.8.1:
Kinetic Cooperativity, the Slow Transition Model / 2.8.2:
pH and Temperature Dependence of Enzymes / 2.9:
pH Optimum and Determination of pK Values / 2.9.1:
pH Stability / 2.9.2:
Temperature Dependence / 2.9.3:
Isotope Exchange / 2.10:
Isotope Exchange Kinetics / 2.10.1:
Isotope Effects / 2.10.2:
Primary Kinetic Isotope Effect / 2.10.2.1:
Influence of the Kinetic Isotope Effect on V and Km / 2.10.2.2:
Other Isotope Effects / 2.10.2.3:
Special Enzyme Mechanisms / 2.11:
Ribozymes / 2.11.1:
Polymer Substrates / 2.11.2:
Kinetics of Immobilized Enzymes / 2.11.3:
External Diffusion Limitation / 2.11.3.1:
Internal Diffusion Limitation / 2.11.3.2:
Inhibition of Immobilized Enzymes / 2.11.3.3:
pH and Temperature Behavior of Immobilized Enzymes / 2.11.3.4:
Transport Processes / 2.11.4:
Enzyme Reactions at Membrane Interfaces / 2.11.5:
Application of Statistical Methods in Enzyme Kinetics / 2.12:
General Remarks / 2.12.1:
Statistical Terms Used in Enzyme Kinetics / 2.12.2:
Methods / 3:
Methods for Investigation of Multiple Equilibria / 3.1:
Equilibrium Dialysis and General Aspects of Binding Measurements / 3.1.1:
Equilibrium Dialysis / 3.1.1.1:
Control Experiments and Sources of Error / 3.1.1.2:
Continuous Equilibrium Dialysis / 3.1.1.3:
Ultrafiltration / 3.1.2:
Gel Filtration / 3.1.3:
Batch Method / 3.1.3.1:
The Method of Hummel and Dreyer / 3.1.3.2:
Other Gel Filtration Methods / 3.1.3.3:
Ultracentrifugation / 3.1.4:
Fixed Angle Ultracentrifugation Methods / 3.1.4.1:
Sucrose Gradient Centrifugation / 3.1.4.2:
Surface Plasmon Resonance / 3.1.5:
Electrochemical Methods / 3.2:
The Oxygen Electrode / 3.2.1:
The CO2 Electrode / 3.2.2:
Potentiometry, Redox Potentials / 3.2.3:
The pH-stat / 3.2.4:
Polarography / 3.2.5:
Calorimetry / 3.3:
Spectroscopic Methods / 3.4:
Absorption Spectroscopy / 3.4.1:
The Lambert-Beer Law / 3.4.1.1:
Spectral Properties of Enzymes and Ligands / 3.4.1.2:
Structure of Spectrophotometers / 3.4.1.3:
Double Beam Spectrophotometer / 3.4.1.4:
Difference Spectroscopy / 3.4.1.5:
The Dual Wavelength Spectrophotometer / 3.4.1.6:
Photochemical Action Spectra / 3.4.1.7:
Bioluminescence / 3.4.2:
Fluorescence / 3.4.3:
Quantum Yield / 3.4.3.1:
Structure of Spectrofluorimeters / 3.4.3.2:
Perturbations of Fluorescence Measurements / 3.4.3.3:
Fluorescent Compounds (Fluorophores) / 3.4.3.4:
Radiationless Energy Transfer / 3.4.3.5:
Fluorescence Polarization / 3.4.3.6:
Pulse Fluorimetry / 3.4.3.7:
Circular Dichroism and Optical Rotation Dispersion / 3.4.4:
Infrared and Raman Spectroscopy / 3.4.5:
IR Spectroscopy / 3.4.5.1:
Raman Spectroscopy / 3.4.5.2:
Applications / 3.4.5.3:
Electron Paramagnetic Resonance Spectroscopy / 3.4.6:
Measurement of Fast Reactions / 3.5:
Flow Methods / 3.5.1:
The Continuous Flow Method / 3.5.1.1:
The Stopped-flow Method / 3.5.1.2:
Measurement of Enzyme Reactions by Flow Methods / 3.5.1.3:
Determination of the Dead Time / 3.5.1.4:
Relaxation Methods / 3.5.2:
The Temperature Jump Method / 3.5.2.1:
The Pressure Jump Method / 3.5.2.2:
The Electric Field Method / 3.5.2.3:
Flash Photolysis, Pico- and Femto-second Spectroscopy / 3.5.3:
Evaluation of Rapid Kinetic Reactions (Transient Kinetics) / 3.5.4:
Subject Index
Preface to the Second English Edition
Preface to the First English Edition
Symbols and Abbreviations
3.

図書

図書
Alexander Mamishev, Sean Williams
出版情報: Hoboken, N.J. : John Wiley & Sons, c2010  xvii, 243 p. ; 24 cm.
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Acknowledgments
Introduction / Chapter 1:
In this Chapter / 1.1:
Our Audience / 1.2:
A few horror stories / 1.2.1:
Some history / 1.2.2:
The Need For a Good "Writing System" / 1.3:
Introducing Stream Tools / 1.4:
What is STREAM Tools? / 1.4.1:
Why use STREAM Tools? / 1.4.2:
The software of STREAM Tools / 1.4.3:
Recommended packages / 1.4.3.1:
A brief comparison of Microsoft Word vs. LaTeX: history and myths / 1.4.3.2:
How to Use this Book / 1.5:
Exercises / 1.6:
Quick Start Guide For Stream Tools / Chapter 2:
A General Overview of the Writing Process / 2.1:
Introduction to Writing Quality Tools: The Stream Tools Editorial Mark-Up Table / 2.3:
Introduction to Document Design Tools / 2.4:
Important fundamental concepts / 2.4.1:
Step 1: Use template files to create your new manuscripts / 2.4.1.1:
Step 2: Copy existing elements and paste them into a new location / 2.4.1.2:
Step 3: Edit the element / 2.4.1.3:
Step 4: Cross-referencing elements / 2.4.1.4:
Creating Elements in a Document / 2.4.2:
Headings / 2.4.2.1:
Equations / 2.4.2.2:
Figures / 2.4.2.3:
Tables / 2.4.2.4:
References (literature citations) / 2.4.2.5:
Introduction to File Management: Optimizing Your Workflow / 2.5:
General principles / 2.5.1:
Using a wiki for file management / 2.5.2:
Version control / 2.5.3:
Conclusions / 2.6:
Document Design / 2.7:
Creating Templates / 3.1:
How to create and cross-reference a heading template / 3.2.1:
How to alter a heading template / 3.2.1.2:
Common formatting mistakes in headings / 3.2.1.3:
Common stylistic mistakes for headings / 3.2.1.4:
Tips and tricks / 3.2.1.5:
How to create and cross-reference an equation template / 3.2.2:
How to alter an equation template / 3.2.2.2:
Common formatting mistakes for equations / 3.2.2.3:
Common stylistic mistakes for equations / 3.2.2.4:
How to create and cross-reference a figure template / 3.2.2.5:
How to alter a figure template / 3.2.3.2:
Common formatting mistakes in figures / 3.2.3.3:
Common stylistic mistakes in figures / 3.2.3.4:
Tips and tricks for figures / 3.2.3.5:
How to create and cross-reference a table template / 3.2.4:
How to alter a table template / 3.2.4.2:
Common typesetting mistakes / 3.2.4.3:
Common stylistic mistakes in tables / 3.2.4.4:
Tips and tricks for tables / 3.2.4.5:
Front matter / 3.2.5:
Controlling page numbers / 3.2.5.1:
Table of contents / 3.2.5.2:
Back matter / 3.2.6:
Appendices / 3.2.6.1:
Indices / 3.2.6.2:
Using Multiple Templates / 3.3:
Controlling styles / 3.3.1:
Switching between single-column and double-column formats / 3.3.2:
Master documents / 3.3.3:
Practice Problems / 3.4:
Additional Resources / 3.4.1:
Using Bibliographic Databases / 3.6:
Why Use a Bibliographic Database? / 4.1:
Choice of Software / 4.3:
Using Endnote / 4.4:
Setting up the interface / 4.4.1:
Adding references / 4.4.2:
Citing references / 4.4.3:
Sharing a Database / 4.5:
Numbering the database entries / 4.5.1:
Compatibility with BiBTeX / 4.5.2:
Formatting References / 4.6:
Planning, Drafting, and Editing Documents / 4.7:
Definition Stage / 5.1:
Select your team members / 5.2.1:
Hold a kick-off meeting / 5.2.2:
Analyze the audience / 5.2.3:
Formulate the purpose / 5.2.4:
Persuasion / 5.2.4.1:
Exposition / 5.2.4.2:
Instruction / 5.2.4.3:
Select the optimum combination of STREAM Tools / 5.2.5:
Preparation Stage / 5.3:
Evaluate historical documents / 5.3.1:
Journal articles / 5.3.1.1:
Proceedings/papers / 5.3.1.2:
Theses and dissertations / 5.3.1.3:
Proposals / 5.3.1.4:
Reports / 5.3.1.5:
Populate the file repository / 5.3.2:
Create a comprehensive outline of the document / 5.3.3:
Using deductive structures / 5.3.3.1:
Using Microsoft Word's Outline feature / 5.3.3.2:
Populate all sections with "yellow text" / 5.3.4:
Distribute writing tasks among team members / 5.3.5:
Choose a drafting strategy / 5.3.5.1:
Synchronize writing styles / 5.3.5.2:
Writing Stage / 5.4:
Enter content / 5.4.1:
Legacy content / 5.4.1.1:
New content / 5.4.1.2:
Control versions of shared files / 5.4.1.3:
Request that team members submit their drafts / 5.4.2:
Verify that each section is headed in the right direction / 5.4.3:
Construct the whole document / 5.4.4:
Revise for content and distribute additional writing tasks / 5.4.5:
Comprehensive editing / 5.4.5.1:
STREAM Tools Editorial Mark-up table (STEM Table) / 5.4.5.2:
Strategies for editing electronic copy using Microsoft Word--an overview of Microsoft Word's commenting, reviewing, and proofing features / 5.4.5.3:
Distribute additional writing tasks / 5.4.6:
Completion Stage / 5.5:
Copy edit the document / 5.5.1:
Send out for a final review of content and clarity / 5.5.2:
Proofread the document / 5.5.3:
Submit the document / 5.5.4:
Conduct the final process-improvement review session / 5.5.5:
Building High Quality Writing Teams / 5.6:
Understanding the Benefits and Challenges of Teamwork / 6.1:
The payoff of teamwork / 6.2.1:
Some principle challenges of teamwork / 6.2.2:
Identifying Team Goals and Assigning Member Roles / 6.3:
Define roles and procedures clearly / 6.3.1:
Define team roles / 6.3.1.1:
Define team procedures / 6.3.1.2:
Managing Teamwork at a Distance / 6.4:
Building trust in virtual teams / 6.4.1:
Demonstrating sensitivity to cultural differences / 6.4.2:
Selecting Communication Tools To Support Teamwork / 6.5:
Wikis / 6.5.1:
Creating a wiki / 6.5.1.1:
Editing / 6.5.1.2:
Organizing / 6.5.1.3:
Monitoring edits / 6.5.1.4:
Other suggestions for wiki use / 6.5.1.5:
SharePoint / 6.5.2:
Lists / 6.5.2.1:
Web pages / 6.5.2.2:
Alerts and site management / 6.5.2.3:
Assuring Quality Writing / 6.6:
Choosing the Best Words 278 / 7.1:
Choose strong words / 7.2.1:
Use strong nouns and verbs / 7.2.1.1:
Choose words with the right level of formality / 7.2.1.2:
Avoid weak words / 7.2.2:
Check for confusing or frequently misused words / 7.2.2.1:
Avoid double negatives, and change negatives to affirmatives / 7.2.2.2:
Avoid changing verbs to nouns / 7.2.2.3:
Delete meaningless words and modifiers / 7.2.2.4:
Steer clear of jargon / 7.2.2.5:
Avoid sexist or discriminatory language / 7.2.2.6:
Writing Strong Sentences / 7.3:
Write economically / 7.3.1:
Include a variety of sentence types / 7.3.2:
Avoiding Weak Sentence Construction / 7.4:
Comma splices / 7.4.1.1:
Fragments / 7.4.1.2:
Fused or run-on sentences / 7.4.1.3:
Misplaced, dangling, or two-way modifiers / 7.4.1.4:
Faulty parallelism / 7.4.1.5:
Punctuating For Clarity / 7.5:
End punctuation / 7.5.1:
Periods / 7.5.1.1:
Question marks / 7.5.1.2:
Exclamation points / 7.5.1.3:
Commas / 7.5.2:
Semicolons / 7.5.3:
Colons / 7.5.4:
Apostrophes / 7.5.5:
Dashes and hyphens / 7.5.6:
Final Considerations / 7.6:
Abbreviations and acronyms / 7.6.1:
Capitalization / 7.6.2:
Numbers / 7.6.3:
Dates / 7.6.4:
Fractions and percentages / 7.6.5:
Units of measure / 7.6.6:
A Final Note on Grammar / 7.7:
Concluding Remarks / 7.8:
Business Case / 8.1:
Frequently Asked Questions / 8.3:
Success Stories / 8.4:
Additional Reading / 8.5:
Useful books and articles / 8.5.1:
Useful weblinks / 8.5.2:
EXERCISES / 8.6:
Preface
Acknowledgments
Introduction / Chapter 1:
4.

図書

図書
by Henri Sauvageot
出版情報: Boston : Artech House, c1991  xii, 366 p. ; 24 cm
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Basic Concepts of Radar / Chapter 1:
Introduction / 1.1:
The Sensor / 1.2:
Noncoherent Pulse Radar / 1.2.1:
Pulsed Doppler Radar / 1.2.2:
Display of the Data / 1.2.3:
Sensitivity of the Receiver / 1.2.4:
Antenna / 1.2.5:
Resolution / 1.2.6:
Refraction / 1.2.7:
Attenuation / 1.2.8:
The Radar Equation: General Forms / 1.3:
Single Scatterer / 1.3.1:
Distributed Target / 1.3.2:
Calibration and Setting Up / 1.4:
Meteorological Signals / 1.5:
Meteorological Targets / 1.5.1:
Signal Statistics / 1.5.2:
Decorrelation Time: Independent Samples / 1.5.3:
Sample Time Averaging: Reducing the Variance of the Mean / 1.5.4:
Reducing the Integration Time / 1.5.5:
Detecting Weak Signals / 1.5.6:
Sampling and Demultiplexing / 1.5.7:
Hydrological Measurements / Chapter 2:
Clouds and Precipitation / 2.1:
Physical Processes of Formation / 2.2.1:
Hydrometeor Size Distributions: General Forms / 2.2.2:
Integral Parameters / 2.2.3:
Clouds / 2.2.4:
Precipitation / 2.2.5:
Terminal Fall Velocity of Hydrometeors / 2.2.6:
The Shape of Hydrometeors / 2.2.7:
Scattering and Attenuation Cross Sections / 2.3:
Homogeneous Spherical Particles / 2.3.1:
Nonhomogeneous Particles / 2.3.2:
Nonspherical Particles / 2.3.3:
Atmospheric Attenuation / 2.4:
Attenuation by Gases / 2.4.1:
Attenuation by Clouds / 2.4.2:
Attenuation by Precipitation / 2.4.3:
Backscattering by Clouds and Precipitation / 2.5:
Radar Reflectivity Factor / 2.5.1:
Z and X Relations / 2.5.2:
Polarization Measurements / 2.5.3:
Hail Precipitation Detection / 2.5.4:
Lightning Detection / 2.5.5:
Artifacts / 2.5.6:
Particular Meteorological Forms of the Radar Equation / 2.5.7:
Precipitation Measurements / 2.6:
Single-Wavelength Reflectivity / 2.6.1:
Radar and Rain Gauge / 2.6.3:
Single-Wavelength Attenuation Measurements / 2.6.4:
Dual-Wavelength a-R Method / 2.6.5:
Dual-Wavelength N(D) Method / 2.6.6:
Dual Polarization / 2.6.7:
Area Integral Methods for Convective Rainfall / 2.6.8:
Radar Networks / 2.7:
Short-Term Forecasting / 2.8:
Radars and Satellites / 2.9:
Technical Aspects / 2.9.1:
Estimation of Precipitation with Visible and Infrared Data / 2.9.2:
Rain Estimation by Passive Microwave Methods / 2.9.3:
Orbital Radars / 2.9.4:
Velocity Measurements / Chapter 3:
The Doppler Spectrum / 3.1:
Spectral Parameters / 3.1.1:
Discrete-Fourier Transform / 3.1.2:
Estimators of Spectral Moments / 3.1.3:
Factors Affecting the Width of the Doppler Spectrum / 3.1.4:
Ground Clutter Suppression / 3.1.5:
Doppler Spectra at Vertical Incidence / 3.2:
Size Distribution of Precipitation / 3.2.1:
Vertical Air Velocity / 3.2.2:
Measurement of the Velocity Fields with a Single Doppler Radar / 3.3:
Analysis of the Mean Field by the VAD Method / 3.3.1:
The VVP Method / 3.3.2:
Display of the Radial Velocity / 3.3.3:
Measurement of Turbulence / 3.4:
The Inertial Domain / 3.4.1:
Measurement of Rate of Dissipation of Turbulent Kinetic Energy / 3.4.2:
The Turbulence Field / 3.4.3:
Measurement of the Velocity Fields with Several Doppler Radars / 3.5:
Retrieval of the Thermodynamic and Microphysical Fields / 3.6:
Airborne Radar / 3.7:
Observation of Clear Air / Chapter 4:
Scattering of Electromagnetic Waves by a Turbulent Medium / 4.1:
General Relations / 4.2.1:
Reflectivity in the Inertial Domain / 4.2.2:
Relationship Between Radar Reflectivity and the Average Atmospheric Field / 4.2.3:
ST Radar / 4.3:
Influence of the Wavelength / 4.3.1:
Wind Measurements / 4.3.2:
Reflectivity / 4.3.3:
Networks of ST Radar / 4.3.4:
Rass / 4.4:
Insects / 4.5:
General Characteristics / 4.5.1:
Insects and Birds / 4.5.2:
Observations / 4.5.3:
Artificial Tracers / 4.6:
General Properties / 4.6.1:
Applications to Atmospheric Observation / 4.6.2:
Introduction to the Study of Some Meteorological Structures by Radar / Chapter 5:
Diversity of Meteorological Structures / 5.1:
Movements of the Atmosphere / 5.1.2:
The Area of Radar Application / 5.1.3:
Convection in the Planetary Boundary Layer / 5.2:
The Convective Boundary Layer / 5.2.1:
Observation of the Convective Field / 5.2.2:
The Aerobiological Field / 5.2.3:
Pollution and Plumes / 5.2.4:
Deep Convection and Thunderstorms / 5.3:
The Convective Cells / 5.3.1:
Convective Storm Structure / 5.3.2:
Squall Lines / 5.3.3:
Microbursts / 5.3.4:
Hail / 5.3.5:
Electrical Activity of Storms / 5.3.6:
Tornadoes and Vortexes / 5.4:
Identification of Vortexes by Radar / 5.4.1:
Application to Warning Systems / 5.4.3:
Extratropical Cyclone Disturbances and Stratiform Clouds / 5.5:
Structure of Extratropical Cyclone Disturbances / 5.5.1:
Stratiform Precipitation / 5.5.2:
Tropical Cyclones / 5.6:
Turbulent Stratifications and Shear Instability / 5.7:
Experimental Modification of Clouds and Precipitation / 5.8:
Bibliographical Note / Appendix 1:
Units and Symbols / Appendix 2:
List of Constants / Appendix 3:
Definitions and Various Numerical Values / Appendix 4:
References
Index
Preface
Basic Concepts of Radar / Chapter 1:
Introduction / 1.1:
5.

図書

図書
Edward Bellinger and David C. Sigee
出版情報: Chichester, West Sussex, UK ; Hoboken, N.J. : Wiley-Blackwell, 2010  viii, 271 p ; 26 cm
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introduction to freshwater algae / 1:
General introduction / 1.1:
Algae / 1.1.1:
Algae as primary producers / 1.1.2:
Freshwater environments / 1.1.3:
Planktonic and benthic algae / 1.1.4:
Size and shape / 1.1.5:
Taxonomic variation / 1.2:
Microscopical appearance / 1.2.1:
Biochemistry / 1.2.2:
Molecular characteristics and identification / 1.2.3:
Blue-green algae / 1.3:
Cytology / 1.3.1:
Morphological and taxonomic diversity / 1.3.2:
Ecology / 1.3.3:
Blue-green algae as bioindicators / 1.3.4:
Green algae / 1.4:
Morphological diversity / 1.4.1:
Green algae as bioindicators / 1.4.3:
Euglenoids / 1.5:
Euglenoids as bioindicators / 1.5.1:
Yellow-green algae / 1.6:
Yellow-green algae as bioindicators / 1.6.1:
Dinoflagellates / 1.7:
Cryptomonads / 1.7.1:
Comparison with euglenoid algae / 1.8.1:
Biodiversity / 1.8.3:
Cryptomonads as bioindicators / 1.8.4:
Chrysophytes / 1.9:
Chrysophytes as bioindicators / 1.9.1:
Diatoms / 1.10:
Diatoms as bioindicators / 1.10.1:
Red algae / 1.11:
Brown algae / 1.12:
Sampling, biomass estimation and counts of freshwater algae A Planktonic algae / 2:
Protocol for collection / 2.1:
Standing water phytoplankton / 2.1.1:
River phytoplankton
Mode of collection / 2.2:
Phytoplankton trawl net / 2.2.1:
Volume samplers / 2.2.2:
Integrated sampling / 2.2.3:
Sediment traps / 2.2.4:
Phytoplankton biomass / 2.3:
Turbidity / 2.3.1:
Dry weight and ash-free dry weight / 2.3.2:
Pigment concentrations / 2.3.3:
Flow cytometry / 2.4:
Microscope counts of species populations / 2.5:
Sample preservation and processing / 2.5.1:
Species counts / 2.5.2:
Conversion of species counts to biovolumes / 2.5.3:
Chemical cleaning of diatoms / 2.5.4:
Diversity within species populations / 2.6:
Molecular analysis / 2.6.1:
Analytical microscopical techniques B Non-planktonic algae / 2.6.2:
Deep water benthic algae / 2.7:
Benthic-pelagic coupling / 2.7.1:
Benthic algae and sediment stability / 2.7.2:
Invertebrate grazing of benthic algae / 2.7.3:
Shallow water communities / 2.8:
Substrate / 2.8.1:
Algal communities / 2.8.2:
Algal biofilms / 2.9:
Mucialginous biofilms / 2.9.1:
Biomass / 2.9.2:
Taxonomic composition / 2.9.3:
Matrix structure / 2.9.4:
Periphyton? algal mats / 2.10:
Inorganic substratum / 2.10.1:
Plant surfaces / 2.10.2:
Algae as bioindicators / 3:
Bioindicators and water quality / 3.1:
Biomarkers and bioindicators / 3.1.1:
Characteristics of bioindicators / 3.1.2:
Biological monitoring versus chemical measurements / 3.1.3:
Monitoring water quality: objectives / 3.1.4:
Lakes / 3.2:
Contemporary planktonic and attached algae as bioindicators / 3.2.1:
Fossil algae as bioindicators: lake sediment analysis / 3.2.2:
Water quality parameters / 3.2.3:
Wetlands / 3.3:
Rivers / 3.4:
The periphyton community / 3.4.1:
River diatoms / 3.4.2:
Evaluation of the diatom community / 3.4.3:
Human impacts and diatom indices / 3.4.4:
Calculation of diatom indices / 3.4.5:
Practical applications of diatom indices / 3.4.6:
Estuaries / 3.5:
Ecosystem complexity / 3.5.1:
Algae as estuarine bioindicators / 3.5.2:
A key to the more frequently occurring freshwater algae / 4:
Introduction to the key / 4.1:
Using the key / 4.1.1:
Morphological groupings / 4.1.2:
Key to the main genera and species / 4.2:
List of algae included and their occurrence in the key / 4.3:
Algal identification: bibliography / 4.4:
Glossary
References
Index
Introduction to freshwater algae / 1:
General introduction / 1.1:
Algae / 1.1.1:
6.

図書

図書
F. Grossmann
出版情報: Berlin : Springer, c2008  xiii, 214 p. ; 24 cm
シリーズ名: Springer series on atomic, optical, and plasma physics ; 48
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Prerequisites / Part I:
A Short Introduction to Laser Physics / 1:
The Einstein Coefficients / 1.1:
Fundamentals of the Laser / 1.2:
Elementary Laser Theory / 1.2.1:
Realization of the Laser Principle / 1.2.2:
Pulsed Lasers / 1.3:
Frequency Comb / 1.3.1:
Carrier Envelope Phase / 1.3.2:
Husimi Representation of Laser Pulses / 1.3.3:
Some Gaussian Integrals / 1.A:
References
Time-Dependent Quantum Theory / 2:
The Time-Dependent Schrodinger Equation / 2.1:
Introduction / 2.1.1:
Time-Evolution Operator / 2.1.2:
Spectral Information / 2.1.3:
Analytical Solutions for Wavepackets / 2.1.4:
Analytical Approaches / 2.2:
Feynman's Path Integral / 2.2.1:
Semiclassical Approximation / 2.2.2:
Time-Dependent Perturbation Theory / 2.2.3:
Magnus Expansion / 2.2.4:
Time-Dependent Hartree Method / 2.2.5:
Quantum-Classical Methods / 2.2.6:
Floquet Theory / 2.2.7:
Numerical Methods / 2.3:
Orthogonal Basis Expansion / 2.3.1:
Split-Operator FFT Method / 2.3.2:
Alternative Methods of Time-Evolution / 2.3.3:
Semiclassical Initial Value Representations / 2.3.4:
The Royal Road to the Path Integral / 2.A:
Variational Calculus / 2.B:
Stability Matrix / 2.C:
From the HK- to the VVG-Propagator / 2.D:
Applications / Part II:
Field Matter Coupling and Two-Level Systems / 3:
Light Matter Interaction / 3.1:
Minimal Coupling / 3.1.1:
Length Gauge / 3.1.2:
Kramers-Henneberger Transformation / 3.1.3:
Volkov Wavepacket / 3.1.4:
Analytically Solvable Two-Level Problems / 3.2:
Dipole Matrix Element / 3.2.1:
Rabi Oscillations Induced by a Constant Perturbation / 3.2.2:
Time-Dependent Perturbations / 3.2.3:
Exactly Solvable Time-Dependent Cases / 3.2.4:
Generalized Parity Transformation / 3.A:
Two-Level System in an Incoherent Field / 3.B:
Single Electron Atoms in Strong Laser Fields / 4:
The Hydrogen Atom / 4.1:
Hydrogen in Three Dimensions / 4.1.1:
The One-Dimensional Coulomb Problem / 4.1.2:
Field Induced Ionization / 4.2:
Tunnel Ionization / 4.2.1:
Multiphoton Ionization / 4.2.2:
ATI in the Coulomb Potential / 4.2.3:
Stabilization in Very Strong Fields / 4.2.4:
Atoms Driven by HCP / 4.2.5:
High Harmonic Generation / 4.3:
Three-Step Model / 4.3.1:
Odd Harmonics Rule / 4.3.2:
Semiclassical Explanation of the Plateau / 4.3.3:
Cutoff and Odd Harmonics Revisited / 4.3.4:
More on Atomic Units / 4.A:
Molecules in Strong Laser Fields / 5:
The Molecular Ion H[superscript + subscript 2] / 5.1:
Electronic Potential Energy Surfaces / 5.1.1:
The Morse Potential / 5.1.2:
H[superscript + subscript 2] in a Laser Field / 5.2:
Frozen Nuclei / 5.2.1:
Nuclei in Motion / 5.2.2:
Adiabatic and Nonadiabatic Nuclear Dynamics / 5.3:
Born-Oppenheimer Approximation / 5.3.1:
Dissociation in a Morse Potential / 5.3.2:
Coupled Potential Surfaces / 5.3.3:
Femtosecond Spectroscopy / 5.3.4:
Control of Molecular Dynamics / 5.4:
Control of Tunneling / 5.4.1:
Control of Population Transfer / 5.4.2:
Optimal Control Theory / 5.4.3:
Genetic Algorithms / 5.4.4:
Toward Quantum Computing with Molecules / 5.4.5:
Relative and Center of Mass Coordinates for H[superscript + subscript 2] / 5.A:
Perturbation Theory for Two Coupled Surfaces / 5.B:
Reflection Principle of Photodissociation / 5.C:
The Undriven Double Well Problem / 5.D:
The Quantum Mechanical Adiabatic Theorem / 5.E:
Index
Prerequisites / Part I:
A Short Introduction to Laser Physics / 1:
The Einstein Coefficients / 1.1:
7.

図書

図書
George Wolberg
出版情報: Los Alamitos, Calif. ; Tokyo : IEEE Computer Society Press, c1990  xvi, 318 p. ; 27 cm
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introduction / Chapter 1:
Background / 1.1:
Overview / 1.2:
Spatial Transformations / 1.2.1:
Sampling Theory / 1.2.2:
Resampling / 1.2.3:
Aliasing / 1.2.4:
Scanline Algorithms / 1.2.5:
Conceptual Layout / 1.3:
Preliminaries / Chapter 2:
Fundamentals / 2.1:
Signals and Images / 2.1.1:
Filters / 2.1.2:
Impulse Response / 2.1.3:
Convolution / 2.1.4:
Frequency Analysis / 2.1.5:
An Analogy to Audio Signals / 2.1.5.1:
Fourier Transforms / 2.1.5.2:
Discrete Fourier Transforms / 2.1.5.3:
Image Acquisition / 2.2:
Imaging Systems / 2.3:
Electronic Scanners / 2.3.1:
Vidicon Systems / 2.3.1.1:
Image Dissectors / 2.3.1.2:
Solid-State Sensors / 2.3.2:
CCD Cameras / 2.3.2.1:
CID Cameras / 2.3.2.2:
Mechanical Scanners / 2.3.3:
Video Digitizers / 2.4:
Digitized Imagery / 2.5:
Summary / 2.6:
Definitions / Chapter 3:
Forward Mapping / 3.1.1:
Inverse Mapping / 3.1.2:
General Transformation Matrix / 3.2:
Homogeneous Coordinates / 3.2.1:
Affine Transformations / 3.3:
Translation / 3.3.1:
Rotation / 3.3.2:
Scale / 3.3.3:
Shear / 3.3.4:
Composite Transformations / 3.3.5:
Inverse / 3.3.6:
Inferring Affine Transformations / 3.3.7:
Perspective Transformations / 3.4:
Inferring Perspective Transformations / 3.4.1:
Case 1: Square-to-Quadrilateral / 3.4.2.1:
Case 2: Quadrilateral-to-Square / 3.4.2.2:
Case 3: Quadrilateral-to-Quadrilateral / 3.4.2.3:
Bilinear Transformations / 3.5:
Bilinear Interpolation / 3.5.1:
Separability / 3.5.2:
Interpolation Grid / 3.5.3:
Polynomial Transformations / 3.6:
Inferring Polynomial Coefficients / 3.6.1:
Pseudoinverse Solution / 3.6.2:
Least-Squares With Ordinary Polynomials / 3.6.3:
Least-Squares With Orthogonal Polynomials / 3.6.4:
Weighted Least-Squares / 3.6.5:
Piecewise Polynomial Transformations / 3.7:
A Surface Fitting Paradigm for Geometric Correction / 3.7.1:
Procedure / 3.7.2:
Triangulation / 3.7.3:
Linear Triangular Patches / 3.7.4:
Cubic Triangular Patches / 3.7.5:
Global Splines / 3.8:
Basis Functions / 3.8.1:
Regularization / 3.8.2:
Grimson, 1981 / 3.8.2.1:
Terzopoulos, 1984 / 3.8.2.2:
Discontinuity Detection / 3.8.2.3:
Boult and Kender, 1986 / 3.8.2.4:
A Definition of Smoothness / 3.8.2.5:
Sampling / 3.9:
Reconstruction / 4.3:
Reconstruction Conditions / 4.3.1:
Ideal Low-Pass Filter / 4.3.2:
Sinc Function / 4.3.3:
Nonideal Reconstruction / 4.4:
Antialiasing / 4.5:
Image Resampling / 4.7:
Ideal Image Resampling / 5.1:
Interpolation / 5.3:
Interpolation Kernels / 5.4:
Nearest Neighbor / 5.4.1:
Linear Interpolation / 5.4.2:
Cubic Convolution / 5.4.3:
Two-Parameter Cubic Filters / 5.4.4:
Cubic Splines / 5.4.5:
B-Splines / 5.4.5.1:
Interpolating B-Splines / 5.4.5.2:
Windowed Sinc Function / 5.4.6:
Hann and Hamming Windows / 5.4.6.1:
Blackman Window / 5.4.6.2:
Kaiser Window / 5.4.6.3:
Lanczos Window / 5.4.6.4:
Gaussian Window / 5.4.6.5:
Exponential Filters / 5.4.7:
Comparison of Interpolation Methods / 5.5:
Implementation / 5.6:
Interpolation with Coefficient Bins / 5.6.1:
Fant's Resampling Algorithm / 5.6.2:
Discussion / 5.7:
Point Sampling / Chapter 6:
Area Sampling / 6.1.2:
Space-Invariant Filtering / 6.1.3:
Space-Variant Filtering / 6.1.4:
Regular Sampling / 6.2:
Supersampling / 6.2.1:
Adaptive Supersampling / 6.2.2:
Reconstruction from Regular Samples / 6.2.3:
Irregular Sampling / 6.3:
Stochastic Sampling / 6.3.1:
Poisson Sampling / 6.3.2:
Jittered Sampling / 6.3.3:
Point-Diffusion Sampling / 6.3.4:
Adaptive Stochastic Sampling / 6.3.5:
Reconstruction from Irregular Samples / 6.3.6:
Direct Convolution / 6.4:
Catmull, 1974 / 6.4.1:
Blinn and Newell, 1976 / 6.4.2:
Feibush, Levoy, and Cook, 1980 / 6.4.3:
Gangnet, Perny, and Coueignoux, 1982 / 6.4.4:
Greene and Heckbert, 1986 / 6.4.5:
Prefiltering / 6.5:
Pyramids / 6.5.1:
Summed-Area Tables / 6.5.2:
Frequency Clamping / 6.6:
Antialiased Lines and Text / 6.7:
Separable Mapping / 6.8:
Incremental Algorithms / 7.2:
Texture Mapping / 7.2.1:
Gouraud Shading / 7.2.2:
Incremental Texture Mapping / 7.2.3:
Incremental Perspective Transformations / 7.2.4:
Approximation / 7.2.5:
Quadratic Interpolation / 7.2.6:
Cubic Interpolation / 7.2.7:
Braccini and Marino, 1980 / 7.3:
Weiman, 1980 / 7.3.2:
Catmull and Smith, 1980 / 7.3.3:
Paeth, 1986/ Tanaka, et. al., 1986 / 7.3.4:
Cordic Algorithm / 7.3.5:
2-Pass Transforms / 7.4:
First Pass / 7.4.1:
Second Pass / 7.4.1.2:
2-Pass Algorithm / 7.4.1.3:
An Example: Rotation / 7.4.1.4:
Another Example: Perspective / 7.4.1.5:
Bottleneck Problem / 7.4.1.6:
Foldover Problem / 7.4.1.7:
Fraser, Schowengerdt, and Briggs, 1985 / 7.4.2:
Smith, 1987
2-Pass Mesh Warping / 7.5:
Special Effects / 7.5.1:
Description of the Algorithm / 7.5.2:
Examples / 7.5.2.1:
Source Code / 7.5.4:
More Separable Mappings / 7.6:
Perspective Projection: Robertson, 1987 / 7.6.1:
Warping Among Arbitrary Planar Shapes: Wolberg, 1988 / 7.6.2:
Spatial Lookup Tables: Wolberg and Boult, 1989 / 7.6.3:
Separable Image Warping / 7.7:
Spatial Lookup Tables / 7.7.1:
Intensity Resampling / 7.7.2:
Coordinate Resampling / 7.7.3:
Distortions and Errors / 7.7.4:
Filtering Errors / 7.7.4.1:
Perspective / 7.7.4.2:
Distortion Measures / 7.7.4.4:
Bottleneck Distortion / 7.7.4.6:
Representing Foldovers / 7.7.5:
Tracking Foldovers / 7.7.5.2:
Storing Information From Foldovers / 7.7.5.3:
Intensity Resampling with Foldovers / 7.7.5.4:
Compositor / 7.7.6:
Epilogue / 7.7.7:
Fast Fourier Transforms / Appendix 1:
Discrete Fourier Transform / A1.1:
Danielson-Lanczos Lemma / A1.2:
Butterfly Flow Graph / A1.2.1:
Putting It All Together / A1.2.2:
Recursive FFT Algorithm / A1.2.3:
Cost of Computation / A1.2.4:
Cooley-Tukey Algorithm / A1.3:
Computational Cost / A1.3.1:
Cooley-Sande Algorithm / A1.4:
Cooley-Tukey FFT Algorithm / A1.5:
Interpolating Cubic Splines / Appendix 2:
Definition / A2.1:
Constraints / A2.2:
Solving for the Spline Coefficients / A2.3:
Derivation of A[subscript 2] / A2.3.1:
Derivation of A[subscript 3] / A2.3.2:
Derivation of A[subscript 1] and A[subscript 3] / A2.3.3:
Evaluting the Unknown Derivatives / A2.4:
First Derivatives / A2.4.1:
Second Derivatives / A2.4.2:
Boundary Conditions / A2.4.3:
Ispline / A2.5:
Ispline_gen / A2.5.2:
Forward Difference Method / Appendix 3:
References
Index
Introduction / Chapter 1:
Background / 1.1:
Overview / 1.2:
8.

図書

図書
Jean-Pierre Colinge, editor
出版情報: New York : Springer, c2008  xiii, 339 p. ; 24 cm
シリーズ名: Series on Integrated Circuits and Systems
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Table of Content
Contributors
The SOI MOSFET: from Single Gate to Multigate / 1:
MOSFET scaling and Moore's law / 1.1:
Short-Channel Effects / 1.2:
Gate Geometry and Electrostatic Integrity / 1.3:
A Brief History of Multiple-Gate MOSFETs / 1.4:
Single-gate SOI MOSFETs / 1.4.1:
Double-gate SOI MOSFETs / 1.4.2:
Triple-gate SOI MOSFETs / 1.4.3:
Surrounding-gate (quadruple-gate) SOI MOSFETs / 1.4.4:
Other multigate MOSFET structures / 1.4.5:
Multigate MOSFET memory devices / 1.4.6:
Multigate MOSFET Physics / 1.5:
Classical physics / 1.5.1:
Natural length and short-channel effects / 1.5.1.1:
Current drive / 1.5.1.2:
Corner effect / 1.5.1.3:
Quantum effects / 1.5.2:
Volume inversion / 1.5.2.1:
Mobility effects / 1.5.2.2:
Threshold voltage / 1.5.2.3:
Inter-subband scattering / 1.5.2.4:
References
Multigate MOSFET Technology / 2:
Introduction / 2.1:
Active Area: Fins / 2.2:
Fin Width / 2.2.1:
Fin Height and Fin Pitch / 2.2.2:
Fin Surface Crystal Orientation / 2.2.3:
Fin Surface Preparation / 2.2.4:
Fins on Bulk Silicon / 2.2.5:
Nano-wires and Self-Assembled Wires / 2.2.6:
Gate Stack / 2.3:
Gate Patterning / 2.3.1:
Threshold Voltage and Gate Workfunction Requirements / 2.3.2:
Polysilicon Gate / 2.3.2.1:
Metal Gate / 2.3.2.2:
Tunable Workfunction Metal Gate / 2.3.2.3:
Gate EWF and Gate Induced Drain Leakage (GIDL) / 2.3.3:
Independently Controlled Gates / 2.3.4:
Source/Drain Resistance and Capacitance / 2.4:
Doping the Thin Fins / 2.4.1:
Junction Depth / 2.4.2:
Parasitic Resistance/Capacitance and Raised Source and Drain Structure / 2.4.3:
Mobility and Strain Engineering / 2.5:
Wafer Bending Experiment / 2.5.1:
Nitride Stress Liners / 2.5.3:
Embedded SiGe and SiC Source and Drain / 2.5.4:
Local Strain from Gate Electrode / 2.5.5:
Substrate Strain: Strained Silicon on Insulator / 2.5.6:
Contacts to the Fins / 2.6:
Dumbbell source and drain contact / 2.6.1:
Saddle contact / 2.6.2:
Contact to merged fins / 2.6.3:
Acknowledgments
BSIM-CMG: A Compact Model for Multi-Gate Transistors / 3:
Framework for Multigate FET Modeling / 3.1:
Multigate Models: BSIM-CMG and BSIM-IMG / 3.3:
The BSIM-CMG Model / 3.3.1:
The BSIM-IMG Model / 3.3.2:
BSIM-CMG / 3.4:
Core Model / 3.4.1:
Surface Potential Model / 3.4.1.1:
I-V Model / 3.4.1.2:
C-V Model / 3.4.1.3:
Modeling Physical Effects of Real Devices / 3.4.2:
Quantum Mechanical Effects (QME) / 3.4.2.1:
Short-channel Effects (SCE) / 3.4.2.2:
Experimental Verification / 3.4.3:
Surface Potential of independent DG-FET / 3.5:
BSIM-IMG features / 3.5.2:
Summary / 3.6:
Physics of the Multigate MOS System / 4:
Device electrostatics / 4.1:
Double gate MOS system / 4.2:
Modeling assumptions / 4.2.1:
Gate voltage effect / 4.2.2:
Semiconductor thickness effect / 4.2.3:
Asymmetry effects / 4.2.4:
Oxide thickness effect / 4.2.5:
Electron tunnel current / 4.2.6:
Two-dimensional confinement / 4.3:
Mobility in Multigate MOSFETs / 5:
Double-Gate MOSFETs and FinFETs / 5.1:
Phonon-limited mobility / 5.2.1:
Confinement of acoustic phonons / 5.2.2:
Interface roughness scattering / 5.2.3:
Coulomb scattering / 5.2.4:
Temperature Dependence of Mobility / 5.2.5:
Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Operation of DGSOI FETs / 5.2.6:
Crystallographic orientation / 5.2.7:
High-k dielectrics / 5.2.8:
Strained DGSOI devices / 5.2.9:
Silicon multiple-gate nanowires / 5.2.10:
Electrostatic description of Si nanowires / 5.3.1:
Electron transport in Si nanowires / 5.3.3:
Surface roughness / 5.3.4:
Experimental results and conclusions / 5.3.5:
Radiation Effects in Advanced Single- and Multi-Gate SOI MOSFETs / 6:
A brief history of radiation effects in SOI / 6.1:
Total Ionizing Dose Effects / 6.2:
A brief overview of Total Ionizing Dose effects / 6.2.1:
Advanced Single-Gate FDSOI devices / 6.2.2:
Description of Advanced FDSOI Devices / 6.2.2.1:
Front-gate threshold voltage shift / 6.2.2.2:
Single-transistor latch / 6.2.2.3:
Advanced Multi-Gate devices / 6.2.3:
Devices and process description / 6.2.3.1:
Single-Event Effects / 6.2.3.2:
Background / 6.3.1:
Effect of ion track diameter in nanoscale devices / 6.3.2:
Transient measurements on single-gate and FinFET SOI transistors / 6.3.3:
Scaling effects / 6.3.4:
Multi-Gate MOSFET Circuit Design / 7:
Digital Circuit Design / 7.1:
Impact of device performance on digital circuit design / 7.2.1:
Large-scale digital circuits / 7.2.2:
Leakage-performance trade off and energy dissipation / 7.2.3:
Multi-V[subscript T] devices and mixed-V[subscript T] circuits / 7.2.4:
High-temperature circuit operation / 7.2.5:
SRAM design / 7.2.6:
Analog Circuit Design / 7.3:
Device figures of merit and technology related design issues / 7.3.1:
Transconductance / 7.3.1.1:
Intrinsic transistor gain / 7.3.1.2:
Matching behavior / 7.3.1.3:
Flicker noise / 7.3.1.4:
Transit and maximum oscillation frequency / 7.3.1.5:
Self-heating / 7.3.1.6:
Charge trapping in high-k dielectrics / 7.3.1.7:
Design of analog building blocks / 7.3.2:
V-[subscript T]-based current reference circuit / 7.3.2.1:
Bandgap voltage reference / 7.3.2.2:
Operational amplifier / 7.3.2.3:
Comparator / 7.3.2.4:
Mixed-signal aspects / 7.3.3:
Current steering DAC / 7.3.3.1:
Successive approximation ADC / 7.3.3.2:
RF circuit design / 7.3.4:
SoC Design and Technology Aspects / 7.4:
Index
Preface
Table of Content
Contributors
9.

図書

図書
John F. Watts, John Wolstenholme
出版情報: Chichester : Wiley, c2003  x, 212 p. ; 23 cm
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Acknowledgements
Electron Spectroscopy: Some Basic Concepts / 1:
Electron Spectrometer Design
The Electron Spectrum: Qualitative and Quantitative Interpretation
Compositional Depth Profiling / 1.1:
Applications of Electron Spectroscopy in Materials Science
Analysis of Surfaces
Comparison of XPS and AES with Other Analytical Techniques
Glossary / 1.2:
Bibliography
Notation
Auger Electron Energies / Appendix 1:
Spectroscopists' notation / Appendix 2:
Table of Binding Energies Accessible with AIK& Radiation
Index / 1.2.2:
X-ray notation
X-ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy (XPS) / 1.3:
Auger Electron Spectroscopy (AES) / 1.4:
Scanning Auger Microscopy (SAM) / 1.5:
The Depth of Analysis in Electron Spectroscopy / 1.6:
Comparison of XPS and AES/SAM / 1.7:
The Availability of Surface Analytical Equipment / 1.8:
The Vacuum System / 2:
The Sample / 2.2:
X-ray Sources for XPS / 2.3:
The twin anode X-ray source / 2.3.1:
X-ray monochromators / 2.3.2:
Charge compensation / 2.3.3:
The Electron Gun for AES / 2.4:
Electron sources / 2.4.1:
Analysers for Electron Spectroscopy / 2.5:
The cylindrical mirror analyser / 2.5.1:
The hemispherical sector analyser / 2.5.2:
Detectors / 2.6:
Channel electron multipliers / 2.6.1:
Channel plates / 2.6.2:
Small Area XPS / 2.7:
Lens-defined small area XPS / 2.7.1:
Source-defined small area analysis / 2.7.2:
XPS Imaging and Mapping / 2.8:
Serial acquisition / 2.8.1:
Parallel acquisition / 2.8.2:
Lateral Resolution in Small Area XPS / 2.9:
Angle Resolved XPS / 2.10:
Qualitative Analysis / 3:
Unwanted features in electron spectra / 3.1.1:
Data acquisition / 3.1.2:
Chemical State Information / 3.2:
X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy / 3.2.1:
Electron induced Auger electron spectroscopy / 3.2.2:
The Auger parameter / 3.2.3:
Chemical state plots / 3.2.4:
Shake-up satellites / 3.2.5:
Multiplet splitting / 3.2.6:
Plasmons / 3.2.7:
Quantitative Analysis / 3.3:
Factors affecting the quantification of electron spectra / 3.3.1:
Quantification in XPS / 3.3.2:
Quantification in AES / 3.3.3:
Compositional Depth Profilin / 4:
Non-destructive Depth Profiling Methods / 4.1:
Angle resolved electron spectroscopy / 4.1.1:
Elastic scattering / 4.1.1.1:
Compositional depth profiles by ARXPS / 4.1.1.2:
Recent advances in ARXPS / 4.1.1.3:
Variation of analysis depth with electron kinetic energy / 4.1.2:
Depth Profiling by Erosion with Noble Gas Ions / 4.2:
The sputtering process / 4.2.1:
Experimental method / 4.2.2:
Sputter yield and etch rate / 4.2.3:
Factors affecting the etch rate / 4.2.4:
Factors affecting the depth resolution / 4.2.5:
Calibration / 4.2.6:
Ion gun design / 4.2.7:
Mechanical Sectioning / 4.3:
Angle lapping / 4.3.1:
Ball cratering / 4.3.2:
Conclusions / 4.4:
Introduction / 5:
Metallurgy / 5.2:
Grain-boundary segregation / 5.2.1:
Electronic structure of metallic alloys / 5.2.2:
Surface engineering / 5.2.3:
Corrosion Science / 5.3:
Ceramics and Catalysis / 5.4:
Microelectronics and Semiconductor Materials / 5.5:
Mapping semiconductor devices using AES / 5.5.1:
Depth profiling of semiconductor materials / 5.5.2:
Ultra-thin layers studied by ARXPS / 5.5.3:
Polymeric Materials / 5.6:
Adhesion Science / 5.7:
X-ray Analysis in the Electron Microscope / 6:
Electron Analysis in the Electron Microscope / 6.2:
Mass Spectrometry for Surface Analysis / 6.3:
Ion Scattering / 6.4:
Concluding Remarks / 6.5:
Appendices
Table of Binding Energies Accessible with AlKalpha Radiation
Preface
Acknowledgements
Electron Spectroscopy: Some Basic Concepts / 1:
10.

図書

図書
edited by Tito Trindade, Ana L. Daniel da Silva
出版情報: Singapore : Pan Stanford Publishing, c2011  xxii, 289, 4 p. ; 24 cm
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
List of Figures
List of Tables
Preface
From Nanoparticles to Nanocomposites: A Brief Overview / 1:
Nanoscience and Nanotechnology: An introduction / 1.1:
Nanoparticles' Diversity / 1.2:
Quantum dots / 1.2.1:
Iron oxides / 1.2.2:
Metal nanoparticles / 1.2.3:
Surface Modification of Nanoparticles / 1.3:
Ligand exchange reactions / 1.3.1:
Inorganic nanocoating / 1.3.2:
Encapsulation in polymers / 1.3.3:
Designing Biointerfaces over Nanoparticles / 1.4:
Challenges for the Future... Nanosafety for Today / 1.5:
Polymers for Biomedical Applications: Chemical Modification and Biofunctionalization / 2:
Drug Delivery Systems / 2.1:
Hydrogels / 2.2:
Application of hydrogels / 2.2.1:
Types of hydrogels / 2.2.2:
Bioadhesives / 2.3:
Surface Modification / 2.4:
Surface modification by ultra-violet radiation / 2.4.1:
Plasma treatment / 2.4.2:
Plasma generation / 2.4.2.1:
Plasma polymerization and surface modification of polymers / 2.4.2.2:
Concluding Remarks / 2.5:
Nanocapsules as Carriers for the Transport and Targeted Delivery of Bioactive Molecules / 3:
Introduction / 3.1:
Polymeric Nanocapsules: Production and Characterization / 3.2:
Nanocapsules made of synthetic polymers / 3.2.1:
Polyacrylate nanocapsules / 3.2.1.1:
Polyester nanocapsules / 3.2.1.2:
Nanocapsules made of natural polymers / 3.2.2:
Lipid nanocapsules / 3.2.3:
Therapeutical Applications of Nanocapsules / 3.3:
Nanocapsules for oral drug delivery / 3.3.1:
Nanocapsules for oral peptide delivery / 3.3.1.1:
Nanocapsules for oral delivery of lipophilic low molecular weight drugs / 3.3.1.2:
Nanocapsules as nasal drug carriers / 3.3.2:
Nanocapsules as ocular drug carriers / 3.3.3:
Nanocapsules in cancer therapy / 3.3.4:
Nanocapsules as carriers for gene therapy / 3.3.5:
Conclusions / 3.4:
Inorganic Nanoparticles Biofunctionalization / 4:
Bioeonjugation of Nanoparticles / 4.1:
Nanoparticles and Their Surface Properties / 4.2:
Surface capping of nanoparticles / 4.2.1:
Semiconductor quantum dots and metallic nanoparticles / 4.2.2:
Silica nanoparticles and silica encapsulation / 4.2.3:
Attachment Schemes / 4.3:
Covalent attachment / 4.3.1:
Non-covalent attachment / 4.3.2:
Affinity binding / 4.3.3:
Specific Cases / 4.4:
Proteins / 4.4.1:
DNA / 4.4.2:
Avidin / 4.4.3:
Phospholipid encapsulation and functionalization / 4.4.4:
Applications / 4.5:
Cellular imaging / 4.5.1:
Drug delivery / 4.5.2:
Bioluminescence resonance energy transfer / 4.5.3:
Hyperthermia / 4.5.4:
Conclusion / 4.6:
Silica-Based Materials: Bioprocesses and Nanocomposites / 5:
Natural Silica Nanocomposites / 5.1:
Diatom biosilica / 5.1.1:
Sponge biosilica / 5.1.3:
(Bio)-technological applications of biosilica / 5.1.4:
Biomimetic Silica Nanocomposites / 5.2:
Silica nanocomposites based on natural templates / 5.2.1:
Silica nanocomposites based on model templates / 5.2.3:
Synthetic peptides / 5.2.3.1:
Synthetic polyamines / 5.2.3.2:
Biological templates / 5.2.3.3:
Biomimetism: How far can we go? / 5.2.4:
Bio-Inspired Silica Nanocomposites / 5.3:
Biotechnological and medical applications / 5.3.1:
Perspectives / 5.3.3:
Synthetic Strategies for Polymer-Based Nanocomposite Particles / 6:
Surfaces and Interfaces: Chemical Modification of Nanoparticles / 6.1:
In situ Synthetic Strategies for Polymer-Based Colloidal Nanocomposites / 6.3:
In situ preparation of the fillers / 6.3.1:
Sol-gel methods / 6.3.1.1:
In situ polymerization of the matrix / 6.3.2:
Organic solvent-based methods: Dispersion polymerization / 6.3.2.1:
Water-based methods: Emulsion and miniemulsion polymerization / 6.3.2.2:
Controlled polymerization: Surface initiated polymerization(SIP) / 6.3.3:
Atom Transfer Radical Polymerization Atrp / 6.3.3.1:
Reversible Addition Fragmentation chain transfer (Raft) polymerization / 6.3.3.2:
Combined controlled polymerization mechanisms / 6.3.3.3:
Functionalization of Polymer-Based Nanocomposites for Bio-Applications / 6.4:
Final Remarks / 6.5:
Synthesis of Nanocomposite Particles Using Supercritical Fluids: A Bridge with Bio-applications / 7:
Supercritical Fluids: Definition and Current use in, Bio-Applications / 7.1:
Definition / 7.2.1:
Scps in biomedical applications / 7.2.2:
Development of drug delivery systems / 7.2.2.1:
scC02 for purification and sterilization / 7.2.2.2:
Can Scfs be Used to Introduce Inorganic NPs into Polymers? / 7.3:
Formation of hybrid organic-inorganic NPs in Scps(route 1) / 7.3.1:
Encapsulation of inorganic NPs into a polymer shell (route 2) / 7.3.2:
Polymer swelling and in situ growth of inorganic NPs (route 3) / 7.3.3:
Polymer swelling by scC02 / 7.3.3.1:
Chemical transformation of impregnated metal precursor / 7.3.3.2:
Biocomposites Containing Magnetic Nanoparticles / 7.4:
Magnetic Properties / 8.1:
Magnetism at nanoscale level: Concepts and main phenomena / 8.2.1:
Basic concepts / 8.2.1.1:
Systems with interactions between magnetic centers / 8.2.1.2:
Superparamagnetism / 8.2.1.3:
Magnetism concepts subjacent to bio-applicatons / 8.2.2:
Magnetic separation and drug delivery / 8.2.2.1:
Magnetic resonance imaging (Mri) / 8.2.2.2:
Magnetic hyperthermia / 8.2.2.3:
Magnetic Nanoparticles for Bio-Applications / 8.3:
Iron oxide nanoparticles / 8.3.1:
Metallic nanoparticles / 8.3.2:
Metal alloy nanoparticles / 8.3.3:
Bimagnetic nanoparticles / 8.3.4:
Strategies of Synthesis of Magnetic Biocomposite Nanoparticles / 8.4:
In situ formation of magnetic nanoparticles / 8.4.1:
Other magnetic nanoparticles / 8.4.1.1:
Encapsulation of magnetic nanoparticles within biopolymers / 8.4.2:
Conclusions and Future Outlook / 8.5:
Multifunctional Nanoeomposite Particles for Biomedical Applications / 9:
Types of Multifunctional Magnetic-Fluorescent Nanocomposites / 9.1:
Main Approaches to the Preparation of Multifunctional Magnetic-Fluorescent Nanocomposites / 9.3:
Silica coated magnetic-fluorescent nanoparticles / 9.3.1:
Organic polymer coated magnetic cores treated with fluorescent entities / 9.3.2:
Ionic assemblies of magnetic cores and fluorescent entities / 9.3.3:
Fluoreseently-labeled lipid coated magnetic nanoparticles / 9.3.4:
Magnetic core directly linked to fluorescent entity via a molecular spacer / 9.3.5:
Magnetic cores coated by fluorescent semiconducting shells / 9.3.6:
Magnetically-doped Qds / 9.3.7:
Magnetic nanoparticles and Qds embedded within a polymer or silica matrix / 9.3.8:
Biomedical Applications / 9.4:
Bio-imaging probes / 9.4.1:
Cell tracking, sorting and bioseparation / 9.4.2:
Applications in nanomedicine / 9.4.3:
Bio-Applications of Functionalized Magnetic Nanoparticles and Their Nanocomposites / 9.5:
Fundaments of Nanomagnetism / 10.1:
Single-domain particles / 10.2.1:
Magnetic anisotropy energy / 10.2.2:
Fundaments of Colloidal Stability / 10.2.3:
Bio-Applications of Magnetic Nanoparticles / 10.4:
Magnetic separation / 10.4.1:
Nuclear magnetic resonance imaging (Mri) / 10.4.2:
Contrast agents based on superparamagnetic nanomagnets / 10.4.3.1:
Magnetobiosensors / 10.4.4:
Magnetobiosensors based on magnetorelaxometry / 10.4.4.1:
Magnetobiosensors based on magnetoresistance / 10.4.4.2:
Magnetosensors based on Hall effect / 10.4.4.3:
Magnetoplasmonics / 10.4.4.4:
Summary and Outlook / 10.4.5:
Anti-Microbial Polymer Nanocomposites / 11:
Packaging / 11.1:
Textiles / 11.1.2:
Coatings / 11.1.3:
Antimicrobial coatings / 11.1.3.1:
Medicine, pathology and surgical implants/ biomedical coatings / 11.1.3.2:
Anti-Microbial Polymer-Based Nanocomposites / 11.2:
Mechanisms of Antibacterial Action / 11.3:
Detection of microbes / 11.3.1:
Control of microbial growth / 11.3.2:
Environmental and Health Concerns / 11.4:
Biosensing Applications Using Nanoparticles / 12:
Biosensors: A Definition / 12.1:
Uses of Gold Nanoparticles / 12.2:
Tailoring biointerfaces over gold nanoparticles / 12.2.1:
Biosensing applications of gold nanoparticles / 12.2.2:
Crosslinking-based biosensing / 12.2.2.1:
Non-crosslmking-based biosensing / 12.2.2.2:
Semiconductor Quantum Dots / 12.3:
Properties of quantum dots / 12.3.1:
Biosensing with quantum dots / 12.3.2:
Immunosensing / 12.3.2.1:
Dna assays / 12.3.2.2:
Resonance energy transfer-based assays / 12.3.2.3:
Outlook Remarks / 12.4:
Index
List of Figures
List of Tables
Preface
11.

図書

図書
Detlev Möller
出版情報: Berlin : Walter de Gruyter, c2019  xxviii, 619 p. ; 25 cm
シリーズ名: Chemistry of the climate system ; v. 1
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface to the first edition
Author's preface to the third edition
Author's preface to the second edition
Prologue
List of principal symbols
Introduction / 1:
Chemistry and the climate system / 1.1:
Air and atmosphere: a multiphase and multicomponent system / 1.2:
Principles of chemistry in the climate system / 1.3:
Substances in climate system / 1.4:
Fundamentals of physics in the climate system / 2:
Meteorological basics / 2.1:
Scaling and structure of the atmosphere / 2.1.1:
Meteorological elements / 2.1.2:
Air pressure / 2.1.2.1:
Air temperature / 2.1.2.2:
Air humidity / 2.1.2.3:
Hydrometeors / 2.1.3:
Clouds / 2.1.3.1:
Fog, mist, and haze / 2.1.3.2:
Precipitation / 2.1.3.3:
Dew, frost, rime, and interception / 2.1.4:
Clirnatologtcai basics / 2.2:
Climate / 2.2.1:
Climate system / 2.2.2:
Chemical climate / 2.2.3:
Optics of the atmosphere: Radiation / 2.3:
Solar radiation / 2.3.1:
The Sun and its radiation output / 2.3.1.1:
Solar radiation transfer through the atmosphere / 2.3.1.2:
Absorption and emission of light / 2.3.2:
Absorption (Lambert-Beer law) / 2.3.2.1:
Emission (Planck's law and Stefan-Boltzmann law) / 2.3.2.2:
Terrestrial radiation and radiation budget / 2.3.3:
Atmospheric dynamics / 2.4:
Fluid characteristics / 2.4.1:
Effective atmospheric forces / 2.4.1.1:
Atmospheric flow: Laminar and turbulent / 2.4.1.2:
Fluid characteristics: Wind speed and direction / 2.4.1.3:
Properties of gases: The ideal gas / 2.5:
Gas laws / 2.5.1:
Mean free path and number of collisions between molecules / 2.5.2:
Viscosity / 2.5.3:
Diffusion / 2.5.4:
Atmospheric removal: Deposition processes / 2.6:
Dry deposition / 2.6.1:
Wet deposition / 2.6.2:
Characteristic times; Residence time, lifetime, and turnover time / 2.7:
Fundamentals of physicochemistry in the climate system / 3:
Chemical thermodynamics / 3.1:
First law of thermodynamics and its applications / 3.1.1:
Internal energy / 3.1.1.1:
Molar heat capacity / 3.1.1.2:
Thermochemistry: Heat of chemical reaction / 3.1.1.3:
Second law of thermodynamics and its applications / 3.1.2:
Entropy and reversibility / 3.1.2.1:
Thermodynamic potential: Gibbs-Helmholtz equation / 3.1.2.2:
Chemical potential / 3.1.2.3:
Chemical potential in real mixtures: Activity / 3.1.2.4:
Equilibrium / 3.2:
Chemical equilibrium: The mass action law / 3.2.1:
Phase equilibrium / 3.2.2:
Gas-liquid equilibrium: Evaporation and condensation / 3.2.2.1:
Gas-liquid equilibrium: Special case of droplets (Kelvin equation) / 3.2.2.2:
Absorption of gases in water: Henry's law / 3.2.2.3:
Solubility equilibrium: Solid-aqueous equilibrium / 3.2.2.4:
Adsorption and desorption / 3.2.2.5:
Steady state / 3.3:
Water: Physical and chemical properties / 3.4:
Water structure: Hydrogen bond / 3.4.1:
Water as solvent / 3.4.2:
Water vapor / 3.4.3:
Water properties in relation to the climate system / 3.4.4:
Properties of solutions and droplets / 3.5:
Surface tension and surface-active substances / 3.5.1:
Vapor pressure lowering: Raoult's law / 3.5.2:
Freezing point depression / 3.5.3:
Diffusion in solution / 3.5.4:
Heterogeneous processes: Multiphase chemistry in the climate system / 3.6:
Aerosols, clouds, and precipitation: The climate multiphase system / 3.6.1:
Gas-to-particle formation: Homogeneous formation of CCNs / 3.6.2:
Classical nucleation theory / 3.6.2.1:
Formation of secondary organic aerosols / 3.6.2.2:
Atmospheric aerosols and the properties of aerosol particles / 3.6.3:
Formation of cloud droplets: Heterogeneous nucleation / 3.6.4:
Scavenging: Acommodation, adsorption, and reaction (mass transfer) / 3.6.5:
Mass transfer: General remarks / 3.6.5.1:
Adsorption / 3.6.5.2:
Surface chemistry: Kinetics of heterogeneous chemical reactions / 3.6.5.3:
Mass transfer into droplets with chemical reaction / 3.6.5.4:
Fundamentals of chemistry in the climate system / 4:
State of matter / 4.1:
Atoms, elements, molecules, compounds, and substances / 4.1.1:
Pure substances and mixtures / 4.1.2:
Radicals, groups, and nomenclature / 4.1.3:
Units for chemical abundance: Concentrations and mixing ratios / 4.1.4:
Theory of chemical reactions / 4.2:
Chemical bonding / 4.2.1:
Types of chemical reactions / 4.2.2:
Chemical kinetics: Reaction rate constant / 4.2.3:
Catalysis / 4.3:
Electrochemistry / 4.4:
Electrolytic dissociation / 4.4.1:
Acids, bases, and the ionic product of water / 4.4.1.1:
pH value / 4.4.1.2:
Hydrolysis of salts and oxides / 4.4.1.3:
Buffer solutions / 4.4.1.4:
Complex ions / 4.4.1.5:
The CO2-carbonate system / 4.4.1.6:
Oxidation-reduction reaction (redox process) / 4.4.2:
Hydrated electron: A fundamental species / 4.4.3:
Photochemistry / 4.5:
Photoexcitation: Electronic states / 4.5.1:
Photodissociation: Photolysis rate coefficient / 4.5.2:
Photocatalysis: Photosensitization and autoxidation / 4.5.3:
Environmental relevance of acidity / 4.6:
Atmospheric acidity / 4.6.1:
pH averaging / 4.6.2:
Isotopes in atmospheric chemistry and geochemistry / 4.7:
Substaces and chemical reactions in the climate system / 5:
Hydrogen / 5.1:
Natural occurrence / 5.1.1:
Compounds of hydrogen / 5.1.2:
Chemistry / 5.1.3:
Oxygen / 5.2:
Oxygen, dioxygen, and ozone: O, O2, and O3 / 5.2.1:
Reactive oxygen species I: OH, HO2, and H2O2 (HxOy species) / 5.2.3:
Atmosphere, free of trace species / 5.2.3.1:
Atmosphere with trace species / 5.2.3.2:
Reactive oxygen species II: RO, RO2, and ROOH / 5.2.4:
Aqueous-phase oxygen chemistry / 5.2.5:
Water chemistry / 5.2.5.1:
Dioxygen and superoxide ion chemistry / 5.2.5.2:
Hydrogen peroxide chemistry / 5.2.5.3:
Ozone and hydroxyl radical chemistry / 5.2.5.4:
Hydrogen polyoxides / 5.2.5.5:
Multiphase oxygen chemistry / 5.2.6:
Hydrogen peroxide / 5.2.6.1:
Ozone / 5.2.6.2:
Stratospheric oxygen chemistry / 5.2.7:
Nitrogen / 5.3:
Natural occurrence and sources / 5.3.1:
Thermal dissociation of dinitrogen (N2) / 5.3.2:
Ammonia (NH3) / 5.3.3:
Dinitrogen oxide (N2O) / 5.3.4:
Inorganic nitrogen oxides and oxoacids (NOy) / 5.3.5:
Gas-phase chemistry / 5.3.3.1:
Aqueous and interfacial chemistry / 5.3.5.2:
Organic nitrogen compounds / 5.3.6:
Amines, amides, and nitriles / 5.3.6.1:
Organic NOx compounds / 5.3.6.2:
Sulfur / 5.4:
Reduced sulfur: H2S, COS, CS2, and DMS / 5.4.1:
Oxides and oxoacids: SO2, H2SO3, SO3, and H2SO4 / 5.4.3:
Gas-phase SO2 oxidation / 5.4.3.1:
Aqueous-phase sulfur chemistry / 5.4.3.2:
Multiphase sulfur chemistry / 5.4.4:
Phosphorus / 5.5:
Carbon / 5.6:
Organic carbon and chemistry / 5.6.1:
Elemental carbon and soot / 5.6.2:
Inorganic C1 chemistry: CO, CO2, and H2CO3 / 5.6.3:
Aqueous chemistry / 5.6.3.1:
Hydrocarbon oxidation and organic radicals / 5.6.4:
Organic C1 chemistry: CH4, CH3OH, HCHO, HCOOH / 5.6.5:
C2 chemistry: C2H6, CH3CHO, C2H5OH, CH3COOH, and (COOH)2
Alkenes, atkynes, and ketones / 5.6.6.1:
Aromatic compounds / 5.6.8:
Is the atmospheric fate of complex organic compounds predictable? / 5.6.9:
Halogens (Cl, Br, F, and I) / 5.7:
Chlorine in the environment / 5.7.1:
Formation of sea salt and chlorine degassing / 5.7.2:
Metals and metalloids / 5.7.3:
General remarks / 5.8.1:
Alkali and alkaline earth metals: Na, K, Mg, and Ca / 5.8.2:
Iron: Fe / 5.8.3:
Mercury: Hg / 5.8.4:
Cadmium: Cd / 5.8.5:
Lead: Pb / 5.8.6:
Arsenic: As / 5.8.7:
Silicon (Si) and aluminum (Al) / 5.8.8:
Biogeochemistry and global cycling / 6:
The hydrosphere and the global water cycle / 6.1:
The hydrological cycle and the climate system / 6.1.1:
Soil water and groundwater; Chemical weathering / 6.1.2:
Surface water: Rivers and lakes / 6.1.3:
The oceans / 6.1.4:
Atmospheric waters (hydrometeors): Chemical composition / 6.1.5:
Fog / 6.1.5.1:
Rain (precipitation) / 6.1.5.3:
Biogeochemical cycling / 6.2:
Photosynthesis: Nonequilibrium redox processes / 6.2.1:
Primary production of carbon / 6.2.2:
Nitrogen cycling / 6.2.3:
Sulfur cycling / 6.2.4:
Natural sources of atmospheric substances / 6.3:
Source characteristics / 6.3.1:
Biological processes / 6.3.2:
Continental / 6.3.2.1:
Oceanic / 6.3.2.2:
Geogenic processes / 6.3.3:
Soil dust / 6.3.3.1:
Sea salt / 6.3.3.2:
Volcanism / 6.3.3.3:
Chemical processes / 6.3.4:
Lightning / 6.3.4.1:
Secondary atmospheric processes / 6.3.4.2:
List of acronyms and abbreviations used in this volume / A:
Quantities, units, and some useful numerical values / B:
References
Name Index
Subject Index
Preface to the first edition
Author's preface to the third edition
Author's preface to the second edition
12.

図書

図書
Ivan Kozhevnikov
出版情報: Chichester : J. Wiley & Sons, c2002  xiv, 201 p. ; 24 cm
シリーズ名: Catalysts for fine chemical synthesis ; v. 2
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Series Preface
Preface to Volume 2
Introduction / 1:
Scope and definitions / 1.1:
Nomenclature / 1.2:
Historical background / 1.3:
Introduction to catalysis by polyoxometalates / 1.4:
References
Properties of Polyoxometalates / 2:
Structures of polyoxometalates / 2.1:
General principles / 2.1.1:
The Keggin structure / 2.1.2:
The Wells-Dawson structure / 2.1.3:
The Anderson-Evans structure / 2.1.4:
The Dexter-Silverton structure / 2.1.5:
Crystal structure of heteropoly compounds / 2.2:
Thermal stability / 2.3:
Solubility / 2.4:
Formation and state in solution / 2.5:
Stability of polyoxometalates in solution / 2.5.1:
Polyoxometalates as ligands / 2.5.2:
Isotope exchange / 2.5.3:
Kinetics and mechanism of substitution in polyoxmetalates / 2.5.4:
Acid properties / 2.6:
Proton structure / 2.6.1:
Heteropoly acids in solutions / 2.6.2:
Acidity of solid heteropoly acids / 2.6.3:
Redox properties / 2.7:
Synthesis of Polyoxometalates / 3:
General methods of synthesis / 3.1:
Keggin polyoxometalates / 3.2:
12-Molybdosilicic acid, [alpha]-H[subscript 4 SiMo[subscript 12]O[subscript 40] / 3.2.1:
12-Tungstosilicic acid, [alpha]-H[subscript 4 SiW[subscript 12]O[subscript 40] / 3.2.2:
12-Tungstophosphoric acid, [alpha]-H[subscript 3 PW[subscript 12]O[subscript 40] / 3.2.3:
12-Molybdophosphoric acid, [alpha]-H[subscript 3 PMo[subscript 12]O[subscript 40] / 3.2.4:
12-Tungstogermanic acid, [alpha]-[H[subscript 4 GeW[subscript 12]O[subscript 40] / 3.2.5:
11-Molybdo-1-vanadophosphoric acid, H[subscript 4 PMo[subscript 11] VO[subscript 40] / 3.2.6:
10-Molybdo-2-vanadophosphoric acid, H[subscript 5 PMo[subscript 10]V[subscript 2]O[subscript 40] / 3.2.7:
9-Molybdo-3-vanadophosphoric acid, H[subscript 6 PMo[subscript 9] V[subscript 3]O[subscript 40] / 3.2.8:
Transition-metal-substituted tungstophosphates, {PW[subscript 11]MO[subscript 39]} / 3.2.9:
Wells-Dawson polyoxometalates / 3.3:
18-Tungstodiphosphoric acid, H[subscript 6 P[subscript 2]W[subscript 18]O[subscript 62] / 3.3.1:
Sandwich-type polyoxometalates / 3.4:
Na[subscript 12 WZn[subscript 3](H[subscript 2]O)[subscript 2](ZnW[subscript 9]O[subscript 34])[subscript 2] / 3.4.1:
Na[subscript 12 WCo[subscript 3 superscript II](H[subscript 2]O)[subscript 2] (Co[superscript II]W[subscript 9]O[subscript 34])[subscript 2] / 3.4.2:
K[subscript 11 WZnRu[subscript 2 superscript III](OH)(H[subscript 2]O) (ZnW[subscript 9]O[subscript 34])[subscript 2] / 3.4.3:
K[subscript 10 WZnRh[superscript III subscript 2](H[subscript 2]O)(ZnW[subscript 9]O[subscript 34])[subscript 2] / 3.4.4:
Peroxo polyoxometalates / 3.5:
Venturello complex, {PO[subscript 4 WO(O[subscript 2])[subscript 2 subscript 4]}[superscript 3-] / 3.5.1:
Polyoxometalate catalysts / 3.6:
Solid acid catalysts / 3.6.1:
Homogeneous catalysts / 3.6.2:
Acid Catalysis by Heteropoly Compounds / 4:
General overview / 4.1:
The scope of applications / 4.1.1:
Mechanistic principles / 4.1.2:
Homogeneous acid catalysis / 4.2:
Acid-catalysed reactions / 4.2.1:
Acid-catalysed reactions in biphasic liquid-liquid systems / 4.3:
Biphasic reactions / 4.3.1:
Heterogeneous acid catalysts / 4.4:
Heteropoly acid catalysts / 4.4.1:
Heterogeneous catalysis in liquid-solid systems / 4.4.2:
Heterogeneous catalysis in gas-solid systems / 4.4.3:
Deactivation and regeneration of solid heteropoly acid catalysts / 4.5:
Polyoxometalates as Catalysts for Selective Oxidation / 5:
Liquid-phase oxidation / 5.1:
Oxidation with dioxygen / 5.1.1:
Oxidation with hydrogen peroxide / 5.1.2:
Oxidation with organic peroxides / 5.1.3:
Miscellaneous oxidations / 5.1.4:
Gas-phase oxidation / 5.2:
Oxidation catalysts / 5.2.1:
Reactions / 5.2.3:
Miscellaneous Catalytic Applications of Polyoxometalates / 6:
Hydrogenation, carbonylation and related reactions / 6.1:
Polyanion-stabilised clusters / 6.2:
Polyoxometalates as catalyst precursors / 6.3:
Catalysis by Polyoxometalates in Industry / 7:
Acid catalysis / 7.1:
Hydration of olefins / 7.1.1:
Synthesis of ethyl acetate from ethylene and acetic acid / 7.1.2:
Selective oxidation / 7.2:
Oxidation of methacrolein in methacrylic acid / 7.2.1:
Oxidation of ethylene to acetic acid / 7.2.2:
Other Applications of Polyoxometalates / 8:
Analytical chemistry / 8.1:
Elemental analysis / 8.1.1:
Analysis of biomaterials / 8.1.2:
Separation / 8.2:
Processing of radioactive waste / 8.2.1:
Sorption of gases / 8.2.2:
Corrosion-resistant coatings / 8.3:
Polyoxometalates as additives to inorganic and organic matrices / 8.4:
Additives in sol-gel matrices / 8.4.1:
Additives in polymer matrices / 8.4.2:
Membranes / 8.5:
Fuel cells / 8.5.1:
Selective electrodes / 8.5.2:
Gas sensors / 8.5.3:
Polyoxometalates in medicine: antiviral and antitumoral activity / 8.6:
Index
Series Preface
Preface to Volume 2
Introduction / 1:
13.

図書

図書
Jeremy W. Dale and Simon F. Park
出版情報: Chichester, West Sussex : Wiley-Blackwell, 2010  xii, 388 p. ; 25 cm
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Nucleic Acid Structure and Function / 1:
Structure of nucleic acids / 1.1:
DNA / 1.1.1:
RNA / 1.1.2:
Hydrophobic interactions / 1.1.3:
Different forms of the double helix / 1.1.4:
Supercoiling / 1.1.5:
Denaturation and hybridization / 1.1.6:
Orientation of nucleic acid strands / 1.1.7:
Replication of DNA / 1.2:
Unwinding and rewinding / 1.2.1:
Fidelity of replication; proofreading / 1.2.2:
Chromosome replication and cell division / 1.3:
DNA repair / 1.4:
Mismatch repair / 1.4.1:
Excision repair / 1.4.2:
Recombination (post-replication) repair / 1.4.3:
SOS repair / 1.4.4:
Gene expression / 1.5:
Transcription / 1.5.1:
Translation / 1.5.2:
Post-translational events / 1.5.3:
Gene organization / 1.6:
Mutation and Variation / 2:
Variation and evolution / 2.1:
Fluctuation test / 2.1.1:
Replica plating / 2.1.2:
Directed mutation in bacteria? / 2.1.3:
Types of mutation / 2.2:
Point mutations / 2.2.1:
Conditional mutants / 2.2.2:
Variation due to larger-scale DNA alterations / 2.2.3:
Extrachromosomal agents and horizontal gene transfer / 2.2.4:
Recombination / 2.3:
A model of the general (homologous) recombination process / 2.3.1:
Enzymes involved in recombination / 2.3.2:
Phenotypes / 2.4:
Restoration of phenotype / 2.4.1:
Mechanisms of mutation / 2.5:
Spontaneous mutation / 2.5.1:
Chemical mutagens / 2.5.2:
Ultraviolet irradiation / 2.5.3:
Isolation and identification of mutants / 2.6:
Mutation and selection / 2.6.1:
Isolation of other mutants / 2.6.2:
Molecular methods / 2.6.4:
Regulation of Gene Expression / 3:
Gene copy number / 3.1:
Transcriptional control / 3.2:
Promoters / 3.2.1:
Terminators, attenuators and anti-terminators / 3.2.2:
Induction and repression: regulatory proteins / 3.2.3:
Two-component regulatory systems / 3.2.4:
Global regulatory systems / 3.2.5:
Quorum sensing / 3.2.6:
Translational control / 3.3:
Ribosome binding / 3.3.1:
Codon usage / 3.3.2:
Stringent response / 3.3.3:
Regulatory RNA / 3.3.4:
Phase variation / 3.4:
Genetics of Bacteriophages / 4:
Bacteriophage structure / 4.1:
Single-strand DNA bacteriophages / 4.2:
ΦX174 / 4.2.1:
M13 / 4.2.2:
RNA-containing phages: MS2 / 4.3:
Double-stranded DNA phages / 4.4:
Bacteriophage T4 / 4.4.1:
Bacteriophage λ / 4.4.2:
Lytic and lysogenic regulation of bacteriophage λ / 4.4.3:
Restriction and modification / 4.5:
Bacterial resistance to phage attack / 4.6:
Complementation and recombination / 4.7:
Why are bacteriophages important? / 4.8:
Phage typing / 4.8.1:
Phage therapy / 4.8.2:
Phage display / 4.8.3:
Phages in the natural environment / 4.8.4:
Bacterial virulence and phage conversion / 4.8.5:
Plasmids / 5:
Some bacterial characteristics are determined by plasmids / 5.1:
Antibiotic resistance / 5.1.1:
Colicins and bacteriocins / 5.1.2:
Virulence determinants / 5.1.3:
Plasmids in plant-associated bacteria / 5.1.4:
Metabolic activities / 5.1.5:
Molecular properties of plasmids / 5.2:
Plasmid replication and control / 5.2.1:
Partitioning / 5.2.2:
Host range / 5.2.3:
Plasmid incompatibility / 5.2.4:
Plasmid stability / 5.3:
Plasmid integrity / 5.3.1:
Differential growth rate / 5.3.2:
Associating a plasmid with a phenotype / 5.4:
Gene Transfer / 6:
Transformation / 6.1:
Conjugation / 6.2:
Mechanism of conjugation / 6.2.1:
The F plasmid / 6.2.2:
Conjugation in other bacteria / 6.2.3:
Transduction / 6.3:
Specialized transduction / 6.3.1:
Consequences of recombination / 6.4:
Site-specific and non-homologous (illegitimate) recombination / 6.4.2:
Mosaic genes and chromosome plasticity / 6.5:
Genomic Plasticity: Movable Genes and Phase Variation / 7:
Insertion sequences / 7.1:
Structure of insertion sequences / 7.1.1:
Occurrence of insertion sequences / 7.1.2:
Transposons / 7.2:
Structure of transposons / 7.2.1:
Integrons / 7.2.2:
ISCR elements / 7.2.3:
Mechanisms of transposition / 7.3:
Replicative transposition / 7.3.1:
Non-replicative (conservative) transposition / 7.3.2:
Regulation of transposition / 7.3.3:
Activation of genes by transposable elements / 7.3.4:
Mu: A transposable bacteriophage / 7.3.5:
Conjugative transposons / 7.3.6:
Variation mediated by simple DNA inversion / 7.4:
Variation mediated by nested DNA inversion / 7.4.2:
Antigenic variation in the gonococcus / 7.4.3:
Phase variation by slipped-strand mispairing / 7.4.4:
Phase variation mediated by differential DNA methylation / 7.4.5:
Clustered regularly interspersed short palindromic repeats / 7.5:
Genetic Modification: Exploiting the Potential of Bacteria / 8:
Strain development / 8.1:
Generation of variation / 8.1.1:
Selection of desired variants / 8.1.2:
Overproduction of primary metabolites / 8.2:
Simple pathways / 8.2.1:
Branched pathways / 8.2.2:
Overproduction of secondary metabolites / 8.3:
Gene cloning / 8.4:
Cutting and joining DNA / 8.4.1:
Plasmid vectors / 8.4.2:
Bacteriophage λ vectors / 8.4.3:
Cloning larger fragments / 8.4.4:
Bacteriophage M13 vectors / 8.4.5:
Gene libraries / 8.5:
Construction of genomic libraries / 8.5.1:
Screening a gene library / 8.5.2:
Cloning PCR products / 8.5.3:
Construction of a cDNA library / 8.5.4:
Products from cloned genes / 8.6:
Expression vectors / 8.6.1:
Making new genes / 8.6.2:
Other bacterial hosts / 8.6.3:
Novel vaccines / 8.6.4:
Other uses of gene technology / 8.7:
Genetic Methods for Investigating Bacteria / 9:
Metabolic pathways / 9.1:
Complementation / 9.1.1:
Cross-feeding / 9.1.2:
Microbial physiology / 9.2:
Reporter genes / 9.2.1:
Chromatin immunoprecipitation / 9.2.2:
Cell division / 9.2.3:
Motility and chemotaxis / 9.2.4:
Cell differentiation / 9.2.5:
Bacterial virulence / 9.3:
Wide-range mechanisms of bacterial pathogenesis / 9.3.1:
Detection of virulence genes / 9.3.2:
Specific mutagenesis / 9.4:
Gene replacement / 9.4.1:
Antisense RNA / 9.4.2:
Taxonomy, evolution and epidemiology / 9.5:
Molecular taxonomy / 9.5.1:
GC content / 9.5.2:
16 S rRNA / 9.5.3:
Denaturing-gradient gel electrophoresis and temperature-gradient gel electrophoresis / 9.5.4:
Diagnostic use of PCR / 9.5.5:
Molecular epidemiology / 9.5.6:
Gene Mapping to Genomics and Beyond / 10:
Gene mapping / 10.1:
Conjugational analysis / 10.1.1:
Restriction mapping and pulsed-field gel electrophoresis / 10.1.2:
DNA sequence determination / 10.2:
Sanger sequencing / 10.2.1:
Dye terminator sequencing / 10.2.2:
Pyrosequencing / 10.2.3:
Massively parallel sequencing / 10.2.4:
Genome sequencing / 10.3:
Genome-sequencing strategies / 10.3.1:
Relating sequence to function / 10.3.2:
Metagenomics / 10.3.3:
Comparative genomics / 10.4:
Microarrays / 10.4.1:
Analysis of gene expression / 10.5:
Transcriptional analysis / 10.5.1:
Translational analysis / 10.5.2:
Metabolomics / 10.6:
Systems biology and synthetic genomics / 10.7:
Systems biology / 10.7.1:
Synthetic genomics / 10.7.2:
Conclusion / 10.8:
Further Reading / Appendix A:
Abbreviations Used / Appendix B:
Glossary / Appendix C:
Enzymes and other Proteins / Appendix D:
Genes / Appendix E:
Standard Genetic Code / Appendix F:
Bacterial Species / Appendix G:
Index
?X174
Bacteriophage ?
Lytic and lysogenic regulation of bacteriophage ?
Bacteriophage ? vectors
Preface
Nucleic Acid Structure and Function / 1:
Structure of nucleic acids / 1.1:
14.

図書

図書
Stephen E. Palmer
出版情報: Cambridge, MA : MIT Press, c1999  xxii, 810 p., [8] p. of plates ; 26 cm
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Brief Contents
Contents
Preface
Organization of the Book
Foundations
Spatial Vision
Visual Dynamics
Tailoring the Book to Different Needs
Acknowledgments
An Introduction to Vision Science / Part I:
Visual Perception / 1.1:
Defining Visual Perception / 1.1.1:
The Evolutionary Utility of Vision / 1.1.2:
Perception as a Constructive Act / 1.1.3:
Perception as Modeling the Environment / 1.1.4:
Perception as Apprehension of Meaning / 1.1.5:
Optical Information / 1.2:
The Behavior of Light / 1.2.1:
The Formation of Images / 1.2.2:
Vision as an "Inverse" Problem / 1.2.3:
Visual Systems / 1.3:
The Human Eye / 1.3.1:
The Retina / 1.3.2:
Visual Cortex / 1.3.3:
Theoretical Approaches / 2:
Classical Theories of Vision / 2.1:
Structuralism / 2.1.1:
Gestaltism / 2.1.2:
Ecological Optics / 2.1.3:
Constructivism / 2.1.4:
A Brief History of Information Processing / 2.2:
Computer Vision / 2.2.1:
Information Processing Psychology / 2.2.2:
Biological Information Processing / 2.2.3:
Information Processing Theory / 2.3:
The Computer Metaphor / 2.3.1:
Three Levels of Information Processing / 2.3.2:
Three Assumptions of Information Processing / 2.3.3:
Representation / 2.3.4:
Processes / 2.3.5:
Four Stages of Visual Perception / 2.4:
The Retinal Image / 2.4.1:
The Image-Based Stage / 2.4.2:
The Surface-Based Stage / 2.4.3:
The Object-Based Stage / 2.4.4:
The Category-Based Stage / 2.4.5:
Color Vision: A Microcosm of Vision Science / 3:
The Computational Description of Color Perception / 3.1:
The Physical Description of Light / 3.1.1:
The Psychological Description of Color / 3.1.2:
The Psychophysical Correspondence / 3.1.3:
Image-Based Color Processing / 3.2:
Basic Phenomena / 3.2.1:
Theories of Color Vision / 3.2.2:
Physiological Mechanisms / 3.2.3:
Development of Color Vision / 3.2.4:
Surface-Based Color Processing / 3.3:
Lightness Constancy / 3.3.1:
Chromatic Color Constancy / 3.3.2:
Color Naming / 3.4:
Focal Colors and Prototypes / 3.4.2:
A Fuzzy-Logical Model of Color Naming / 3.4.3:
Processing Image Structure / Part II:
Retinal and Geniculate Cells / 4.1:
Striate Cortex / 4.1.2:
Striate Architecture / 4.1.3:
Development of Receptive Fields / 4.1.4:
Psychophysical Channels / 4.2:
Spatial Frequency Theory / 4.2.1:
Physiology of Spatial Frequency Channels / 4.2.2:
Computational Approaches / 4.3:
Marr's Primal Sketches / 4.3.1:
Edge Detection / 4.3.2:
Alternative Computational Theories / 4.3.3:
A Theoretical Synthesis / 4.3.4:
Visual Pathways / 4.4:
Physiologlcal Evidence / 4.4.1:
Perceptual Evidence / 4.4.2:
Perceiving Surfaces Oriented in Depth / 5:
The Problem of Depth Perception / 5.1:
Heuristic Assumptions / 5.1.1:
Marr's 2.5-D Sketch / 5.1.2:
Ocular Information / 5.2:
Accormmodation / 5.2.1:
Convergence / 5.2.2:
Stereoscopic Information / 5.3:
Binocular Disparity / 5.3.1:
The Correspondence Problem / 5.3.2:
Computational Theories / 5.3.3:
Vertical Disparity / 5.3.4:
Da Vinci Stereopsis / 5.3.6:
Dynamic Information / 5.4:
Motion Parallax / 5.4.1:
Optic Flow Caused by a Moving Observer / 5.4.2:
Optic Flow Caused by Moving Objects / 5.4.3:
Accretion/Deletion of Texture / 5.4.4:
Pictorial Information / 5.5:
Perspective Projection / 5.5.1:
Convergence of Parallel Lines / 5.5.2:
Position Relative to the Horizon of a Surface / 5.5.3:
Relative Size / 5.5.4:
Familiar Size / 5.5.5:
Texture Gradients / 5.5.6:
Edge Interpretation / 5.5.7:
Shading Information / 5.5.8:
Aerial Perspective / 5.5.9:
Integrating Information Sources / 5.5.10:
Development of Depth Perception / 5.6:
Organizing Objects and Scenes / 5.6.1:
Perceptual Grouping / 6.1:
The Classical Principles of Grouping / 6.1.1:
New Principles of Grouping / 6.1.2:
Measuring Grouping Effects Quantitatively / 6.1.3:
Is Grouping an Early or Late Process? / 6.1.4:
Past Experience / 6.1.5:
Region Analysis / 6.2:
Uniform Connectedness / 6.2.1:
Region Segmentation / 6.2.2:
Texture Segregation / 6.2.3:
Figure/Ground Organization / 6.3:
Principles of Figure/Ground Organization / 6.3.1:
Ecological Considerations / 6.3.2:
Effects of Meaningfulness / 6.3.3:
The Problem of Holes / 6.3.4:
Visual Interpolation / 6.4:
Visual Completion / 6.4.1:
Illusory Contours / 6.4.2:
Perceived Transparency / 6.4.3:
Figural Scission / 6.4.4:
The Principle of Nonaccidentalness / 6.4.5:
Multistability / 6.5:
Connectionist Network Models / 6.5.1:
Neural Fatigue / 6.5.2:
Eye Fixations / 6.5.3:
The Role of Instructions / 6.5.4:
Development of Perceptual Organization / 6.6:
The Habituation Paradigm / 6.6.1:
The Development of Grouping / 6.6.2:
Perceiving Object Properties and Parts / 7:
Size / 7.1:
Size Constancy / 7.1.1:
Size Illusions / 7.1.2:
Shape / 7.2:
Shape Constancy / 7.2.1:
Shape Illusions / 7.2.2:
Orientation / 7.3:
Orientation Constancy / 7.3.1:
Orientation Illusions / 7.3.2:
Position / 7.4:
Perception of Direction / 7.4.1:
Position Constancy / 7.4.2:
Position Illusions / 7.4.3:
Perceptual Adaptation / 7.5:
Parts / 7.6:
Evidence for Perception of Parts / 7.6.1:
Part Segmentation / 7.6.2:
Global and Local Processing / 7.6.3:
Representing Shape and Structure / 8:
Shape Equivalence / 8.1:
Defining Objective Shape / 8.1.1:
Invariant Features / 8.1.2:
Transformational Alignment / 8.1.3:
Object-Centered Reference Frames / 8.1.4:
Theories of Shape Representation / 8.2:
Templates / 8.2.1:
Fourier Spectra / 8.2.2:
Features and Dimensions / 8.2.3:
Structural Descriptions / 8.2.4:
Figural Goodness and Pragnanz / 8.3:
Theories of Figural Goodness / 8.3.1:
Structural Information Theory / 8.3.2:
Perceiving Function and Category / 9:
The Perception of Function / 9.1:
Direct Perception of Affordances / 9.1.1:
Indirect Perception of Function by Categorization / 9.1.2:
Phenomena of Perceptual Categorization / 9.2:
Categorical Hierarchies / 9.2.1:
Perspective Viewing Conditions / 9.2.2:
Part Structure / 9.2.3:
Contextual Effects / 9.2.4:
Visual Agnosia / 9.2.5:
Theories of Object Categorization / 9.3:
Recognition by Components Theory / 9.3.1:
Accounting for Empirical Phenomena / 9.3.2:
Viewpoint-Specific Theories / 9.3.3:
Identifying Letters and Words / 9.4:
Identifying Letters / 9.4.1:
Identifying Words and Letters Within Words / 9.4.2:
The Interactive Activation Model / 9.4.3:
Perceiving Motion and Events / Part III:
Image Motion / 10.1:
The Computational Problem of Motion / 10.1.1:
Continuous Motion / 10.1.2:
Apparent Motion / 10.1.3:
Object Motion / 10.1.4:
Perceiving Object Velocity / 10.2.1:
Depth and Motion / 10.2.2:
Long-Range Apparent Motion / 10.2.3:
Dynamic Perceptual Organization / 10.2.4:
Self-Motion and Optic Flow / 10.3:
Induced Motion of the Self / 10.3.1:
Perceiving Self-Motion / 10.3.2:
Understanding Events / 10.4:
Biological Motion / 10.4.1:
Perceiving Causation / 10.4.2:
Intuitive Physics / 10.4.3:
Visual Selection: Eye Movements And Attention / 11:
Eye Movements / 11.1:
Types Of Eye Movements / 11.1.1:
The Physiology Of The Oculomotor System / 11.1.2:
Saccaadic Exploration Of The Visual Environment / 11.1.3:
Visual Attention / 11.2:
Early Versus Late Selection / 11.2.1:
Costs and Benefits of Attention / 11.2.2:
Theories of Spatial Attention / 11.2.3:
Selective Attention to Properties / 11.2.4:
Distributed versus Focused Attention / 11.2.5:
Feature Integration Theory / 11.2.6:
The Physiology of Attention / 11.2.7:
Attention and Eye Movements / 11.2.8:
Visual Memory and Imagery / 12:
Visual Memory / 12.1:
Three Memory Systems / 12.1.1:
Iconic Memory / 12.1.2:
Visual Short-Term Memory / 12.1.3:
Visual Long-Term Memory / 12.1.4:
Memory Dynamics / 12.1.5:
Visual Imagery / 12.2:
The Analog/Propositional Debate / 12.2.1:
Mental Transformtions / 12.2.2:
Image Inspection / 12.2.3:
Kosslyn's Model of Imagery / 12.2.4:
The Relation of Imagery to Perception / 12.2.5:
Visual Awareness / 13:
Philosophical Foundations / 13.1:
The Mind-Body Problem / 13.1.1:
The Problem of Other Minds / 13.1.2:
Neuropsychology of Visual Awareness / 13.2:
Split-Brain Patients / 13.2.1:
Blindsight / 13.2.2:
Unconscious Processing in Neglect and Balint's Syndrome / 13.2.3:
Unconscious Face Recognition in Prosopagnosia / 13.2.4:
Visual Awareness in Normal Observers / 13.3:
Perceptual Defense / 13.3.1:
Subliminal Perception / 13.3.2:
Inattentional Blindsight / 13.3.3:
Theories of Consciousness / 13.4:
Functional Architecture Theories / 13.4.1:
Biological Theories / 13.4.2:
Consciousness and the Limits of Science / 13.4.3:
Psychophysical Methods / Appendix A:
Measuring Thresholds / A.1:
Method of Adjustment / A.1.1:
Method of Limits / A.1.2:
Method of Constant Stimuli / A.1.3:
The Theoretical Status of Thresholds / A.1.4:
Signal Detection Theory / A.2:
Response Bias / A.2.1:
The Signal Detection Paradigm / A.2.2:
The Theory of Signal Detectability / A.2.3:
Difference Thresholds / A.3:
Just Noticeable Differences / A.3.1:
Weber's Law / A.3.2:
Psychophysical Scaling / A.4:
Fechner's Law / A.4.1:
Stevens's Law / A.4.2:
Suggestions for Futher Reading
Connectionist Modeling / Appendix B:
Network Behavior / B.1:
Unit Behavior / B.1.1:
System Architecture / B.1.2:
Systemic Behavior / B.1.3:
Connectionist Learning Algorithms / B.2:
Back Propagation / B.2.1:
Gradient Descent / B.2.2:
Color Technology / Appendix C:
Additive versus Subtractive Color Mixture / C.1:
Adding versus Multiplying Spectra / C.1.1:
Maxwell's Color Triangle / C.1.2:
C.I.E. Color Space / C.1.3:
Subtractive Color Mixture Space? / C.1.4:
Color Television / C.2:
Paints and Dyes / C.3:
Subtractive Combination of Paints / C.3.1:
Additive Combination of Paints / C.3.2:
Color Photography / C.4:
Color Printing / C.5:
Suggestions for Further Reading
Glossary
References
Name Index
Subject Index
Brief Contents
Contents
Preface
15.

図書

図書
Bernard Picinbono
出版情報: Norwood, Ma. : Artech House, c1988  xiii, 243 p. ; 24 cm
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Introduction to Signals and Systems / Chapter 1:
The concept of signals / 1.1:
The concept of a linear system / 1.2:
The concept of linear filters / 1.3:
The concept of signal representation and transform / 1.4:
Problems
Representations of Continuous-time Signals / Chapter 2:
Energy and power; scalar product of signals / 2.1:
Fourier series / 2.2:
Time-limited signals / 2.2.1:
Periodic signals / 2.2.2:
Principal properties of Fourier series of periodic signals / 2.2.3:
Fourier transforms of signals of finite energy / 2.3:
Definitions and notation / 2.3.1:
Examples of Fourier transforms / 2.3.2:
Principal properties of Fourier transforms / 2.3.3:
Examples / 2.3.4:
Fourier representation of signals with infinite energy / 2.4:
The unit impulse function / 2.4.1:
Fourier transforms of periodic signals / 2.4.2:
The Dirac comb signal / 2.4.3:
Fourier transform of the unit step signal / 2.4.4:
Real narrowband signals: instantaneous amplitude and phase, duration and bandwidth / 2.5:
Analytic signal of a real signal / 2.5.1:
Instantaneous amplitude and phase of a signal / 2.5.2:
Application to the case of narrowband signals / 2.5.3:
Laplace representation / 2.6:
Definition and notation / 2.6.1:
Region of convergence / 2.6.2:
Inversion of the Laplace transform / 2.6.3:
Inverse Laplace transform of rational functions / 2.6.4:
Principal properties of the Laplace transform / 2.6.5:
From Continuous Time to Discrete Time by Sampling / Chapter 3:
The principle of sampling: the sampling theorem / 3.1:
The sampling formula and consequences / 3.2:
Sampling and signal representation / 3.2.1:
Sampling and interpolation / 3.2.2:
Sampling and linear spaces / 3.2.3:
Minimum sampling rate / 3.2.4:
Exact position of the sampling time instants / 3.2.5:
Exact position of the frequency band / 3.2.6:
Some practical comments / 3.2.7:
Sampling and filtering / 3.3:
The sampling transformation T / 3.3.1:
Physical structure of the transformation T / 3.3.2:
Interpretation of the sampling theorem / 3.3.3:
Aliasing; undersampling and oversampling / 3.3.4:
Duality between sampling and periodicity / 3.3.5:
Sampling and Fourier representation / 3.4:
Geometrical interpretation of sampling / 3.5:
Discrete Fourier transform of a continuous signal / 3.6:
Principle of the discrete Fourier transform / 3.6.1:
Calculation of the discrete Fourier transform / 3.6.2:
Relation between the Fourier transform and the discrete Fourier transform / 3.6.3:
Representations of Discrete-time Signals / Chapter 4:
Time-limited and periodic signals: the discrete Fourier transform / 4.1:
Fourier transform of discrete-time signals / 4.2:
The z transform / 4.3:
Inversion of the z transform / 4.3.1:
Principal properties of the z transform / 4.3.4:
The z transform of sampled signals / 4.3.5:
Some algebraic properties of discrete-time signals: the fast Fourier transform / 4.4:
The discrete Fourier transform as an eigenvalue problem: circulant matrices / 4.4.1:
The discrete Fourier transform as a linear problem: the fast Fourier algorithm / 4.4.2:
Linear Filtering / Chapter 5:
Definitions and examples / 5.1:
Some basic properties of filters / 5.2:
Causality of linear filters / 5.3:
Causality and impulse response / 5.3.1:
Causality and the transfer function / 5.3.2:
Causality and frequency response / 5.3.3:
Multidimensional filters / 5.4:
Dynamical Filters / Chapter 6:
Definitions and basic properties / 6.1:
Representations of dynamical filters / 6.2:
The continuous-time case / 6.2.1:
The discrete-time case / 6.2.2:
Stability problems / 6.3:
Impulse and unit step responses / 6.3.1:
Internal Representation of Dynamical Filters / 6.4.1:
Introduction / 7.1:
Principles of the internal representation of linear systems / 7.2:
Canonical internal representation of dynamical filters / 7.3:
First continuous-time canonical representation / 7.3.1:
Second continuous-time canonical representation / 7.3.2:
First discrete-time canonical representation / 7.3.3:
Diagonal and quasi-diagonal representations / 7.3.4:
Solution of the state equation in the discrete-time case / 7.4:
Solution of the state equation in the continuous-time case / 7.5:
Free system: transition matrix / 7.5.1:
Driven system / 7.5.2:
Input-output relationship / 7.6:
Modes of a dynamical filter / 7.7:
On the Routh criterion / Appendix A:
Reflection coefficients and stability / Appendix B:
Bibliography
Glossary
Index
Preface
Introduction to Signals and Systems / Chapter 1:
The concept of signals / 1.1:
16.

図書

図書
edited by Challa S.S.R. Kumar
出版情報: Weinheim : Wiley-VCH, c2006  xviii, 395 p. ; 25 cm
シリーズ名: Nanotechnologies for the life sciences ; v. 3
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
List of Contributors
Fluorescence Imaging in Biology using Nanoprobes / Daniele Gerion1:
Introduction and Outlook / 1.1:
A New Era in Cell Biology / 1.1.1:
Manotechnology and its Perspectives for Fluorescence Imaging in Cell Biology / 1.1.2:
Fundamentals of Fluorescence / 1.2:
Basic Principles / 1.2.1:
A Few Types of Fluorescent Probes / 1.2.2:
Small Luminescent Units and Autofluorescence of Living Organisms / 1.2.2.1:
A few Organic Dyes and their Limitation in Live Cell Labeling / 1.2.2.2:
Green Fluorescent Protein and its Cousin Mutants / 1.2.2.3:
Quantum Dots / 1.2.2.4:
Toxicity Issues of Nanomaterials / 1.2.2.5:
Sources and Detectors / 1.2.3:
Light Sources / 1.2.3.1:
Detectors / 1.2.3.2:
Microscope Configurations / 1.3:
Wide-field Methods: Epi-, and Total Internal Reflection (TIR) / 1.3.1:
Epifluorescence Illumination / 1.3.1.1:
Total Internal Reflection (TIR) Illumination / 1.3.1.2:
Scanning Methods for Microscopy / 1.3.2:
Laser-scanning or Stage-scanning Confocal Microscopy / 1.3.2.1:
Near-field Scanning Optical Microscopy (NSOM) / 1.3.2.2:
Strategies for Image Acquisition / 1.4:
Intensity Imaging / 1.4.1:
Spectral Imaging / 1.4.2:
Lifetime and Time-gated Imaging / 1.4.3:
Other Imaging Modalities: Polarization and FRET Imaging / 1.4.4:
Qdots in Biology: A Few Selected Examples / 1.5:
Ultra-high Colocalization of Qdots for Genetic Mapping / 1.5.1:
Dynamics of Biomolecules in a Cellular Environment / 1.5.2:
Trafficking of Glycine Receptors in Neural Membranes of Live Cells / 1.5.2.1:
Dynamics of Labeled Nuclear Localization Sequences Inside Living Cells / 1.5.2.2:
In Vivo and Non-invasive Detection Using Qdot Reporters / 1.5.3:
Outlook: Is there a Role for Nanoscience in Cellular Biology and in Medicine? / 1.6:
Acknowledgments
References
Characterization of Nanoscale Systems in Biology using Scanning Probe Microscopy Techniques / Anthony W. Coleman ; Adina N. Lazar ; Cecile F. Rousseau ; Sebastien Cecillon ; Patrick Shahgaldian2:
Introduction / 2.1:
The Scanning Probe Microscopy Experiment / 2.2:
Scanning Tunneling Microscopy Imaging / 2.3:
Atomic Force Microscopy / 2.4:
Generalities / 2.4.1:
Tips and Cantilevers / 2.4.2:
Contact Mode AFM / 2.4.3:
Dynamic Modes / 2.4.4:
Non-contact Mode / 2.4.4.1:
Intermittent Contact Mode / 2.4.4.3:
Force Modulation Mode / 2.4.4.4:
Friction Force Mode or Lateral Force Mode / 2.4.5:
Force-Distance Analysis / 2.4.6:
Chemical Force Imaging / 2.4.7:
Dip-pen Lithography / 2.4.8:
Cantilever Array Sensors / 2.4.9:
Near-field Scanning Optical Microscopy / 2.5:
Artifacts / 2.6:
Artifacts Related to Tip Size and Geometry / 2.6.1:
Artifacts from Damaged Tips / 2.6.2:
Artifacts from Tip-Sample Interactions / 2.6.3:
Sample Artifacts / 2.6.4:
Using the Tools / 2.7:
DNA / 2.7.1:
Topographic Imaging of DNA / 2.7.1.1:
Imaging DNA Translocation / 2.7.1.2:
DNA Interactions and Stretching / 2.7.1.3:
Proteins / 2.7.2:
Topographic Imaging of Proteins / 2.7.2.1:
Dip-pen Nanolithography Patterning of Proteins / 2.7.2.2:
Protein-Protein and Protein-Ligand Interactions / 2.7.2.3:
Polysaccharides / 2.7.3:
Proteoglycan Topographic Imaging / 2.7.3.1:
Lipid Systems / 2.7.4:
Liposomes / 2.7.4.1:
Solid Lipid Nanoparticles (SLNs) / 2.7.4.2:
Supported Lipid Bilayers and Monolayers / 2.7.4.3:
SNOM Imaging / 2.7.5:
Viruses / 2.7.6:
Cells / 2.7.7:
Topographic Imaging / 2.7.7.1:
Interactions and Mechanical Properties / 2.7.7.2:
NSOM Imaging / 2.7.7.3:
Cantilever Arrays as Biosensors / 2.7.8:
Conclusion / 2.8:
Books on Scanning Probe Microsopies Reviews on Scanning Probe Microsopies in Biology / Appendix 1:
Reviews on Scanning Probe Microsopies in Biology / Appendix 2:
Quartz Crystal Microbalance Characterization of Nanostructure Assemblies in Biosensing / Aren E. Gerdon ; David W. Wright ; David E. Cliffel3:
Principles of QCM / 3.1:
QCM Wave Penetration Depth / 3.1.2:
QCM Sensor Specificity / 3.1.3:
Calculation of Equilibrium and Kinetic Constants / 3.1.4:
QCM Application to Life Sciences / 3.1.5:
Interface Between Biology and Nanomaterials / 3.2:
Antibodies / 3.2.1:
Nanoparticles / 3.2.2:
QCM Nanoparticle-based Chemical Sensors / 3.3:
QCM Nanoparticle-based Biosensors / 3.4:
QCM Nanoparticle-based Immunosensors / 3.5:
Traditional Immunoassays / 3.5.1:
Immunoassays using Nanotechnology / 3.5.2:
Antigen Mimic Design / 3.5.3:
Glutathione-protected Nanocluster / 3.5.3.2:
Hemagglutanin Mimic Nanocluster / 3.5.3.3:
Protective Antigen of B. anthracis Mimic Nanocluster / 3.5.3.4:
Conclusions and Future Directions / 3.6:
Symbols
NMR Characterization Techniques - Application to Nanoscaled Pharmaceutical Carriers / Christian Mayer4:
Structural Analysis of Nanoparticles / 4.1:
Phase Transitions of the Particle Matrix / 4.3:
Adsorption to the Particle Surface / 4.4:
Molecular Exchange through Nanocapsule Membranes / 4.5:
Particle Degradation and Release / 4.6:
Summary and Outlook / 4.7:
Characterization of Nano Features in Biopolymers using Small-angle X-ray Scattering, Electron Microscopy and Modeling / Angelika Krebs ; Bettina Bottcher5:
Small-angle X-ray Scattering / 5.1:
Scattering Technique / 5.2.1:
Scattering Phenomenon / 5.2.1.1:
Scattering Curve and Pair Distance Distribution Function / 5.2.1.2:
Determination of Scattering Parameters / 5.2.1.3:
Experimental Setup / 5.2.1.4:
Interpretation of Data / 5.2.2:
Direct Methods / 5.2.2.1:
Indirect Methods / 5.2.2.2:
Electron Microscopy / 5.3:
Image Formation / 5.3.1:
Interference of Electrons with Matter / 5.3.1.1:
Contrast Transfer Function / 5.3.1.2:
Sample Preparation / 5.3.2:
Vitrification of Biological Specimens / 5.3.2.1:
Two-dimensional Merging of Electron Microscopic Data / 5.3.3:
Cross Correlation Function / 5.3.3.1:
Identification of the Different Views / 5.3.3.2:
Merging of EM-data in Three Dimensions / 5.3.4:
Sinogram Correlation / 5.3.4.1:
Reconstruction of the Three-dimensional Model / 5.3.4.2:
Merging of Methods / 5.4:
Comparison of EM and SAXS Data / 5.4.1:
SAXS Modeling Approaches using EM Information / 5.4.2:
In Situ Characterization of Drug Nanoparticles by FTIR Spectroscopy / Michael Turk ; Ruth Signorell6:
Particle Generation Methods / 6.1:
Rapid Expansion of Supercritical Solutions (RESS) / 6.2.1:
Electro-Spraying / 6.2.2:
Particle Characterization Methods / 6.3:
In Situ Characterization with FTIR Spectroscopy / 6.3.1:
Characterization of the RESS Process / 6.3.1.1:
In Situ Characterization with 3-WEM / 6.3.2:
Characterization with SMPS and SEM / 6.3.3:
Determination of Refractive Index Data in the Mid-infrared Region / 6.4:
Examples / 6.5:
Phenanthrene Particles: Size, Shape, Optical Data / 6.5.1:
Sugar Nanoparticles / 6.5.2:
Drug Nanoparticles / 6.5.3:
Summary and Conclusion / 6.6:
Acknowledgment
Characterization of Nanoscaled Drug Delivery Systems by Electron Spin Resonance (ESR) / Karsten Mader7:
ESR Basics and Requirements / 7.1:
Information from ESR Spectroscopy and Imaging / 7.3:
Nitroxide Concentration / 7.3.1:
Micropolarity and Microviscosity / 7.3.2:
Monitoring of Microacidity / 7.3.3:
ESR Imaging / 7.3.4:
In Vivo ESR / 7.4:
X-ray Absorption and Emission Spectroscopy in Nanoscience and Lifesciences / Jinghua Guo7.5:
Soft X-ray Spectroscopy / 8.1:
Soft X-ray Absorption Edges / 8.2.1:
Soft X-ray Emission Spectroscopy / 8.2.2:
Soft X-ray Absorption Spectroscopy / 8.2.3:
Resonant Soft X-ray Emission Spectroscopy / 8.2.4:
Experimental Details / 8.2.5:
Chemical Sensitivity of Soft X-ray Spectroscopy / 8.3:
Electronic Structure and Geometrical Structure / 8.3.1:
Hydrogen Bonding Effect / 8.3.2:
Charge and Spin States of Transition Metals / 8.3.3:
Electronic Structure and Nanostructure / 8.4:
Wide Bandgap Nanostructured Semiconductors / 8.4.1:
Cu Nanoclusters / 8.4.2:
ZnO Nanocrystals / 8.4.3:
Electronic Structure and Molecular Structure / 8.5:
Hydrogen Bonding in Liquid Water / 8.5.1:
Molecular Structure in Liquid Alcohol and Water Mixture / 8.5.2:
Electronic Structure and Ion Solvations / 8.5.3:
Drugs in Water Solution / 8.5.4:
Electronic Structure of Bases in DNA Duplexes / 8.5.5:
Some New Advances and Challenges in Biological and Biomedical Materials Characterization / Filip Braet ; Lilian Soon ; Thomas F. Kelly ; David J. Larson ; Simon P. Ringer9:
Modern Atom Probe Tomography: Principles, Applications in Biomaterials and Potential Applications for Biology / 9.1:
The Need for an Ideal Microscope / 9.2.1:
Field Ion Microscopy and the Modern Atom Probe Instrument / 9.2.1.1:
Applications in Biomaterials / 9.2.1.2:
Applications and Challenges for Biological Science / 9.2.1.3:
Instrumentation / 9.3:
Live Cell Imaging / 9.3.2.1:
Summary / 9.3.3:
Cryo-electron Microscopy / 9.4:
Cryo-electron Microscopy Imaging / 9.4.1:
Conclusions / 9.4.3:
Dynamic Light Scattering Microscopy / Rhonda Dzakpasu ; Daniel Axelrod10:
Theory / 10.1:
Single Scattering Center / 10.2.1:
Multiple Scattering Centers / 10.2.2:
Temporal Autocorrelation of Intensity / 10.2.3:
Phase Fluctuation Factors / 10.2.4:
Number Fluctuation Factors / 10.2.5:
Characteristic Times and Distances / 10.2.6:
Spatial Autocorrelation of Intensity / 10.2.7:
Variance of Intensity Fluctuations: Mobile Fraction / 10.2.8:
Experimental Design / 10.3:
Optical Setup / 10.3.1:
Data Acquisition / 10.3.2:
Sample Preparation: Polystyrene Beads / 10.3.3:
Sample Preparation: Living Macrophages / 10.3.4:
Buffer Changes during Data Acquisition / 10.3.5:
Data Analysis / 10.4:
Temporal Intensity Autocorrelation Function / 10.4.1:
Spatial Intensity Autocorrelation Function / 10.4.2:
Mobile Fraction / 10.4.3:
Experimental Results / 10.5:
Polystyrene Beads: Temporal Phase Autocorrelation / 10.5.1:
Variance of Intensity Fluctuations on Beads: Phase Fluctuations / 10.5.2:
Polystyrene Beads: Number Fluctuations / 10.5.3:
Polystyrene Beads: Spatial Autocorrelation / 10.5.4:
Polystyrene Beads: Mobile Fractions / 10.5.5:
Living Macrophage Cells: Temporal Autocorrelation / 10.5.6:
Living Macrophage Cells: Mobile Fraction / 10.5.7:
Discussion / 10.6:
Polystyrene Beads / 10.6.1:
Macrophages / 10.6.2:
Improvements for DLSM / 10.6.3:
X-ray Scattering Techniques for Characterization of Nanosystems in Lifesciences / Cheng K. Saw11:
Brief Historical Background and Unique Properties / 11.1:
Scattering of X-rays / 11.3:
Crystallography / 11.4:
Scattering from a Powder Sample / 11.5:
Scattering by Atomic Aggregates / 11.6:
Crystallite Size and Paracrystallinity / 11.7:
Production of X-rays / 11.8:
Absorption of X-rays / 11.9:
Instrumentation: WAXS / 11.10:
Small Angle X-ray Scattering / 11.11:
Dilute Systems / 11.11.1:
Highly Correlating Systems / 11.11.2:
SAXS Instrumentation / 11.12:
Synchrotron Radiation / 11.13:
Concluding Remarks / 11.14:
Index
Preface
List of Contributors
Fluorescence Imaging in Biology using Nanoprobes / Daniele Gerion1:
17.

図書

図書
Clive D. Rodgers
出版情報: Singapore : World Scientific, 2008, c2000  xvi, 240 p. ; 26 cm
シリーズ名: Series on atmospheric, oceanic and planetary physics ; v. 2
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Introduction / Chapter 1:
The Beginnings / 1.1:
Atmospheric Remote Sounding Methods / 1.2:
Thermal emission nadir and limb sounders / 1.2.1:
Scattered solar radiation / 1.2.2:
Absorption of solar radiation / 1.2.3:
Active techniques / 1.2.4:
Simple Solutions to the Inverse Problem / 1.3:
Information Aspects / Chapter 2:
Formal Statement of the Problem / 2.1:
State and measurement vectors / 2.1.1:
The forward model / 2.1.2:
Weighting function matrix / 2.1.3:
Vector spaces / 2.1.4:
Linear Problems without Measurement Error / 2.2:
Subspaces of state space / 2.2.1:
Identifying the null space and the row space / 2.2.2:
Linear Problems with Measurement Error / 2.3:
Describing experimental error / 2.3.1:
The Bayesian approach to inverse problems / 2.3.2:
Bayes' theorem / 2.3.2.1:
Example: The Linear problem with Gaussian statistics / 2.3.2.2:
Degrees of Freedom / 2.4:
How many independent quantities can be measured? / 2.4.1:
Degrees of freedom for signal / 2.4.2:
Information Content of a Measurement / 2.5:
The Fisher information matrix / 2.5.1:
Shannon information content / 2.5.2:
Entropy of a probability density function / 2.5.2.1:
Entropy of a Gaussian distribution / 2.5.2.2:
Information content in the linear Gaussian case / 2.5.2.3:
The Standard Example: Information Content and Degrees of Freedom / 2.6:
Probability Density Functions and the Maximum Entropy Principle / 2.7:
Error Analysis and Characterisation / Chapter 3:
Characterisation / 3.1:
The retrieval method / 3.1.1:
The transfer function / 3.1.3:
Linearisation of the transfer function / 3.1.4:
Interpretation / 3.1.5:
Retrieval method parameters / 3.1.6:
Error Analysis / 3.2:
Smoothing error / 3.2.1:
Forward model parameter error / 3.2.2:
Forward model error / 3.2.3:
Retrieval noise / 3.2.4:
Random and systematic error / 3.2.5:
Representing covariances / 3.2.6:
Resolution / 3.3:
The Standard Example: Linear Gaussian Case / 3.4:
Averaging kernels / 3.4.1:
Error components / 3.4.2:
Modelling error / 3.4.3:
Optimal Linear Inverse Methods / 3.4.4:
The Maximum a Posteriori Solution / 4.1:
Several independent measurements / 4.1.1:
Independent components of the state vector / 4.1.2:
Minimum Variance Solutions / 4.2:
Best Estimate of a Function of the State Vector / 4.3:
Separately Minimising Error Components / 4.4:
Optimising Resolution / 4.5:
Optimal Methods for Non-linear Inverse Problems / Chapter 5:
Determination of the Degree of Nonlinearity / 5.1:
Formulation of the Inverse Problem / 5.2:
Newton and Gauss-Newton Methods / 5.3:
An Alternative Linearisation / 5.4:
Convergence / 5.5:
Expected convergence rate / 5.6.1:
A popular mistake / 5.6.2:
Testing for convergence / 5.6.3:
Testing for correct convergence / 5.6.4:
Recognising and dealing with slow convergence / 5.6.5:
Levenberg-Marquardt Method / 5.7:
Numerical Efficiency / 5.8:
Which formulation for the linear algebra? / 5.8.1:
The n-form / 5.8.1.1:
The m-form / 5.8.1.2:
Sequential updating / 5.8.1.3:
Computation of derivatives / 5.8.2:
Optimising representations / 5.8.3:
Approximations, Short Cuts and Ad-hoc Methods / Chapter 6:
The Constrained Exact Solution / 6.1:
Least Squares Solutions / 6.2:
The overconstrained case / 6.2.1:
The underconstrained case / 6.2.2:
Truncated Singular Vector Decomposition / 6.3:
Twomey-Tikhonov / 6.4:
Approximations for Optimal Methods / 6.5:
Approximate a priori and its covariance / 6.5.1:
Approximate measurement error covariance / 6.5.2:
Approximate weighting functions / 6.5.3:
Direct Multiple Regression / 6.6:
Linear Relaxation / 6.7:
Nonlinear Relaxation / 6.8:
Maximum Entropy / 6.9:
Onion Peeling / 6.10:
The Kalman Filter / Chapter 7:
The Basic Linear Filter / 7.1:
The Kalman Smoother / 7.2:
The Extended Filter / 7.3:
Characterisation and Error Analysis / 7.4:
Validation / 7.5:
Global Data Assimilation / Chapter 8:
Assimilation as a Inverse Problem / 8.1:
Methods for Data Assimilation / 8.2:
Successive correction methods / 8.2.1:
Optimal interpolation / 8.2.2:
Adjoint methods / 8.2.3:
Kalman filtering / 8.2.4:
Preparation of Indirect Measurements for Assimilation / 8.3:
Choice of profile representation / 8.3.1:
Linearised measurements / 8.3.2:
Systematic errors / 8.3.3:
Transformation of a characterised retrieval / 8.3.4:
Numerical Methods for Forward Models and Jacobians / Chapter 9:
The Equation of Radiative Transfer / 9.1:
The Radiative Transfer Integration / 9.2:
Derivatives of Forward Models: Analytic Jacobians / 9.3:
Ray Tracing / 9.4:
Choosing a coordinate system / 9.4.1:
Ray tracing in radial coordinates / 9.4.2:
Horizontally homogeneous case / 9.4.3:
The general case / 9.4.4:
Transmittance Modelling / 9.5:
Line-by-line modelling / 9.5.1:
Band transmittance / 9.5.2:
Inhomogeneous paths / 9.5.3:
Curtis--Godson approximation / 9.5.3.1:
Emissivity growth approximation / 9.5.3.2:
McMillin--Fleming method / 9.5.3.3:
Multiple absorbers / 9.5.3.4:
Construction and Use of Prior Constraints / Chapter 10:
Nature of a Priori / 10.1:
Effect of Prior Constraints on a Retrieval / 10.2:
Choice of Prior Constraints / 10.3:
Retrieval grid / 10.3.1:
Transformation between grids / 10.3.1.1:
Choice of grid for maximum likelihood retrieval / 10.3.1.2:
Choice of grid for maximum a priori retrieval / 10.3.1.3:
Ad hoc Soft constraints / 10.3.2:
Smoothness constraints / 10.3.2.1:
Markov process / 10.3.2.2:
Estimating a priori from real data / 10.3.3:
Estimating a priori from independent sources / 10.3.3.1:
Maximum entropy and the estimation of a priori / 10.3.3.2:
Validating and improving a priori with indirect measurements / 10.3.4:
The nearly linear case / 10.3.4.1:
The moderately non-linear case / 10.3.4.2:
Using Retrievals Which Contain a Priori / 10.4:
Taking averages of sets of retrievals / 10.4.1:
Removing a priori / 10.4.2:
Designing an Observing System / Chapter 11:
Design and Optimisation of Instruments / 11.1:
Forward model construction / 11.1.1:
Retrieval method and diagnostics / 11.1.2:
Optimisation / 11.1.3:
Specifying requirements for the accuracy of parameters / 11.1.4:
Operational Retrieval Design / 11.2:
State vector choice / 11.2.1:
Choice of vertical grid coordinate / 11.2.3:
Choice of parameters describing constitutents / 11.2.3.1:
A priori information / 11.2.4:
Retrieval method / 11.2.5:
Diagnostics / 11.2.6:
Testing and Validating an Observing System / Chapter 12:
The X[superscript 2] Test / 12.1:
Quantities to be Compared and Tested / 12.3:
Internal consistency / 12.3.1:
Does the retrieval agree with the measurement? / 12.3.2:
Consistency with the a priori / 12.3.3:
Measured signal and a priori / 12.3.3.1:
Retrieval and a priori / 12.3.3.2:
Comparison of the retrieved signal and the a priori / 12.3.3.3:
Intercomparison of Different Instruments / 12.4:
Basic requirements for intercomparison / 12.4.1:
Direct comparison of indirect measurements / 12.4.2:
Comparison of linear functions of measurements / 12.4.3:
Algebra of Matrices and Vectors / Appendix A:
Vector Spaces / A.1:
Eigenvectors and Eigenvalues / A.2:
Principal Axes of a Quadratic Form / A.3:
Singular Vector Decomposition / A.4:
Determinant and Trace / A.5:
Calculus with Matrices and Vectors / A.6:
Answers to Exercises / Appendix B:
Terminology and Notation / Appendix C:
Summary of Terminology / C.1:
List of Symbols Used / C.2:
Bibliography
Index
Preface
Introduction / Chapter 1:
The Beginnings / 1.1:
18.

図書

図書
M. Elwenspoek, R. Wiegerink
出版情報: Berlin : Springer-Verlag, c2001  x, 295 p. ; 25 cm
シリーズ名: Microtechnology and MEMS
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introduction / 1:
MEMS / 2:
Miniaturisation and Systems / 2.1:
Examples for MEMS / 2.2:
Bubble Jet / 2.2.1:
Actuators / 2.2.2:
Micropumps / 2.2.3:
Small and Large: Scaling / 2.3:
Electromagnetic Forces / 2.3.1:
Coulomb Friction / 2.3.2:
Mechanical Strength / 2.3.3:
Dynamic Properties / 2.3.4:
Available Fabrication Technology / 2.4:
Technologies Based on Lithography / 2.4.1:
Silicon Micromachining / 2.4.1.1:
LIGA / 2.4.1.2:
Miniaturisation of Conventional Technologies / 2.4.2:
Introduction into Silicon Micromachining / 3:
Photolithography / 3.1:
Thin Film Deposition and Doping / 3.2:
Silicon Dioxide / 3.2.1:
Chemical Vapour Deposition / 3.2.2:
Evaporation / 3.2.3:
Sputterdeposition / 3.2.4:
Doping / 3.2.5:
Wet Chemical Etching / 3.3:
Isotropic Etching / 3.3.1:
Anisotropic Etching / 3.3.2:
Etch Stop / 3.3.3:
Waferbonding / 3.4:
Anodic Bonding / 3.4.1:
Silicon Fusion Bonding / 3.4.2:
Plasma Etching / 3.5:
Plasma / 3.5.1:
Anisotropic Plasma Etching Modes / 3.5.2:
Configurations / 3.5.3:
Black Silicon Method / 3.5.4:
Surface Micromachining / 3.6:
Thin Film Stress / 3.6.1:
Sticking / 3.6.2:
Mechanics of Membranes and Beams / 4:
Dynamics of the Mass Spring System / 4.1:
Strings / 4.2:
Beams / 4.3:
Stress and Strain / 4.3.1:
Bending Energy / 4.3.2:
Radius of Curvature / 4.3.3:
Lagrange Function of a Flexible Beam / 4.3.4:
Differential Equation for Beams / 4.3.5:
Boundary Conditions for Beams / 4.3.6:
Examples / 4.3.7:
Mechanical Stability / 4.3.8:
Transversal Vibration of Beams / 4.3.9:
Diaphragms and Membranes / 4.4:
Circular Diaphragms / 4.4.1:
Square Membranes / 4.4.2:
Buckling of Bridges / Appendix 4.1:
Principles of Measuring Mechanical Quantities: Transduction of Deformation / 5:
Metal Strain Gauges / 5.1:
Semiconductor Strain Gauges / 5.2:
Piezoresistive Effect in Single Crystalline Silicon / 5.2.1:
Piezoresistive Effect in Polysilicon Thin Films / 5.2.2:
Transduction from Deformation to Resistance / 5.2.3:
Capacitive Transducers / 5.3:
Electromechanics / 5.3.1:
Diaphragm Pressure Sensors / 5.3.2:
Force and Pressure Sensors / 6:
Force Sensors / 6.1:
Load Cells / 6.1.1:
Pressure Sensors / 6.2:
Piezoresistive Pressure Sensors / 6.2.1:
Capacitive Pressure Sensors / 6.2.2:
Force Compensation Pressure Sensors / 6.2.3:
Resonant Pressure Sensors / 6.2.4:
Miniature Microphones / 6.2.5:
Tactile Imaging Arrays / 6.2.6:
Acceleration and Angular Rate Sensors / 7:
Acceleration Sensors / 7.1:
Bulk Micromachined Accelerometers / 7.1.1:
Surface Micromachined Accelerometers / 7.1.3:
Force Feedback / 7.1.4:
Angular Rate Sensors / 7.2:
Flow sensors / 8:
The Laminar Boundary Layer / 8.1:
The Navier-Stokes Equations / 8.1.1:
Heat Transport / 8.1.2:
Hydrodynamic Boundary Layer / 8.1.3:
Thermal Boundary Layer / 8.1.4:
Skin Friction and Heat Transfer / 8.1.5:
Heat Transport in the Limit of Very Small Reynolds Numbers / 8.2:
Thermal Flow Sensors / 8.3:
Anemometer Type Flow Sensors / 8.3.1:
Two-Wire Anemometers / 8.3.2:
Calorimetric Type Flow Sensors / 8.3.3:
Sound Intensity Sensors - The Microflown / 8.3.4:
Time of Flight Sensors / 8.3.5:
Skin Friction Sensors / 8.4:
"Dry Fluid Flow" Sensors / 8.5:
"Wet Fluid Flow" Sensors / 8.6:
Resonant Sensors / 9:
Basic Principles and Physics / 9.1:
The Differential Equation of a Prismatic Microbridge / 9.1.1:
Solving the Homogeneous, Undamped Problem using Laplace Transforms / 9.1.3:
Solving the Inhomogeneous Problem by Modal Analysis / 9.1.4:
Response to Axial Loads / 9.1.5:
Quality Factor / 9.1.6:
Nonlinear Large-Amplitude Effects / 9.1.7:
Excitation and Detection Mechanisms / 9.2:
Electrostatic Excitation and Capacitive Detection / 9.2.1:
Magnetic Excitation and Detection / 9.2.2:
Piezoelectric Excitation and Detection / 9.2.3:
Electrothermal Excitation and Piezoresistive Detection / 9.2.4:
Optothermal Excitation and Optical Detection / 9.2.5:
Dielectric Excitation and Detection / 9.2.6:
Examples and Applications / 9.3:
Electronic Interfacing / 10:
Piezoresistive Sensors / 10.1:
Wheatstone Bridge Configurations / 10.1.1:
Amplification of the Bridge Output Voltage / 10.1.2:
Noise and Offset / 10.1.3:
Feedback Control Loops / 10.1.4:
Interfacing with Digital Systems / 10.1.5:
Analog-to-Digital Conversion / 10.1.5.1:
Voltage to Frequency Converters / 10.1.5.2:
Capacitive Sensors / 10.2:
Impedance Bridges / 10.2.1:
Capacitance Controlled Oscillators / 10.2.2:
Frequency Dependent Behavior of Resonant Sensors / 10.3:
Realizing an Oscillator / 10.3.2:
One-Port Versus Two-Port Resonators / 10.3.3:
Oscillator Based on One-Port Electrostatically Driven Beam Resonator / 10.3.4:
Oscillator Based on Two-Port Electrodynamically Driven H-shaped Resonator / 10.3.5:
Packaging / 11:
Packaging Techniques / 11.1:
Standard Packages / 11.1.1:
Chip Mounting Methods / 11.1.2:
Wafer Level Packaging
Interconnection Techniques / 11.1.3:
Multichip Modules / 11.1.4:
Encapsulation Processes / 11.1.5:
Stress Reduction / 11.2:
Inertial Sensors / 11.3:
References / 11.5:
Index
Introduction / 1:
MEMS / 2:
Miniaturisation and Systems / 2.1:
19.

図書

図書
Andrea S. Foulkes
出版情報: New York : Springer, c2009  xxiii, 252 p. ; 24 cm
シリーズ名: Use R! / series editors, Robert Gentleman, Kurt Hornik, Giovanni Parmigiani
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
List of Tables
List of Figures
Acronyms
Genetic Association Studies / 1:
Overview of population-based investigations / 1.1:
Types of investigations / 1.1.1:
Genotype versus gene expression / 1.1.2:
Population-versus family-based investigations / 1.1.3:
Assocation versus population genetics / 1.1.4:
Data components and terminology / 1.2:
Genetic information / 1.2.1:
Traits / 1.2.2:
Covariates / 1.2.3:
Data examples / 1.3:
Complex disease association studies / 1.3.1:
HIV genotype association studies / 1.3.2:
Publicly available data used throughout the text / 1.3.3:
Problems
Elementary Statistical Principles / 2:
Background / 2.1:
Notation and basic probability concepts / 2.1.1:
Important epidemiological concepts / 2.1.2:
Measures and tests of association / 2.2:
Contingency table analysis for a binary trait / 2.2.1:
M-sample tests for a quantitative trait / 2.2.2:
Generalized linear model / 2.2.3:
Analytic challenges / 2.3:
Multiplicity and high dimensionality / 2.3.1:
Missing and unobservable data considerations / 2.3.2:
Race and ethnicity / 2.3.3:
Genetic models and models of association / 2.3.4:
Genetic Data Concepts and Tests / 3:
Linkage disequilibrium (LD) / 3.1:
Measures of LD: D' and r2 / 3.1.1:
LD blocks and SNP tagging / 3.1.2:
LD and population stratification / 3.1.3:
Hardy-Weinberg equilibrium (HWE) / 3.2:
Pearson's X2-test and Fisher's exact test / 3.2.1:
HWE and population substructure / 3.2.2:
Quality control and preprocessing / 3.3:
SNP chips / 3.3.1:
Genotyping errors / 3.3.2:
Identifying population substructure / 3.3.3:
Relatedness / 3.3.4:
Accounting for unobservable substructure / 3.3.5:
Multiple Comparison Procedures / 4:
Measures of error / 4.1:
Family-wise error rate / 4.1.1:
False discovery rate / 4.1.2:
Single-step and step-down adjustments / 4.2:
Bonferroni adjustment / 4.2.1:
Tukey and Scheffe tests / 4.2.2:
False discovery rate control / 4.2.3:
The q-value / 4.2.4:
Resampling-based methods / 4.3:
Free step-down resampling / 4.3.1:
Null unrestricted bootstrap / 4.3.2:
Alternative paradigms / 4.4:
Effective number of tests / 4.4.1:
Global tests / 4.4.2:
Methods for Unobservable Phase / 5:
Haplotype estimation / 5.1:
An expectation-maximization algorithm / 5.1.1:
Bayesian haplotype reconstruction / 5.1.2:
Estimating and testing for haplotype-trait association / 5.2:
Two-stage approaches / 5.2.1:
A fully likelihood-based approach / 5.2.2:
Supplemental notes
Supplemental R scripts
Classification and Regression Trees / 6:
Building a tree / 6.1:
Recursive partitioning / 6.1.1:
Splitting rules / 6.1.2:
Defining inputs / 6.1.3:
Optimal trees / 6.2:
Honest estimates / 6.2.1:
Cost-complexity pruning / 6.2.2:
Additional Topics in High-Dimensional Data Analysis / 7:
Random forests / 7.1:
Variable importance / 7.1.1:
Missing data methods / 7.1.2:
Logic regression / 7.1.3:
Multivariate adaptive regression splines / 7.3:
Bayesian variable selection / 7.4:
Further readings / 7.5:
Appendix R Basics
Getting started / A.1:
Types of data objects / A.2:
Importing data / A.3:
Managing data / A.4:
Installing packages / A.5:
Additional help / A.6:
References
Glossary of Terms
Glossary of Select R Packages
Subject Index
Index of R Functions and Packages
Preface
List of Tables
List of Figures
20.

図書

図書
Jeremy Dale
出版情報: Chichester ; New York : Wiley, c1989  vii, 222 p. ; 23 cm
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Nucleic Acid Structure and Function / 1:
Structure of nucleic acids / 1.1:
DNA / 1.1.1:
Mutation and Variation
Regulation and Gene Expression / 1.1.2:
RNA
Genetics of Bacteriophages / 4:
Hydrophobic interactions / 5:
Plasmids
Gene Transfer / 1.1.4:
Different forms of the double helix
Genomic Plasticity: Movable Genes and Phase Variation / 7:
Supercoiling / 8:
Genetic Modification: Exploiting the Potential of Bacteria
Genetic Methods for Investigating Bacteria / 1.1.6:
Denaturation and hybridization
Gene Mapping to Genomics / 10:
Orientation of nucleic acid strands / Appendix A:
Further Reading
Abbreviations / 1.2:
Replication of DNA
Glossary / Appendix C:
Unwinding and rewinding / Appendix D:
Enzymes
Genes / 1.2.2:
Fidelity of replication: proof-reading
Standard Genetic Code / Appendix F:
Chromosome replication and cell division / Appendix G:
Bacterial Species
Index / 1.4:
DNA repair
Mismatch repair / 1.4.1:
Excision repair / 1.4.2:
Recombination (post-replication) repair / 1.4.3:
SOS repair / 1.4.4:
Gene expression / 1.5:
Transcription / 1.5.1:
Translation / 1.5.2:
Post-translational events / 1.5.3:
Gene organization / 1.6:
Variation and evolution / 2.1:
Fluctuation test / 2.1.1:
Directed mutation in bacteria? / 2.1.2:
Types of mutations / 2.2:
Point mutations / 2.2.1:
Conditional mutants / 2.2.2:
Variation due to larger scale DNA alterations / 2.2.3:
Extrachromosomal agents and horizontal gene transfer / 2.2.4:
Phenotypes / 2.3:
Restoration of phenotype / 2.4:
Reversion and suppression / 2.4.1:
Complementation / 2.4.2:
Recombination / 2.5:
Mechanisms of mutation / 2.6:
Spontaneous mutation / 2.6.1:
Chemical mutagens / 2.6.2:
Ultraviolet irradiation / 2.6.3:
Isolation and identification of mutants / 2.7:
Mutation and selection / 2.7.1:
Replica plating / 2.7.2:
Penicillin enrichment / 2.7.3:
Isolation of other mutants / 2.7.4:
Molecular methods / 2.7.5:
Regulation of Gene Expression
Gene copy number / 3.1:
Transcriptional control / 3.2:
Promoters / 3.2.1:
Terminators, attenuators and anti-terminators / 3.2.2:
Induction and repression: regulatory proteins / 3.2.3:
Attenuation: trp operon / 3.2.4:
Two-component regulatory systems / 3.2.5:
Global regulatory systems / 3.2.6:
Feast or famine and the RpoS regulon / 3.2.7:
Quorum sensing / 3.2.8:
Translational control / 3.3:
Ribosome binding / 3.3.1:
Codon usage / 3.3.2:
Stringent response / 3.3.3:
Regulatory RNA / 3.3.4:
Phase variation / 3.3.5:
Single-stranded DNA bacteriophages / 4.1:
oX174 / 4.1.1:
M13 / 4.1.2:
RNA-containing phages: MS2 / 4.2:
Double-stranded DNA phages / 4.3:
Bacteriophage T4 / 4.3.1:
Bacteriophage lambda / 4.3.2:
Lytic and lysogenic regulation of bacteriophage lambda / 4.3.3:
Restriction and modification / 4.4:
Complementation and recombination / 4.5:
Why are bacteriophages important? / 4.6:
Phage typing / 4.6.1:
Phage therapy / 4.6.2:
Phage display / 4.6.3:
Bacterial virulence and phage conversion / 4.6.4:
Some bacterial characteristics are determined by plasmids / 5.1:
Antibiotic resistance / 5.1.1:
Colicins and bacteriocins / 5.1.2:
Virulence determinants / 5.1.3:
Plasmids in plant-associated bacteria / 5.1.4:
Metabolic activities / 5.1.5:
Molecular properties of plasmids / 5.2:
Plasmid replication and control / 5.2.1:
Plasmid stability / 5.3:
Plasmid integrity / 5.3.1:
Partitioning / 5.3.2:
Differential growth rate / 5.3.3:
Methods for studying plasmids / 5.4:
Associating a plasmid with a phenotype / 5.4.1:
Classification of plasmids / 5.4.2:
Transformation / 6.1:
Conjugation / 6.2:
Mechanism of conjugation / 6.2.1:
The F plasmid / 6.2.2:
Conjugation in other bacteria / 6.2.3:
Transduction / 6.3:
Specialized transduction / 6.3.1:
General (homologous) recombination / 6.4:
Site-specific and non-homologous (illegitimate) recombination / 6.4.2:
Mosaic genes and chromosome plasticity / 6.5:
Insertion sequences / 7.1:
Structure of insertion sequences / 7.1.1:
Occurrence of insertion sequences / 7.1.2:
Transposons / 7.2:
Structure of transposons / 7.2.1:
Integrons / 7.2.2:
Mechanisms of transposition / 7.3:
Replicative transposition / 7.3.1:
Non-replicative (conservative) transposition / 7.3.2:
Regulation of transposition / 7.3.3:
Activation of genes by transposable elements / 7.3.4:
Mu: a transposable bacteriophage / 7.3.5:
Conjugative transposons and other transposable elements / 7.3.6:
Variation mediated by simple DNA inversion / 7.4:
Variation mediated by nested DNA inversion / 7.4.2:
Antigenic variation in the gonococcus / 7.4.3:
Phase variation by slipped strand mispairing / 7.4.4:
Phase variation mediated by differential DNA methylation / 7.4.5:
Strain development / 8.1:
Generation of variation / 8.1.1:
Selection of desired variants / 8.1.2:
Overproduction of primary metabolites / 8.2:
Simple pathways / 8.2.1:
Branched pathways / 8.2.2:
Overproduction of secondary metabolites / 8.3:
Gene cloning / 8.4:
Cutting and joining DNA / 8.4.1:
Plasmid vectors / 8.4.2:
Bacteriophage lambda vectors / 8.4.3:
Cloning larger fragments / 8.4.5:
Bacteriophage M13 vectors / 8.4.6:
Gene libraries / 8.5:
Construction of genomic libraries / 8.5.1:
Screening a gene library / 8.5.2:
Construction of a cDNA library / 8.5.3:
Products from cloned genes / 8.6:
Expression vectors / 8.6.1:
Making new genes / 8.6.2:
Other bacterial hosts / 8.6.3:
Novel vaccines / 8.6.4:
Other uses of gene technology / 8.7:
Metabolic pathways / 9.1:
Cross-feeding / 9.1.1:
Microbial physiology / 9.2:
Reporter genes / 9.2.1:
Lysogeny / 9.2.2:
Cell division / 9.2.3:
Motility and chemotaxis / 9.2.4:
Cell differentiation / 9.2.5:
Bacterial virulence / 9.3:
Wide range mechanisms of bacterial pathogenesis / 9.3.1:
Detection of virulence genes / 9.3.2:
Specific mutagenesis / 9.4:
Gene replacement / 9.4.1:
Antisense RNA / 9.4.2:
Taxonomy, evolution and epidemiology / 9.5:
Molecular taxonomy / 9.5.1:
Diagnostic use of PCR / 9.5.2:
Molecular epidemiology / 9.5.3:
Gene mapping / 10.1:
Conjugational analysis / 10.1.1:
Co-transformation and co-transduction / 10.1.2:
Molecular techniques for gene mapping / 10.1.3:
Gene sequencing / 10.2:
DNA sequence determination / 10.2.1:
Genome sequencing / 10.2.2:
Comparative genomics / 10.2.3:
Bioinformatics / 10.2.4:
Physical and genetic maps / 10.3:
Deletions and insertions / 10.3.1:
Transposon mutagenesis / 10.3.2:
Site-directed mutagenesis / 10.3.3:
Analysis of gene expression / 10.4:
Transcriptional analysis / 10.4.1:
Translational analysis / 10.4.2:
Systematic analysis of gene function / 10.4.3:
Conclusion / 10.5:
Nucleic Acid Structure and Function / 1:
Structure of nucleic acids / 1.1:
DNA / 1.1.1:
21.

図書

図書
Alfredo H-S. Ang, Wilson H. Tang
出版情報: New York : Wiley, c2007  xiii, 406 p. ; 27 cm
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Roles of Probability and Statistics in Engineering / Chapter 1:
Introduction / 1.1:
Uncertainty in Engineering / 1.2:
Uncertainty Associated with Randomness-The Aleatory Uncertainty / 1.2.1:
Uncertainty Associated with Imperfect Knowledge-The Epistemic Uncertainty / 1.2.2:
Design and Decision Making under Uncertainty / 1.3:
Planning and Design of Transportation Infrastructures / 1.3.1:
Design of Structures and Machines / 1.3.2:
Planning and Design of Hydrosystems / 1.3.3:
Design of Geotechnical Systems / 1.3.4:
Construction Planning and Management / 1.3.5:
Photogrammetric, Geodetic, and Surveying Measurements / 1.3.6:
Applications in Quality Control and Assurance / 1.3.7:
Concluding Summary / 1.4:
References
Fundamentals of Probability Models / Chapter 2:
Events and Probability / 2.1:
Characteristics of Problems Involving Probabilities / 2.1.1:
Estimating Probabilities / 2.1.2:
Elements of Set Theory-Tools for Defining Events / 2.2:
Important Definitions / 2.2.1:
Mathematical Operations of Sets / 2.2.2:
Mathematics of Probability / 2.3:
The Addition Rule / 2.3.1:
Conditional Probability / 2.3.2:
The Multiplication Rule / 2.3.3:
The Theorem of Total Probability / 2.3.4:
The Bayes' Theorem / 2.3.5:
Problems / 2.4:
Analytical Models of Random Phenomena / Chapter 3:
Random Variables and Probability Distribution / 3.1:
Random Events and Random Variables / 3.1.1:
Probability Distribution of a Random Variable / 3.1.2:
Main Descriptors of a Random Variable / 3.1.3:
Useful Probability Distributions / 3.2:
The Gaussian (or Normal) Distribution / 3.2.1:
The Lognormal Distribution / 3.2.2:
The Bernoulli Sequence and the Binomial Distribution / 3.2.3:
The Geometric Distribution / 3.2.4:
The Negative Binomial Distribution / 3.2.5:
The Poisson Process and the Poisson Distribution / 3.2.6:
The Exponential Distribution / 3.2.7:
The Gamma Distribution / 3.2.8:
The Hypergeometric Distribution / 3.2.9:
The Beta Distribution / 3.2.10:
Other Useful Distributions / 3.2.11:
Multiple Random Variables / 3.3:
Joint and Conditional Probability Distributions / 3.3.1:
Covariance and Correlation / 3.3.2:
Functions of Random Variables / 3.4:
Derived Probability Distributions / 4.1:
Function of a Single Random Variable / 4.2.1:
Function of Multiple Random Variables / 4.2.2:
Extreme Value Distributions / 4.2.3:
Moments of Functions of Random Variables / 4.3:
Mathematical Expectations of a Function / 4.3.1:
Mean and Variance of a General Function / 4.3.2:
Computer-Based Numerical and Simulation Methods in Probability / 4.4:
Numerical and Simulations Methods / 5.1:
Essentials of Monte Carlo Simulation / 5.2.1:
Numerical Examples / 5.2.2:
Problems Involving Aleatory and Epistemic Uncertainties / 5.2.3:
MCS Involving Correlated Random Variables / 5.2.4:
References and Softwares / 5.3:
Statistical Inferences from Observational Data / Chapter 6:
Role of Statistical Inference in Engineering / 6.1:
Statistical Estimation of Parameters / 6.2:
Random Sampling and Point Estimation / 6.2.1:
Sampling Distributions / 6.2.2:
Testing of Hypotheses / 6.3:
Hypothesis Test Procedure / 6.3.1:
Confidence Intervals / 6.4:
Confidence Interval of the Mean / 6.4.1:
Confidence Interval of the Proportion / 6.4.2:
Confidence Interval of the Variance / 6.4.3:
Measurement Theory / 6.5:
Determination of Probability Distribution Models / 6.6:
Probability Papers / 7.1:
Utility and Plotting Position / 7.2.1:
The Normal Probability Paper / 7.2.2:
The Lognormal Probability Paper / 7.2.3:
Construction of General Probability Papers / 7.2.4:
Testing Goodness-of-Fit of Distribution Models / 7.3:
The Chi-Square Test for Goodness-of-Fit / 7.3.1:
The Kolmogorov-Smirnov (K-S) Test for Goodness-of-Fit / 7.3.2:
The Anderson-Darling Test for Goodness-of-Fit / 7.3.3:
Invariance in the Asymptotic Forms of Extremal Distributions / 7.4:
Regression and Correlation Analyses / 7.5:
Fundamentals of Linear Regression Analysis / 8.1:
Regression with Constant Variance / 8.2.1:
Variance in Regression Analysis / 8.2.2:
Confidence Intervals in Regression / 8.2.3:
Correlation Analysis / 8.3:
Estimation of the Correlation Coefficient / 8.3.1:
Regression of Normal Variates / 8.3.2:
Linear Regression with Nonconstant Variance / 8.4:
Multiple Linear Regression / 8.5:
Nonlinear Regression / 8.6:
Applications of Regression Analysis in Engineering / 8.7:
The Bayesian Approach / 8.8:
Estimation of Parameters / 9.1:
Basic Concepts-The Discrete Case / 9.2:
The Continuous Case / 9.3:
General Formulation / 9.3.1:
A Special Application of the Bayesian Updating Process / 9.3.2:
Bayesian Concept in Sampling Theory / 9.4:
Sampling from Normal Populations / 9.4.1:
Error in Estimation / 9.4.3:
The Utility of Conjugate Distributions / 9.4.4:
Estimation of Two Parameters / 9.5:
Bayesian Regression and Correlation Analyses / 9.6:
Linear Regression / 9.6.1:
Updating the Regression Parameters / 9.6.2:
Elements of Quality Assurance and Acceptance Sampling / 9.6.3:
Appendices
Probability Tables / Appendix A:
Standard Normal Probabilities / Table A.1:
CDF of the Binomial Distribution / Table A.2:
Critical Values of t-Distribution at Confidence Level (1-[alpha]) = p / Table A.3:
Critical Values of the x[superscript 2] Distribution at probability Level [alpha] / Table A.4:
Critical Values of D[superscript alpha subscript n] at Significance Level [alpha] in the K-S Test / Table A.5:
Critical Values of the Anderson-Darling Goodness-of-Fit Test / Table A.6:
Combinatorial Formulas / Appendix B:
The Basic Relation / B.1:
The Binomial Coefficient / B.3:
The Multinomial Coefficient / B.4:
Stirling's Formula / B.5:
Derivation of the Poisson Distribution / Appendix C:
Index
Preface
Roles of Probability and Statistics in Engineering / Chapter 1:
Introduction / 1.1:
22.

図書

図書
Ilkka Havukkala
出版情報: Singapore : World Scientific, c2010  xv, 307 p. ; 24 cm
シリーズ名: Science, engineering, and biology informatics ; v. 5
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Acknowledgement
About the Author
Introduction to Modern Molecular Biology / 1:
Cells store large amounts of information in DNA / 1.1:
Cells process complex information / 1.2:
Cellular life is chemically complex and somewhat stochastic / 1.3:
Challenges in analyzing complex biodata / 1.4:
References
Biodata Explosion / 2:
Primary sequence and structure data / 2.1:
DNA sequence databases / 2.1.1:
Protein sequence databases / 2.1.2:
Molecular structure databases / 2.1.3:
Secondary annotation data / 2.2:
Motif annotations / 2.2.1:
Gene function annotations / 2.2.2:
Genomic annotations / 2.2.3:
Inter-species phylogeny and gene family annotations / 2.2.4:
Experimental and personalized data / 2.3:
DNA expression profiles / 2.3.1:
Proteomics data and degradomics / 2.3.2:
Protein expression profiles, 2D gel and protein interaction data / 2.3.3:
Metabolomics and metabolic pathway databases / 2.3.4:
Personalized data / 2.3.5:
Semantic and processed text data / 2.4:
Ontologies / 2.4.1:
Text-mined annotation data / 2.4.2:
Integrated and federated databases / 2.5:
Local Pattern Discovery and Comparing Genes and Proteins / 3:
DNA/RNA motif discovery / 3.1:
Single motif models: MEME, AlignAce etc. / 3.1.1:
Multiple motif models: LOGOS and MotifRegressor / 3.1.2:
Informative k-mers approach / 3.1.3:
Protein motif discovery / 3.2:
InterProScan and other traditional methods / 3.2.1:
Protein k-mer and other string based methods / 3.2.2:
Genetic algorithms, particle swarms and ant colonies / 3.3:
Genetic algorithms / 3.3.1:
Particle swarm optimization / 3.3.2:
Ant colony optimization / 3.3.3:
Sequence visualization / 3.4:
Global Pattern Discovery and Comparing Genomes / 4:
Alignment-based methods / 4.1:
Pairwise genome-wide search algorithms: LAGAN, AVID etc. / 4.1.1:
Multiple alignment methods: MLAGAN, MAVID, MULTIZ etc. / 4.1.2:
Dotplots / 4.1.3:
Visualization of genome comparisons / 4.1.4:
Global motif maps / 4.1.5:
Alignmentless methods / 4.2:
K-mer based methods / 4.2.1:
Average common substring and compressibility based methods / 4.2.2:
2D portraits of genomes / 4.2.3:
Genome scale non-sequence data analysis / 4.3:
DNA physical structure based methods / 4.3.1:
Secondary structure based comparisons / 4.3.2:
Molecule Structure Based Searching and Comparison / 5:
Molecule structures as graphs or strings / 5.1:
3D to 1D transformations / 5.1.1:
Graph matching methods / 5.1.2:
Graph visualization / 5.1.3:
Graph grammars / 5.1.4:
RNA structure comparison and prediction / 5.2:
Image comparison based methods / 5.3:
Gabor filter based methods / 5.3.1:
Image symmetry set based methods / 5.3.2:
Other graph topology based methods / 5.3.3:
Function Annotation and Ontology Based Searching and Classification / 6:
Annotation ontologies / 6.1:
Gene Ontology based mining / 6.2:
Sequence similarity based function prediction / 6.3:
Cellular location prediction / 6.4:
New integrative methods: Utilizing networks / 6.5:
Text mining bioliterature for automated annotation / 6.6:
Natural language processing (NLP) / 6.6.1:
Semantic profiling / 6.6.2:
Matrix factorization methods / 6.6.3:
New Methods for Genomics Data: SVM and Others / 7:
SVM kernels / 7.1:
SVM trees / 7.2:
Methods for microarray data / 7.3:
Gene selection algorithms / 7.3.1:
Gene selection by consistency methods / 7.3.2:
Genome as a time series and discrete wavelet transform / 7.4:
Parameterless clustering for gene expression / 7.5:
Transductive confidence machines, conformal predictors and ROC isometrics / 7.6:
Text compression methods for biodata analysis / 7.7:
Integration of Multimodal Data: Toward Systems Biology / 8:
Comparative genome annotation systems / 8.1:
Phylogenetics methods / 8.2:
Network inference from interaction and coexpression data / 8.3:
Bayesian inference, association rule mining and Petri nets / 8.4:
Future Challenges / 9:
Network analysis methods / 9.1:
Unsupervised and supervised clustering / 9.2:
Neural networks and evolutionary methods / 9.3:
Semantic web and ontologization of biology / 9.4:
Biological data fusion / 9.5:
Rise of the GPU machines / 9.6:
Index
Preface
Acknowledgement
About the Author
23.

図書

図書
Bernard Valeur
出版情報: Weinheim : Wiley-VCH, c2002  xiv, 387 p. ; 25 cm
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Today's Chemical Industry
Which Way is Up?
Prologue
Today's Challenge -Value Creation
Strategic Choices for the Chemical Industry in the New Millenium / 1:
Managing Commodity PortfoliosHow to Succeed in the Rapidly Maturing Specialty Chemicals Industry
Introduction
Chemical Companies and Biotechnology
The Impact of E-Commerce on the Chemical Industry / 1.1:
The Alchemy of Leveraged Buyouts
What is luminescence?
Revitalizing Innovation
Managing the Organizational Context / 1.2:
Creating an Entrepreneurial Procurement Organization
A brief history of fluorescence and phosphorescence
Achieving Excellence in Production
A Customer-centric Approach to Sales and Marketing / 1.3:
The Role of Mergers and Acquisitions
Fluorescence and other de-excitation processes of excited molecules
The Delicate Game of Post-merger Management
Cyclicality: Trying to Manage the Unmanageable / 1.4:
Index
Fluorescent probes
Molecular fluorescence as an analytical tool / 1.5:
Ultimate spatial and temporal resolution: femtoseconds, femtoliters, femtomoles and single-molecule detection / 1.6:
Bibliography / 1.7:
Absorption of UV-visible light / 2:
Types of electronic transitions in polyatomic molecules / 2.1:
Probability of transitions. The Beer-Lambert Law. Oscillator strength / 2.2:
Selection rules / 2.3:
The Franck-Condon principle / 2.4:
Characteristics of fluorescence emission / 2.5:
Radiative and non-radiative transitions between electronic states / 3.1:
Internal conversion / 3.1.1:
Fluorescence / 3.1.2:
Intersystem crossing and subsequent processes / 3.1.3:
Intersystem crossing / 3.1.3.1:
Phosphorescence versus non-radiative de-excitation / 3.1.3.2:
Delayed fluorescence / 3.1.3.3:
Triplet-triplet transitions / 3.1.3.4:
Lifetimes and quantum yields / 3.2:
Excited-state lifetimes / 3.2.1:
Quantum yields / 3.2.2:
Effect of temperature / 3.2.3:
Emission and excitation spectra / 3.3:
Steady-state fluorescence intensity / 3.3.1:
Emission spectra / 3.3.2:
Excitation spectra / 3.3.3:
Stokes shift / 3.3.4:
Effects of molecular structure on fluorescence / 3.4:
Extent of [pi]-electron system. Nature of the lowest-lying transition / 3.4.1:
Substituted aromatic hydrocarbons / 3.4.2:
Internal heavy atom effect / 3.4.2.1:
Electron-donating substituents: -OH, -OR, -NHR, -NH[subscript 2] / 3.4.2.2:
Electron-withdrawing substituents: carbonyl and nitro compounds / 3.4.2.3:
Sulfonates / 3.4.2.4:
Heterocyclic compounds / 3.4.3:
Compounds undergoing photoinduced intramolecular charge transfer (ICT) and internal rotation / 3.4.4:
Environmental factors affecting fluorescence / 3.5:
Homogeneous and inhomogeneous broadening. Red-edge effects / 3.5.1:
Solid matrices at low temperature / 3.5.2:
Fluorescence in supersonic jets / 3.5.3:
Effects of intermolecular photophysical processes on fluorescence emission / 3.6:
Overview of the intermolecular de-excitation processes of excited molecules leading to fluorescence quenching / 4.1:
Phenomenological approach / 4.2.1:
Dynamic quenching / 4.2.2:
Stern-Volmer kinetics / 4.2.2.1:
Transient effects / 4.2.2.2:
Static quenching / 4.2.3:
Sphere of effective quenching / 4.2.3.1:
Formation of a ground-state non-fluorescent complex / 4.2.3.2:
Simultaneous dynamic and static quenching / 4.2.4:
Quenching of heterogeneously emitting systems / 4.2.5:
Photoinduced electron transfer / 4.3:
Formation of excimers and exciplexes / 4.4:
Excimers / 4.4.1:
Exciplexes / 4.4.2:
Photoinduced proton transfer / 4.5:
General equations / 4.5.1:
Determination of the excited-state pK / 4.5.2:
Prediction by means of the Forster cycle / 4.5.2.1:
Steady-state measurements / 4.5.2.2:
Time-resolved experiments / 4.5.2.3:
pH dependence of absorption and emission spectra / 4.5.3:
Excitation energy transfer / 4.6:
Distinction between radiative and non-radiative transfer / 4.6.1:
Radiative energy transfer / 4.6.2:
Non-radiative energy transfer / 4.6.3:
Fluorescence polarization. Emission anisotropy / 4.7:
Characterization of the polarization state of fluorescence (polarization ratio, emission anisotropy) / 5.1:
Excitation by polarized light / 5.1.1:
Vertically polarized excitation / 5.1.1.1:
Horizontally polarized excitation / 5.1.1.2:
Excitation by natural light / 5.1.2:
Instantaneous and steady-state anisotropy / 5.2:
Instantaneous anisotropy / 5.2.1:
Steady-state anisotropy / 5.2.2:
Additivity law of anisotropy / 5.3:
Relation between emission anisotropy and angular distribution of the emission transition moments / 5.4:
Case of motionless molecules with random orientation / 5.5:
Parallel absorption and emission transition moments / 5.5.1:
Non-parallel absorption and emission transition moments / 5.5.2:
Effect of rotational Brownian motion / 5.6:
Free rotations / 5.6.1:
Hindered rotations / 5.6.2:
Applications / 5.7:
Principles of steady-state and time-resolved fluorometric techniques / 5.8:
Steady-state spectrofluorometry / 6.1:
Operating principles of a spectrofluorometer / 6.1.1:
Correction of excitation spectra / 6.1.2:
Correction of emission spectra / 6.1.3:
Measurement of fluorescence quantum yields / 6.1.4:
Problems in steady-state fluorescence measurements: inner filter effects and polarization effects / 6.1.5:
Measurement of steady-state emission anisotropy. Polarization spectra / 6.1.6:
Time-resolved fluorometry / 6.2:
General principles of pulse and phase-modulation fluorometries / 6.2.1:
Design of pulse fluorometers / 6.2.2:
Single-photon timing technique / 6.2.2.1:
Stroboscopic technique / 6.2.2.2:
Other techniques / 6.2.2.3:
Design of phase-modulation fluorometers / 6.2.3:
Phase fluorometers using a continuous light source and an electro-optic modulator / 6.2.3.1:
Phase fluorometers using the harmonic content of a pulsed laser / 6.2.3.2:
Problems with data collection by pulse and phase-modulation fluorometers / 6.2.4:
Dependence of the instrument response on wavelength. Color effect / 6.2.4.1:
Polarization effects / 6.2.4.2:
Effect of light scattering / 6.2.4.3:
Data analysis / 6.2.5:
Pulse fluorometry / 6.2.5.1:
Phase-modulation fluorometry / 6.2.5.2:
Judging the quality of the fit / 6.2.5.3:
Global analysis / 6.2.5.4:
Complex fluorescence decays. Lifetime distributions / 6.2.5.5:
Lifetime standards / 6.2.6:
Time-dependent anisotropy measurements / 6.2.7:
Time-resolved fluorescence spectra / 6.2.7.1:
Lifetime-based decomposition of spectra / 6.2.9:
Comparison between pulse and phase fluorometries / 6.2.10:
Appendix: Elimination of polarization effects in the measurement of fluorescence intensity and lifetime / 6.3:
Effect of polarity on fluorescence emission. Polarity probes / 6.4:
What is polarity? / 7.1:
Empirical scales of solvent polarity based on solvatochromic shifts / 7.2:
Single-parameter approach / 7.2.1:
Multi-parameter approach / 7.2.2:
Photoinduced charge transfer (PCT) and solvent relaxation / 7.3:
Theory of solvatochromic shifts / 7.4:
Examples of PCT fluorescent probes for polarity / 7.5:
Effects of specific interactions / 7.6:
Effects of hydrogen bonding on absorption and fluorescence spectra / 7.6.1:
Examples of the effects of specific interactions / 7.6.2:
Polarity-induced inversion of n-[pi] and [pi]-[pi] states / 7.6.3:
Polarity-induced changes in vibronic bands. The Py scale of polarity / 7.7:
Conclusion / 7.8:
Microviscosity, fluidity, molecular mobility. Estimation by means of fluorescent probes / 7.9:
What is viscosity? Significance at a microscopic level / 8.1:
Use of molecular rotors / 8.2:
Methods based on intermolecular quenching or intermolecular excimer formation / 8.3:
Methods based on intramolecular excimer formation / 8.4:
Fluorescence polarization method / 8.5:
Choice of probes / 8.5.1:
Homogeneous isotropic media / 8.5.2:
Ordered systems / 8.5.3:
Practical aspects / 8.5.4:
Concluding remarks / 8.6:
Resonance energy transfer and its applications / 8.7:
Determination of distances at a supramolecular level using RET / 9.1:
Single distance between donor and acceptor / 9.2.1:
Distributions of distances in donor-acceptor pairs / 9.2.2:
RET in ensembles of donors and acceptors / 9.3:
RET in three dimensions. Effect of viscosity / 9.3.1:
Effects of dimensionality on RET / 9.3.2:
Effects of restricted geometries on RET / 9.3.3:
RET between like molecules. Excitation energy migration in assemblies of chromophores / 9.4:
RET within a pair of like chromophores / 9.4.1:
RET in assemblies of like chromophores / 9.4.2:
Lack of energy transfer upon excitation at the red-edge of the absorption spectrum (Weber's red-edge effect) / 9.4.3:
Overview of qualitative and quantitative applications of RET / 9.5:
Fluorescent molecular sensors of ions and molecules / 9.6:
Fundamental aspects / 10.1:
pH sensing by means of fluorescent indicators / 10.2:
Principles / 10.2.1:
The main fluorescent pH indicators / 10.2.2:
Coumarins / 10.2.2.1:
Pyranine / 10.2.2.2:
Fluorescein and its derivatives / 10.2.2.3:
SNARF and SNAFL / 10.2.2.4:
PET (photoinduced electron transfer) pH indicators / 10.2.2.5:
Fluorescent molecular sensors of cations / 10.3:
General aspects / 10.3.1:
PET (photoinduced electron transfer) cation sensors / 10.3.2:
Crown-containing PET sensors / 10.3.2.1:
Cryptand-based PET sensors / 10.3.2.3:
Podand-based and chelating PET sensors / 10.3.2.4:
Calixarene-based PET sensors / 10.3.2.5:
PET sensors involving excimer formation / 10.3.2.6:
Examples of PET sensors involving energy transfer / 10.3.2.7:
Fluorescent PCT (photoinduced charge transfer) cation sensors / 10.3.3:
PCT sensors in which the bound cation interacts with an electron-donating group / 10.3.3.1:
PCT sensors in which the bound cation interacts with an electron-withdrawing group / 10.3.3.3:
Excimer-based cation sensors / 10.3.4:
Miscellaneous / 10.3.5:
Oxyquinoline-based cation sensors / 10.3.5.1:
Further calixarene-based fluorescent sensors / 10.3.5.2:
Fluorescent molecular sensors of anions / 10.3.6:
Anion sensors based on collisional quenching / 10.4.1:
Anion sensors containing an anion receptor / 10.4.2:
Fluorescent molecular sensors of neutral molecules and surfactants / 10.5:
Cyclodextrin-based fluorescent sensors / 10.5.1:
Boronic acid-based fluorescent sensors / 10.5.2:
Porphyrin-based fluorescent sensors / 10.5.3:
Towards fluorescence-based chemical sensing devices / 10.6:
Spectrophotometric and spectrofluorometric pH titrations / Appendix A.:
Determination of the stoichiometry and stability constant of metal complexes from spectrophotometric or spectrofluorometric titrations / Appendix B.:
Advanced techniques in fluorescence spectroscopy / 10.7:
Time-resolved fluorescence in the femtosecond time range: fluorescence up-conversion technique / 11.1:
Advanced fluorescence microscopy / 11.2:
Improvements in conventional fluorescence microscopy / 11.2.1:
Confocal fluorescence microscopy / 11.2.1.1:
Two-photon excitation fluorescence microscopy / 11.2.1.2:
Near-field scanning optical microscopy (NSOM) / 11.2.1.3:
Fluorescence lifetime imaging spectroscopy (FLIM) / 11.2.2:
Time-domain FLIM / 11.2.2.1:
Frequency-domain FLIM / 11.2.2.2:
Confocal FLIM (CFLIM) / 11.2.2.3:
Two-photon FLIM / 11.2.2.4:
Fluorescence correlation spectroscopy / 11.3:
Conceptual basis and instrumentation / 11.3.1:
Determination of translational diffusion coefficients / 11.3.2:
Chemical kinetic studies / 11.3.3:
Determination of rotational diffusion coefficients / 11.3.4:
Single-molecule fluorescence spectroscopy / 11.4:
General remarks / 11.4.1:
Single-molecule detection in flowing solutions / 11.4.2:
Single-molecule detection using advanced fluorescence microscopy techniques / 11.4.3:
Epilogue / 11.5:
Preface
Today's Chemical Industry
Which Way is Up?
24.

図書

図書
Aidong Zhang
出版情報: Hackensack, NJ : World Scientific, c2006  xv, 339 p. ; 24 cm
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Introduction / 1:
The Microarray: Key to Functional Genomics and Systems Biology / 1.1:
Applications of Microarray / 1.2:
Gene Expression Profiles in Different Tissues / 1.2.1:
Developmental Genetics / 1.2.2:
Gene Expression Patterns in Model Systems / 1.2.3:
Differential Gene Expression Patterns in Diseases / 1.2.4:
Gene Expression Patterns in Pathogens / 1.2.5:
Gene Expression in Response to Drug Treatments / 1.2.6:
Genotypic Analysis / 1.2.7:
Mutation Screening of Disease Genes / 1.2.8:
Framework of Microarray Data Analysis / 1.3:
Summary / 1.4:
Basic Concepts of Molecular Biology / 2:
Cells / 2.1:
Proteins / 2.3:
Nucleic Acids / 2.4:
DNA / 2.4.1:
RNA / 2.4.2:
Central Dogma of Molecular Biology / 2.5:
Genes and the Genetic Code / 2.5.1:
Transcription and Gene Expression / 2.5.2:
Translation and Protein Synthesis / 2.5.3:
Genotype and Phenotype / 2.6:
Overview of Microarray Experiments / 2.7:
Microarray Chip Manufacture / 3.1:
Deposition-Based Manufacture / 3.2.1:
In Situ Manufacture / 3.2.2:
The Affymetrix GeneChip / 3.2.2.1:
Steps of Microarray Experiments / 3.3:
Sample Preparation and Labeling / 3.3.1:
Hybridization / 3.3.2:
Image Scanning / 3.3.3:
Image Processing / 3.4:
Microarray Data Cleaning and Preprocessing / 3.5:
Data Transformation / 3.5.1:
Missing Value Estimation / 3.5.2:
Data Normalization / 3.6:
Global Normalization Approaches / 3.6.1:
Standardization / 3.6.1.1:
Iterative linear regression / 3.6.1.2:
Intensity-Dependent Normalization / 3.6.2:
LOWESS: Locally weighted linear regression / 3.6.2.1:
Distribution normalization / 3.6.2.2:
Analysis of Differentially-Expressed Genes / 3.7:
Basic Concepts in Statistics / 4.1:
Statistical Inference / 4.2.1:
Hypothesis Test / 4.2.2:
Fold Change Methods / 4.3:
k-fold Change / 4.3.1:
Unusual Ratios / 4.3.2:
Model-Based Methods / 4.3.3:
Parametric Tests / 4.4:
Paired t-Test / 4.4.1:
Unpaired t-Test / 4.4.2:
Variants of t-Test / 4.4.3:
Non-Parametric Tests / 4.5:
Classical Non-Parametric Statistics / 4.5.1:
Other Non-Parametric Statistics / 4.5.2:
Bootstrap Analysis / 4.5.3:
Multiple Testing / 4.6:
Family-Wise Error Rate / 4.6.1:
Sidak correction and Bonferroni correction / 4.6.1.1:
Holm's step-wise correction / 4.6.1.2:
False Discovery Rate / 4.6.2:
Permutation Correction / 4.6.3:
SAM: Significance Analysis of Microarrays / 4.6.4:
ANOVA: Analysis of Variance / 4.7:
One-Way ANOVA / 4.7.1:
Two-Way ANOVA / 4.7.2:
Gene-Based Analysis / 4.8:
Proximity Measurement for Gene Expression Data / 5.1:
Euclidean Distance / 5.2.1:
Correlation Coefficient / 5.2.2:
Pearson's correlation coefficient / 5.2.2.1:
Jackknife correlation / 5.2.2.2:
Spearman's rank-order correlation / 5.2.2.3:
Kullback-Leibler Divergence / 5.2.3:
Partition-Based Approaches / 5.3:
K-means and its Variations / 5.3.1:
SOM and its Extensions / 5.3.2:
Graph-Theoretical Approaches / 5.3.3:
HCS and CLICK / 5.3.3.1:
CAST: Cluster affinity search technique / 5.3.3.2:
Model-Based Clustering / 5.3.4:
Hierarchical Approaches / 5.4:
Agglomerative Algorithms / 5.4.1:
Divisive Algorithms / 5.4.2:
DAA: Deterministic annealing algorithm / 5.4.2.1:
SPC: Super-paramagnetic clustering / 5.4.2.2:
Density-Based Approaches / 5.5:
DBSCAN / 5.5.1:
OPTICS / 5.5.2:
DENCLUE / 5.5.3:
GPX: Gene Pattern eXplorer / 5.6:
The Attraction Tree / 5.6.1:
The distance measure / 5.6.1.1:
The density definition / 5.6.1.2:
The attraction tree / 5.6.1.3:
An example of attraction tree / 5.6.1.4:
Interactive Exploration of Coherent Patterns / 5.6.2:
Generating the index list / 5.6.2.1:
The coherent pattern index and its graph / 5.6.2.2:
Drilling down to subgroups / 5.6.2.3:
Experimental Results / 5.6.3:
Interactive exploration of Iyer's data and Spellman's data / 5.6.3.1:
Comparison with other algorithms / 5.6.3.2:
Efficiency and Scalability / 5.6.4:
Cluster Validation / 5.7:
Homogeneity and Separation / 5.7.1:
Agreement with Reference Partition / 5.7.2:
Reliability of Clusters / 5.7.3:
P-value of a cluster / 5.7.3.1:
Prediction strength / 5.7.3.2:
Sample-Based Analysis / 5.8:
Selection of Informative Genes / 6.1:
Supervised Approaches / 6.2.1:
Differentially expressed genes / 6.2.1.1:
Gene pairs / 6.2.1.2:
Virtual genes / 6.2.1.3:
Genetic algorithms / 6.2.1.4:
Unsupervised Approaches / 6.2.2:
PCA: Principal component analysis / 6.2.2.1:
Gene shaving / 6.2.2.2:
Class Prediction / 6.3:
Linear Discriminant Analysis / 6.3.1:
Instance-Based Classification / 6.3.2:
KNN: k-Nearest Neighbor / 6.3.2.1:
Weighted voting / 6.3.2.2:
Decision Trees / 6.3.3:
Support Vector Machines / 6.3.4:
Class Discovery / 6.4:
Problem statement / 6.4.1:
CLIFF: CLustering via Iterative Feature Filtering / 6.4.2:
The sample-partition process / 6.4.2.1:
The gene-filtering process / 6.4.2.2:
ESPD: Empirical Sample Pattern Detection / 6.4.3:
Measurements for phenotype structure detection / 6.4.3.1:
Algorithms / 6.4.3.2:
Experimental results / 6.4.3.3:
Classification Validation / 6.5:
Prediction Accuracy / 6.5.1:
Prediction Reliability / 6.5.2:
Pattern-Based Analysis / 6.6:
Mining Association Rules / 7.1:
Concepts of Association-Rule Mining / 7.2.1:
The Apriori Algorithm / 7.2.2:
The FP-Growth Algorithm / 7.2.3:
The CARPENTER Algorithm / 7.2.4:
Generating Association Rules in Microarray Data / 7.2.5:
Rule filtering / 7.2.5.1:
Rule grouping / 7.2.5.2:
Mining Pattern-Based Clusters in Microarray Data / 7.3:
Heuristic Approaches / 7.3.1:
Coupled two-way clustering (CTWC) / 7.3.1.1:
Plaid model / 7.3.1.2:
Biclustering and 5-Clusters / 7.3.1.3:
Deterministic Approaches / 7.3.2:
[delta]-pCluster / 7.3.2.1:
OP-Cluster / 7.3.2.2:
Mining Gene-Sample-Time Microarray Data / 7.4:
Three-dimensional Microarray Data / 7.4.1:
Coherent Gene Clusters / 7.4.2:
Problem description / 7.4.2.1:
Maximal coherent sample sets / 7.4.2.2:
The mining algorithms / 7.4.2.3:
Tri-Clusters / 7.4.2.4:
The tri-cluster model / 7.4.3.1:
Properties of tri-clusters / 7.4.3.2:
Mining tri-clusters / 7.4.3.3:
Visualization of Microarray Data / 7.5:
Single-Array Visualization / 8.1:
Box Plot / 8.2.1:
Histogram / 8.2.2:
Scatter Plot / 8.2.3:
Gene Pies / 8.2.4:
Multi-Array Visualization / 8.3:
Global Visualizations / 8.3.1:
Optimal Visualizations / 8.3.2:
Projection Visualization / 8.3.3:
VizStruct / 8.4:
Fourier Harmonic Projections / 8.4.1:
Discrete-time signal paradigm / 8.4.1.1:
The Fourier harmonic projection algorithm / 8.4.1.2:
Properties of FHPs / 8.4.2:
Basic properties / 8.4.2.1:
Advanced properties / 8.4.2.2:
Harmonic equivalency / 8.4.2.3:
Effects of harmonic twiddle power index / 8.4.2.4:
Enhancements of Fourier Harmonic Projections / 8.4.3:
Exploratory Visualization of Gene Profiling / 8.4.4:
Microarray data sets for visualization / 8.4.4.1:
Identification of informative genes / 8.4.4.2:
Classifier construction and evaluation / 8.4.4.3:
Dimension arrangement / 8.4.4.4:
Visualization of various data sets / 8.4.4.5:
Comparison of FFHP to Sammon's mapping / 8.4.4.6:
Confirmative Visualization of Gene Time-series / 8.4.5:
Data sets for visualization / 8.4.5.1:
The harmonic projection approach / 8.4.5.2:
Rat kidney data set / 8.4.5.3:
Yeast-A data set / 8.4.5.4:
Yeast-B data set / 8.4.5.5:
New Trends in Mining Gene Expression Microarray Data / 8.5:
Meta-Analysis of Microarray Data / 9.1:
Meta-Analysis of Differential Genes / 9.2.1:
Meta-Analysis of Co-Expressed Genes / 9.2.2:
Semi-Supervised Clustering / 9.3:
General Semi-Supervised Clustering Algorithms / 9.3.1:
A Seed-Generation Approach / 9.3.2:
Seed-generation methods / 9.3.2.1:
Pattern-selection rules / 9.3.2.2:
The framework for the seed-generation approach / 9.3.2.3:
Integration of Gene Expression Data with Other Data / 9.4:
A Probabilistic Model for Joint Mining / 9.4.1:
A Graph-Based Model for Joint Mining / 9.4.2:
Conclusion / 9.5:
Bibliography
Index
Preface
Introduction / 1:
The Microarray: Key to Functional Genomics and Systems Biology / 1.1:
25.

図書

図書
Peter Bigler
出版情報: Weinheim : Wiley-VCH, c2000  xviii, 253 p. ; 25 cm.
シリーズ名: Spectroscopic techniques : an interactive course
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introduction / 1:
Scope and Audience / 1.1:
Organisation / 1.2:
Personal Qualifications / 1.3:
Content / 1.4:
Recommended Reading / 1.5:
Your Personal "PC-NMR Processing Station" / 2:
Technical Requirements / 2.1:
Software Tools / 2.3:
General / 2.3.1:
Installation of 1D WIN-NMR, 2D WIN-NMR and GETFILE / 2.3.2:
Starting GETFILE, 1D WIN-NMR and 2D WIN-NMR / 2.3.3:
Software- and Hardwareproblems / 2.4:
NMR Data / 2.5:
Samples / 2.5.1:
Experiments / 2.5.2:
Experimental Conditions / 2.5.3:
Directory Structure / 2.5.4:
Copying the NMR Data from the CD to your Hard Disk / 2.5.5:
Useful Options in the MS WINDOWS 95 Operating System / 2.5.6:
Data Formats / 2.6:
WINNMR Format / 2.6.1:
UXNMR/XWINNMR Format / 2.6.2:
DISNMR Format / 2.6.3:
NMR Data Formats of other Manufacturers: Varian, JEOL, GE / 2.6.4:
Other Formats: ASCII, JCAMP-DX / 2.6.5:
Data Import and Export / 2.7:
Network-Example / 2.7.1:
Transfer and Conversion of NMR Data stored on Remote Computers / 2.7.2:
UXNMR/XWINNMR-Format / 2.7.2.1:
DISNMR-Format / 2.7.2.2:
Decomposition of 2D Data Files / 2.7.3:
References / 2.8:
Modern Homo- and Heteronuclear 1D and 2D NMR Experiments: A Short Overview / 3:
The NMR Experiment / 3.1:
1D Experiments / 3.3:
[superscript 1]H Experiments / 3.3.1:
[superscript 1]H One Pulse Experiment / 3.3.1.1:
[superscript 1]H {[superscript 1]H} Selective Decoupling Experiment / 3.3.1.2:
[superscript 1]H {[superscript 1]H} Total Correlation Spectroscopy (TOCSY) Experiment / 3.3.1.3:
[superscript 1]H {[superscript 1]H} Nuclear Overhauser (NOE) Experiment / 3.3.1.4:
[superscript 1]H {[superscript 1]H} Nuclear Overhauser Experiment in the Rotating Frame (ROE) / 3.3.1.5:
[superscript 13]C Experiments / 3.3.2:
[superscript 13]C One-Pulse Experiment / 3.3.2.1:
[superscript 13]C DEPT Experiment / 3.3.2.2:
[superscript 13]C JMOD (APT) Experiment / 3.3.2.3:
[superscript 13]C T[subscript 1] Inversion-Recovery Experiment / 3.3.2.4:
2D Experiments / 3.4:
[superscript 1]H/[superscript 1]H Experiments / 3.4.1:
[superscript 1]H/[superscript 1]H COSY Experiment / 3.4.1.1:
[superscript 1]H/[superscript 1]H TOCSY Experiment / 3.4.1.2:
[superscript 1]H/[superscript 1]H NOESY and [superscript 1]H/[superscript 1]H ROESY Experiments / 3.4.1.3:
[superscript 1]H/[superscript 1]H J-Resolved Spectroscopy Experiment / 3.4.1.4:
[superscript 1]H/[superscript 13]C Experiments / 3.4.2:
[superscript 1]H/[superscript 13]C Shift Correlation Spectroscopy via [superscript 1]J[subscript CH] / 3.4.2.1:
[superscript 1]H/[superscript 13]C Shift Correlation Spectroscopy via [superscript n]J[subscript CH] / 3.4.2.2:
[superscript 1]H/[superscript 13]C Shift Correlation Spectroscopy via [superscript 1]J[subscript CH] and [superscript 1]H/[superscript 1]H TOCSY Transfer / 3.4.2.3:
How to Display and Plot 1D and 2D Spectra / 3.5:
Help Routines / 4.1:
Application Windows for 1D WIN-NMR and 2D WIN-NMR / 4.3:
File Handling / 4.4:
Display of 1D Spectra with 1D WIN-NMR / 4.5:
Buttons with 1D WIN-NMR [Spectrum] / 4.5.1:
Additional Display Options with 1D WIN-NMR / 4.5.2:
The Use of Scroll Bars, Keys and Function Keys with 1D WIN-NMR / 4.5.3:
Basic Processing Steps with 1D Spectra / 4.6:
Calibration / 4.6.1:
Peak Picking / 4.6.2:
Integration / 4.6.3:
Simple Spectral Analysis / 4.6.4:
Plotting 1D Spectra / 4.7:
Define Plot / 4.7.1:
Page Layout / 4.7.2:
Page Layout Dialog Box in Normal 1D Display Mode / 4.7.2.1:
Page Layout Dialog Box in the Dual and Multiple Display Mode / 4.7.2.2:
Preview / 4.7.3:
Printer Setup..., Print... / 4.7.4:
Copy / 4.7.5:
Metafile... / 4.7.6:
ACQ., PROC., PLOT and A3000-Parameters / 4.7.7:
Title... / 4.7.8:
Pulse Program..., AU Program... / 4.7.9:
History... / 4.7.10:
Data Base Parameters... / 4.7.11:
Display of 2D Spectra with 2D WIN-NMR / 4.8:
Buttons with 2D WIN-NMR / 4.8.1:
Setting Contour Levels / 4.8.2:
Additional Display Options with 2D WIN-NMR / 4.8.3:
Basic Processing Steps with 2D Spectra / 4.9:
Plotting 2D Spectra / 4.9.1:
Layout / 4.10.1:
Page Setup... / 4.10.2:
Print..., Print all, Printer Setup... / 4.10.3:
Copy, Copy all, Paste / 4.10.4:
2D Layout with 1D WIN-NMR / 4.10.5:
History / 4.10.6:
How to Process 1D and 2D NMR Data / 5:
Basic Processing / 5.1:
The Parameters TD and SI / 5.2.1:
Fourier Transformation of 1D Data / 5.2.2:
Phasing of 1D Spectra / 5.2.3:
Fourier Transformation of 2D Data / 5.2.4:
Phasing of 2D Spectra / 5.2.5:
Advanced Processing in the Time Domain / 5.3:
Multiplication with a Processing Function: s(t) . f(t) "Weighting", "Filtering", "Apodization" / 5.3.1:
Addition of a Processing Function: s(t) + f(t) / 5.3.3:
DC-Correction/Baseline-Correction / 5.3.3.1:
Zero Filling / 5.3.3.2:
Linear Prediction / 5.3.3.3:
FID Shift/Adjust Points/Zero Points / 5.3.4:
Adding two FIDs: s[subscript 1](t) + s[subscript 2](t) / 5.3.5:
Advanced Processing in the Frequency Domain / 5.4:
Baseline Correction / 5.4.1:
Additional 1D Specific Processing / 5.4.2:
Deconvolution / 5.4.2.1:
Smoothing / 5.4.2.2:
Derivative / 5.4.2.3:
Adjust Point / 5.4.2.4:
Inverse FT / 5.4.2.5:
Additional 2D Specific Processing / 5.4.3:
Symmetrization / 5.4.3.1:
Tilt / 5.4.3.2:
Remove Ridge / 5.4.3.3:
Remove Diagonal / 5.4.3.4:
Remove Peak / 5.4.3.5:
Shift/Wrap / 5.4.3.6:
Automatic Processing / 5.5:
Automatic Processing with Single Files / 5.5.1:
Automatic Processing with a Series of Files / 5.5.3:
Tables / 5.6:
Recommended 1D Processing Parameters / 5.6.1:
Recommended 2D Processing Parameters / 5.6.1.1:
[superscript 13]C/[superscript 1]H Experiments / 5.6.2.1:
NMR Data of an Unknown Oligosaccharide / 5.7:
Strategy to Solve Structural Problems / 6.1:
General Scheme for an NMR Analysis / 6.2.1:
Signal Assignments / 6.2.1.1:
NMR Parameter Evaluation / 6.2.1.2:
Processing the NMR Data of the Unknown Oligosaccharide / 6.3:
Reference Data / 6.3.1:
NMR Data Characteristic of Carbohydrates / 6.3.3:
Processing and Analysis of the NMR Data / 6.3.4:
The Structure of the Oligosaccharide / 6.4:
Glossary / 6.5:
Index
Introduction / 1:
Scope and Audience / 1.1:
Organisation / 1.2:
26.

図書

図書
[by] Tateo Yamanaka
出版情報: Tokyo : Springer, c2008  xii, 157 p. ; 25 cm
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Abbreviations
General Considerations / 1:
Chemoheterotrophic Bacteria / 1.1:
Chemolithoautotrophic Bacteria / 1.2:
Ammonia-Oxidizing Bacteria / 1.2.1:
Nitrite-Oxidizing Bacteria / 1.2.2:
Denitrifying Bacteria / 1.2.3:
Sulfate-Reducing Bacteria / 1.2.4:
Sulfur-Oxidizing Bacteria / 1.2.5:
Iron-Oxidizing and -Reducing Bacteria / 1.2.6:
Methanogens / 1.2.7:
Cytochromes / 2:
Hemes / 2.1:
Kinds of Cytochromes / 2.2:
Heme A-Containing Cytochromes / 2.2.1:
Heme B-Containing Cytochromes / 2.2.2:
Heme C-Containing Cytochromes / 2.2.3:
Heme D[subscript 1]-Containing Cytochromes / 2.2.4:
Heme O-Containing Cytochromes / 2.2.5:
Heme D-Containing Cytochromes / 2.2.6:
Nitrogen Circulation on Earth and Bacteria / 3:
Bacterial Nitrification / 3.1:
Oxidation of Ammonia / 3.1.1:
Oxidation of Hydroxylamine / 3.1.2:
Hydroxylamine Oxidoreductase / (a):
Cytochrome c-554 / (b):
Cytochrome c-552 / (c):
Cytochrome c Oxidase / (d):
Electron Transfer Pathway Coupled to the Oxidation of Ammonia / 3.1.3:
Dehalogenation of Chloroethylenes by Bacteria / 3.1.4:
Various Growth Features of Ammonia-Oxidizing Bacteria / 3.1.5:
Bacterial Oxidation of Nitrite / 3.1.6:
Nitrite Oxidoreductase
Cytochromes c-550(s) and c-550(m)
Reconstitution of Nitrite Oxidation System
Nitrification by Heterotrophic Bacteria / 3.1.7:
Applications of Nitrifying Bacteria / 3.2:
Bacterial Production of Gunpowder / 3.2.1:
Removal of Ammonia from Sewage / 3.2.2:
Interaction Between Ammonia-Oxidizing and Nitrite-Oxidizing Bacteria / 3.3:
Was Earth Previously Polluted by Nitrite? / 3.3.1:
An Agricultural Incident Caused by Incomplete Nitrification / 3.3.2:
Herbicides and Nitrification / 3.3.3:
Reduction of Nitrate and Nitrogen Gas / 3.4:
Bacteria That Reduce Nitrate to Nitrogen Gas / 3.4.1:
Nitric Oxide Is also Produced in Human Tissues / 3.4.2:
Bacteria Reducing Nitrogen Gas to Ammonia / 3.4.3:
Rhizobia
Azotobacter
Cyanobacteria
Sulfur Circulation on Earth and Bacteria / 4:
Bacteria Forming Hydrogen Sulfide / 4.1:
Bacterial Reduction Mechanisms of Sulfate / 4.1.1:
Components Participating in Bacterial Reduction of Sulfate / 4.1.2:
Hydrogenase
Adenylylsulfate Reductase
Sulfite Reductase
Siroheme / (e):
Sulfate-Reducing Bacteria and Molecular Oxygen / 4.1.3:
Sulfur Respiration / 4.1.4:
Autumnal Dying of Rice Plants / 4.1.5:
Checking How Old the Origin of Life Is / 4.1.6:
Bacterial Oxidation Mechanisms of Sulfur Compounds / 4.2:
Oxidation of Sulfide and Elemental Sulfur
Oxidation of Thiosulfate
Oxidation of Sulfite
Cytochrome c
Oxidation Systems of Sulfite and Thiosulfate / (f):
Sulfur-Oxidizing Bacteria Support Animals in the Dark on the Deep-Sea Bottom / 4.2.2:
Bacterial Corrosion of Concrete / 4.2.3:
Oxidation and Reduction of Iron by Bacteria / 5:
Bacteria That Oxidize or Reduce Iron / 5.1:
Mechanisms in Bacterial Oxidation of Iron / 5.1.1:
Fe(II)-Cytochrome c Oxidoreductase
Cytochromes c
Rusticyanin
Electron Transfer System Coupled to Oxidation of Ferrous Ion
Oxidation of Sulfur Compounds by Iron-Oxidizing Bacteria / 5.1.2:
Various Growth Aspects of Acidothiobacillus Ferrooxidans / 5.1.3:
Iron-Oxidizing Bacteria Requiring No Oxygen / 5.1.4:
Bacterial Reduction of Ferric Compounds / 5.1.5:
Bacteria Containing Magnetism / 5.1.6:
Applications of Iron-Oxidizing Bacteria / 5.2:
Bacterial Leaching / 5.2.1:
Etching of Copper Plate / 5.2.2:
Concentration of Gold from Pyrite Containing a Trace of Gold / 5.2.3:
Biohydrometallurgy / 5.2.4:
Cleaning of Mine Sewage / 5.2.5:
Upheaval of House Foundations: Damage Caused by Bacteria / 5.3:
Carbon Circulation on Earth and Microorganisms / 6:
Mechanisms of Formation of Organic Compounds from Carbon Dioxide / 6.1:
Calvin-Benson Cycle (Reductive Pentose Phosphate Cycle) / 6.1.1:
Hatch-Slack Pathway / 6.1.2:
Carbon Dioxide-Fixing Pathways Other than the Calvin-Benson Cycle in the Lithoautotrophs / 6.1.3:
Mechanism of Lithoautotrophic Methane Formation: Respiration but Not Fermentation / 6.2:
Formation of Methane from Acetate / 6.2.2:
Methanogens and Cytochromes / 6.2.3:
Methanogens and the Environment / 6.2.4:
Bacteria Utilizing Carbon Monoxide / 6.3:
Organisms Evolutionarily Closest to the Origin of Life / 7:
Archaea and Their Energy-Acquiring Reactions / 7.1:
Biological Evolution at Earlier Stages / 7.2:
References
Index
Preface
Abbreviations
General Considerations / 1:
27.

図書

図書
Guozhong Cao, Ying Wang
出版情報: Singapore : World Scientific, c2011  xiii, 581 p. ; 23 cm
シリーズ名: World scientific series in nanoscience and nanotechnology ; v. 2
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface to the Second Edition
Introduction / Chapter 1:
Emergence of Nanotechnology / 1.1:
Bottom-Up and Top-Down Approaches / 1.3:
Challenges in Nanotechnology / 1.4:
Scope of the Book / 1.5:
References
Physical Chemistry of Solid Surfaces / Chapter 2:
Surface Energy / 2.1:
Chemical Potential as a Function of Surface Curvature / 2.3:
Electrostatic Stabilization / 2.4:
Surface charge density / 2.4.1:
Electric potential at the proximity of solid surface / 2.4.2:
Van der Waals attraction potential / 2.4.3:
Interactions between two particles: DLVO theory / 2.4.4:
Steric Stabilization / 2.5:
Solvent and polymer / 2.5.1:
Interactions between polymer layers / 2.5.2:
Mixed steric and electric interactions / 2.5.3:
Summary / 2.6:
Zero-Dimensional Nanostructures: Nanoparticles / Chapter 3:
Nanoparticles Through Homogeneous Nucleation / 3.1:
Fundamentals of homogeneous nucleation / 3.2.1:
Subsequent growth of nuclei / 3.2.2:
Growth controlled by diffusion / 3.2.2.1:
Growth controlled by surface process / 3.2.2.2:
Synthesis of metallic nanoparticles / 3.2.3:
Influences of reduction reagents / 3.2.3.1:
Influences by other factors / 3.2.3.2:
Influences of polymer stabilizer / 3.2.3.3:
Synthesis of semiconductor nanoparticles / 3.2.4:
Synthesis of oxide nanoparticles / 3.2.5:
Introduction to sol-gel processing / 3.2.5.1:
Forced hydrolysis / 3.2.5.2:
Controlled release of ions / 3.2.5.3:
Vapor phase reactions / 3.2.6:
Solid-state phase segregation / 3.2.7:
Nanoparticles Through Heterogeneous Nucleation / 3.3:
Fundamentals of heterogeneous nucleation / 3.3.1:
Synthesis of nanoparticles / 3.3.2:
Kinetically Confined Synthesis of Nanoparticles / 3.4:
Synthesis inside micelles or using microemulsions / 3.4.1:
Aerosol synthesis / 3.4.2:
Growth termination / 3.4.3:
Spray pyrolysis / 3.4.4:
Template-based synthesis / 3.4.5:
Epitaxial Core-Shell Nanoparticles / 3.5:
One-Dimensional Nanostructures: Nanowires and Nanorods / 3.6:
Spontaneous Growth / 4.1:
Evaporation (dissolution)-condensation growth / 4.2.1:
Fundamentals of evaporation (dissolution)-condensation growth / 4.2.1.1:
Evaporation-condensation growth / 4.2.1.2:
Dissolution-condensation growth / 4.2.1.3:
Vapor (or solution)-liquid-solid (VLS or SLS) growth / 4.2.2:
Fundamental aspects of VLS and SLS growth / 4.2.2.1:
VLS growth of various nanowires / 4.2.2.2:
Control of the size of nanowires / 4.2.2.3:
Precursors and catalysts / 4.2.2.4:
Solution-liquid-solid growth / 4.2.2.5:
Stress-induced recrystallization / 4.2.3:
Template-Based Synthesis / 4.3:
Electrochemical deposition / 4.3.1:
Electrophoretic deposition / 4.3.2:
Template filling / 4.3.3:
Colloidal dispersion filling / 4.3.3.1:
Melt and solution filling / 4.3.3.2:
Chemical vapor deposition / 4.3.3.3:
Deposition by centrifugation / 4.3.3.4:
Converting through chemical reactions / 4.3.4:
Electrospinning / 4.4:
Lithography / 4.5:
Two-Dimensional Nanostructures: Thin Films / 4.6:
Fundamentals of Film Growth / 5.1:
Vacuum Science / 5.3:
Physical Vapor Deposition (PVD) / 5.4:
Evaporation / 5.4.1:
Molecular beam epitaxy (MBE) / 5.4.2:
Sputtering / 5.4.3:
Comparison of evaporation and sputtering / 5.4.4:
Chemical Vapor Deposition (CVD) / 5.5:
Typical chemical reactions / 5.5.1:
Reaction kinetics / 5.5.2:
Transport phenomena / 5.5.3:
CVD methods / 5.5.4:
Diamond films by CVD / 5.5.5:
Atomic Layer Deposition / 5.6:
Superlattices / 5.7:
Self-Assembly / 5.8:
Monolayers of organosilicon or alkylsilane derivatives / 5.8.1:
Monolayers of alkanethiols and sulfides / 5.8.2:
Monolayers of carboxylic acids, amines, and alcohols / 5.8.3:
Langmuir-Blodgett Films / 5.9:
Electrochemical Deposition / 5.10:
Sol-Gel Films / 5.11:
Special Nanomaterials / 5.12:
Carbon Fullerenes and Nanotubes / 6.1:
Carbon fullerenes / 6.2.1:
Fullerene-derived crystals / 6.2.2:
Carbon nanotubes / 6.2.3:
Micro and Mesoporous Materials / 6.3:
Ordered mesoporous structures / 6.3.1:
Random mesoporous structures / 6.3.2:
Crystalline microporous materials: Zeolites / 6.3.3:
Core-Shell Structures / 6.4:
Metal-oxide structures / 6.4.1:
Metal-polymer structures / 6.4.2:
Oxide-polymer nanostructures / 6.4.3:
Organic-Inorganic Hybrids / 6.5:
Class 1 hybrids / 6.5.1:
Class 2 hybrids / 6.5.2:
Intercalation Compounds / 6.6:
Nanocomposites and Nanograined Materials / 6.7:
Inverse Opals / 6.8:
Bio-Induced Nanomaterials / 6.9:
Nanostructures Fabricated by Physical Techniques / 6.10:
Photolithography / 7.1:
Phase-shifting photolithography / 7.2.2:
Electron beam lithography / 7.2.3:
X-ray lithography / 7.2.4:
Focused ion beam (FIB) lithography / 7.2.5:
Neutral atomic beam lithography / 7.2.6:
Nanomanipulation and Nanolithography / 7.3:
Scanning tunneling microscopy (STM) / 7.3.1:
Atomic force microscopy (AFM) / 7.3.2:
Near-field scanning optical microscopy (NSOM) / 7.3.3:
Nanomanipulation / 7.3.4:
Nanolithography / 7.3.5:
Soft Lithography / 7.4:
Microcontact printing / 7.4.1:
Molding / 7.4.2:
Nanoimprint / 7.4.3:
Dip-pen nanolithography / 7.4.4:
Assembly of Nanoparticles and Nanowires / 7.5:
Capillary forces / 7.5.1:
Dispersion interactions / 7.5.2:
Shear-force-assisted assembly / 7.5.3:
Electric-field-assisted assembly / 7.5.4:
Covalently linked assembly / 7.5.5:
Gravitational-field-assisted assembly / 7.5.6:
Template-assisted assembly / 7.5.7:
Other Methods for Microfabrication / 7.6:
Characterization and Properties of Nanomaterials / 7.7:
Structural Characterization / 8.1:
X-ray diffraction (XRD) / 8.2.1:
Small angle X-ray scattering (SAXS) / 8.2.2:
Scanning electron microscopy (SEM) / 8.2.3:
Transmission electron microscopy (TEM) / 8.2.4:
Scanning probe microscopy (SPM) / 8.2.5:
Gas adsorption / 8.2.6:
Chemical Characterization / 8.3:
Optical spectroscopy / 8.3.1:
Electron spectroscopy / 8.3.2:
Ion spectrometry / 8.3.3:
Physical Properties of Nanomaterials / 8.4:
Melting points and lattice constants / 8.4.1:
Mechanical properties / 8.4.2:
Optical properties / 8.4.3:
Surface plasmon resonance / 8.4.3.1:
Quantum size effects / 8.4.3.2:
Electrical conductivity / 8.4.4:
Surface scattering / 8.4.4.1:
Change of electronic structure / 8.4.4.2:
Quantum transport / 8.4.4.3:
Effect of microstructure / 8.4.4.4:
Ferroelectrics and dielectrics / 8.4.5:
Superparamagnetism / 8.4.6:
Applications of Nanomaterials / 8.5:
Molecular Electronics and Nanoelectronics / 9.1:
Nanobots / 9.3:
Biological Applications of Nanoparticles / 9.4:
Catalysis by Gold Nanoparticles / 9.5:
Bandgap Engineered Quantum Devices / 9.6:
Quantum well devices / 9.6.1:
Quantum dot devices / 9.6.2:
Nanomechanics / 9.7:
Carbon Nanotube Emitters / 9.8:
Energy Applications of Nanomaterials / 9.9:
Photoelectrochemical cells / 9.9.1:
Lithium-ion rechargeable batteries / 9.9.2:
Hydrogen storage / 9.9.3:
Thermoelectrics / 9.9.4:
Environmental Applications of Nanomaterials / 9.10:
Photonic Crystals and Plasmon Waveguides / 9.11:
Photonic crystals / 9.11.1:
Plasmon waveguides / 9.11.2:
Appendices / 9.12:
Index
Preface to the Second Edition
Introduction / Chapter 1:
Emergence of Nanotechnology / 1.1:
28.

図書

図書
Maurice W. Long
出版情報: Lexington, Mass. : Lexington Books, c1975  xxvi, 366 p. ; 24 cm
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
References
Acknowledgments
Remote Sensing by Radar / 1:
State of the Art / 1.1:
Overview / 1.1.1:
Radar Capabilities at the End of World War II / 1.1.2:
Strip Maps and Side-Looking Radar / 1.1.3:
Spaceborne Radar / 1.1.4:
Surface Effects and Emerging Techniques / 1.2:
Effects of Surface Characteristics / 1.2.1:
Modern Techniques for Sensing Surface Characteristics / 1.2.2:
Basic Concepts and Definitions / 2:
Radar Reflectivity / 2.1:
The Radar Equation for Free Space / 2.1.1:
Radar Cross Section of Targets / 2.1.2:
Normalized Radar Cross Section / 2.1.3:
Coherence and Incoherence of a Scattered Field / 2.1.4:
Rayleigh Roughness Criterion, Specular Reflection, and Scattering / 2.1.5:
Far Field of Radar Targets / 2.1.6:
Effects of Radar Frequency Changes / 2.1.7:
Echo Fluctuations / 2.1.8:
The Earth and Its Effects on Radar / 2.2:
Effects of the Earth's Curvature and Refraction / 2.2.1:
The Effect of Interference on a Target / 2.2.2:
Nature of the Sea Surface and Wind Speed Statistics / 2.2.3:
Propagation over the Horizon / 2.2.4:
Attenuation and Scattering by the Atmosphere / 2.2.5:
Polarization, Depolarization, and Theories of Scattering / 3:
Polarization and Depolarization / 3.1:
Polarization Scattering Matrix / 3.1.1:
Relationships Between Linear and Circular Polarizations / 3.1.2:
A Randomly Oriented Dipole / 3.1.3:
A Dihedral Reflector / 3.1.4:
Depolarization Caused by an Ensemble of Randomly Oriented Dipoles / 3.1.5:
Theories for Radar Cross Section of Rough Surfaces / 3.2:
Simple Models Including the Constant Gamma Model / 3.2.1:
Classical Interference Theory / 3.2.2:
The Tangent Plane Approximation / 3.2.3:
Very Rough Surfaces / 3.2.4:
The Facet Model / 3.2.5:
The Slightly Rough Planar Surface / 3.2.6:
Ripples on Water / 3.2.7:
Vegetation Model / 3.2.8:
Composite Surfaces / 3.2.9:
Doppler Spectra of Sea Echo / 3.2.10:
Effects of the Earth's Surface / 4:
Fundamental Concepts / 4.1:
Reflections from a Rough, Spherical Earth / 4.1.1:
Reflection Coefficient for a Flat, Smooth Earth / 4.1.3:
Effect of a Flat, Smooth Earth on Target Echo / 4.1.4:
Echo from Targets That Are Above a Flat, Smooth Earth / 4.2:
Range and Depression Angle Dependencies for a Small Object Above a Smooth Earth / 4.2.1:
Vertically Extensive Objects Above a Smooth Earth / 4.2.2:
Propagation Factors for Circular, Horizontal, and Vertical Polarizations Above a Smooth Earth / 4.2.3:
Propagation Factors for a Cloud of Scatterers Above a Smooth Earth / 4.2.4:
Effects of Surface Roughness on Forward-Scattered Fields / 4.3:
Reflection Coefficient for Rough Surfaces / 4.3.1:
Shadowing / 4.3.2:
Depolarization / 4.3.3:
Echo from Targets That Are Above a Physically Rough Earth / 4.4:
Variation of Echo Power with Range / 4.4.1:
Range at Which Idealized R[superscript -4] and R[superscript -8] Curves Intersect / 4.4.2:
Relative Cross Sections for Circular Polarizations / 4.4.3:
A Cloud of Scatterers / 4.4.4:
Effects of the Diffuse Component on Target Echo / 4.4.5:
Multipath Effects on Echo from Land and Sea / 4.5:
Effects of Multipath Interference / 4.5.1:
Multipath Interference and Shadowing / 4.5.2:
Echo Fluctuations and Spectra / 5:
Introduction / 5.1:
Spectra and Autocorrelation Functions / 5.1.1:
Amplitude Statistics / 5.1.2:
Ground Echo Fluctuations / 5.2:
Nature of Ground Echoes / 5.2.1:
Temporal Amplitude Distributions for Terrain / 5.2.2:
Spatial Amplitude Statistics / 5.2.3:
Noncoherent Spectra and Autocorrelation Functions of Land / 5.2.4:
Coherent Land Doppler Spectra / 5.2.5:
Lincoln Laboratory Spectral Model / 5.2.6:
Power in Fast and Slow Land Spectra / 5.2.7:
Bragg Spectra from Inland Water / 5.2.8:
Concluding Remarks on Ground Echo Fluctuations / 5.2.9:
Visual Observations of Sea Echo / 5.3:
Characteristics Revealed by an A-Scope Display / 5.3.1:
Results from Fixed Range Sampling / 5.3.2:
Subjective Radar/Optical Comparisons and Anomalies / 5.3.3:
Observations of Bishop and of Lewis and Olin / 5.3.4:
Sea Echo Statistics and Spectra / 5.4:
Amplitude Distributions / 5.4.1:
Spectra Observed with Noncoherent Radar / 5.4.2:
Autocorrelation Functions / 5.4.3:
Noncoherent Spectra and Relationships with Sea Surface Mechanisms / 5.4.4:
Relative Power in Fast and Slow Fluctuations / 5.4.5:
Phase Coherent Doppler Spectra / 5.4.6:
Super Events / 5.4.7:
Sea Spikes / 5.4.8:
Concluding Remarks on Sea Echo Fluctuations and Spectra / 5.4.9:
Space-Time Clutter Amplitude Statistics / 5.5:
Compound Distributions / 5.5.1:
The K-Distribution / 5.5.2:
Rayleigh Modulated by Weibull Statistics / 5.5.3:
Average and Median Cross Sections / 6:
General Characteristics of [sigma degree] / 6.1:
Differences Between Average and Median Values / 6.1.2:
Smooth Surfaces and Small Grazing Angles / 6.1.3:
Classical Interference Effect / 6.1.4:
Problems Associated with Measuring [sigma degree] / 6.1.5:
Radar Cross Section for Land / 6.2:
Nature of [sigma degree] for Land / 6.2.1:
Sample [sigma degree] Land Measurements / 6.2.2:
Terrain Within Near Vertical and Plateau Regions / 6.2.3:
Ulaby and Dobson Tables for Terrain / 6.2.4:
Terrain Within Plateau and Low Grazing Angle Regions / 6.2.5:
Terrain at Extremely Low Grazing Angles / 6.2.6:
Concluding Remarks on Average Land Echo / 6.2.7:
Radar Cross Section for the Sea / 6.3:
Nature of [sigma degree] for the Sea / 6.3.1:
Range Dependence at Small Grazing Angles / 6.3.2:
Dependence on Grazing Angle / 6.3.3:
Grazing Angle Dependence at Low Frequencies / 6.3.4:
Nathanson Sea Clutter Tables / 6.3.5:
Extremely Low Grazing Angles / 6.3.6:
Dependence of [sigma degree] on Polarization / 6.3.7:
Dependence of [sigma degree] on the Wind and Sea / 6.3.8:
GIT Sea Clutter Models / 6.3.9:
Wavelength Dependence for the Sea / 6.3.10:
A Two-Scatterer Sea Clutter Model / 6.3.11:
Oil Slicks and Rain on Water / 6.3.12:
Concluding Remarks on Average Sea Echo / 6.3.13:
Interdependence of Polarization Characteristics / 7:
General Observations / 7.1:
Coherency, Statistical Independence, and Correlation / 7.1.2:
A Simplified Polarization Model for Rough Terrain / 7.1.3:
Use of the Polarization Model for the Moon / 7.1.4:
Polarization Model with Different Propagation Factors / 7.1.5:
Echo from Land, Principally Trees / 7.2:
Amplitude Fluctuations / 7.2.1:
Interdependence of Amplitude and Phase of Orthogonally Polarized Echoes / 7.2.2:
Average and Median Value Data, and Depression Angle Dependence / 7.2.3:
Relative Magnitude of Coherent and Incoherent Scattering from Trees / 7.2.4:
Sea Echo / 7.3:
Fluctuations of Orthogonally Polarized Components / 7.3.1:
Averages and Medians for Linear Polarization / 7.3.2:
Interdependence of Averages and Medians for Linear and Circular Polarizations / 7.3.3:
Coherent and Incoherent Scattering from the Sea / 7.3.4:
Bistatic Land and Sea Clutter / 8:
Bistatic RCS / 8.1:
Effective Illuminated Area / 8.2:
Depolarization and Reduction in RCS / 8.3:
In-Plane ([phis] = 0 and 180[degree]) Clutter / 8.4:
The Barton Model / 8.5:
Ulaby et al. Indoor Measurements / 8.6:
Out-of-Plane, Small Grazing Angle Data / 8.7:
Statistical Parameters / Appendix:
Basics / A.1:
Probability Density Functions and Distributions / A.2:
Normal or Gaussian Distribution / A.2.1:
Rayleigh Distribution / A.2.2:
Ricean Distribution / A.2.3:
Lognormal Distribution / A.2.4:
Weibull Distribution / A.2.5:
Chi-Square, Gamma, and Weinstock Distributions / A.2.6:
Standard Deviation of 10 log [sigma] When [sigma] Is Rayleigh Power Distributed / A.3:
Relationship Between 10 log([characters not reproducible]igma]/[sigma subscript m]) and Its Variance When [sigma] Is Lognormal / A.4:
About the Author
Index
Preface
References
Acknowledgments
29.

図書

図書
K. C. Patil ... [et al.]
出版情報: New Jersey : World Scientific, c2008  xvi, 345 p. ; 24 cm
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Foreword
Preface
Introduction / 1:
General / 1.1:
Preparative Methods / 1.2:
Scope of the Book / 1.3:
Combustible Solid Precursors to Nanocrystalline Oxide Materials / 2:
Combustible Metal Hydrazine and Metal Hydrazine Carboxylate Complexes / 2.1:
Metal Hydrazine Carboxylates: Precursors to Simple Metal Oxides / Part I:
Preparation of Metal Formate, Acetate, Oxalate, and Hydrazine Carboxylates / 2.3:
Thermal Analysis and Combustion of Metal Hydrazine Carboxylates / 2.3.1:
Single Source Precursors to Mixed Metal Oxides / Part II:
Mixed Metal Oxides / 2.4:
Mixed Metal Acetate and Oxalate Hydrazinates: Precursors to Cobaltites / 2.4.1:
Mixed Metal Oxalate Hydrazinates: Precursors to Spinel Ferrites / 2.4.2:
Mixed Metal Oxalate Hydrates: Precursors to Metal Titanates / 2.4.3:
Mixed Metal Hydrazinium Hydrazine Carboxylates / 2.5:
Mixed Metal Hydrazinium Hydrazine Carboxylates: Precursors to Nano-Cobaltites and Ferrites / 2.5.1:
Mixed Metal Hydrazinium Hydrazine Carboxylates: Precursors to Mixed Ferrites / 2.5.2:
Mixed Metal Hydrazinium Hydrazine Carboxylates: Precursors to Manganites / 2.5.3:
Concluding Remarks / 2.6:
Solution Combustion Synthesis of Oxide Materials / 3:
Solution Combustion Synthesis (SCS) / 3.1:
Synthesis of Alumina / 3.2.1:
Mechanism of Aluminum Nitrate-Urea Combustion Reaction / 3.2.2:
Thermodynamic Calculation / 3.2.3:
Role of Fuels / 3.3:
A Recipe for the Synthesis of Various Classes of Oxides / 3.4:
Recipe for Nanomaterials / 3.4.1:
Salient Features of Solution Combustion Method / 3.5:
Alumina and Related Oxide Materials / 4:
[alpha]-Alumina / 4.1:
Metal Aluminates (MAl[subscript 2]O[subscript 4]) / 4.4:
Rare Earth Orthoaluminates (LnAlO[subscript 3]) / 4.5:
Garnets / 4.6:
Aluminum Borate / 4.7:
Tialite ([beta]-Al[subscript 2]TiO[subscript 5]) / 4.8:
Aluminum Phosphate / 4.9:
Alumina Composites / 4.10:
Al[subscript 2]O[subscript 3]-SiO[subscript 2] System: Mullite / 4.10.1:
Al[subscript 2]O[subscript 3]-SiO[subscript 2] System: Cordierite / 4.10.2:
Al[subscript 2]O[subscript 3]-Si[subscript 3]N[subscript 4] System: SiAlON / 4.10.3:
Alumina Nanocomposites / 4.11:
Nanocatalysts, Dispersion of Nano-metals (Ag, Au, Pd, and Pt) in Al[subscript 2]O[subscript 3] / 4.11.1:
Nanopigments / 4.12:
Cobalt-Based Blue Alumina and Aluminates / 4.12.1:
Chromium-Doped Pink Alumina (Cr[superscript 3+]/Al[subscript 2]O[subscript 3]): Ruby / 4.12.2:
Chromium-Doped Aluminates and Orthoaluminates (Cr[superscript 3+]/MAl[subscript 2]O[subscript 4](M = Mg & Zn)) and LaAlO[subscript 3]) / 4.12.3:
Nanophosphors / 4.13:
Phosphor Materials (Luminescence in Aluminum Oxide Hosts) / 4.13.1:
Nano-Ceria and Metal-Ion-Substituted Ceria / 4.14:
Synthesis and Properties of Nano-Ceria / 5.1:
Synthesis of Metal-Ion-Substituted Ceria / 5.3:
Characterization of Metal-Ion-Substituted Ceria / 5.4:
Oxygen Storage Materials / 5.5:
Metal-Ion-Substituted Ceria as Nanocatalysts / 5.6:
Ce[subscript 1-x]Pd[subscript x]O[subscript 2-delta] as a Three-Way Catalyst / 5.6.1:
Ce[subscript 1-x]Pt[subscript x]O[subscript 2-delta] / 5.6.2:
Ce[subscript 1-x]Rh[subscript x]O[subscript 2-delta] / 5.6.3:
Bimetal Ionic Catalysts (Ce[subscript 1-x]Pt[subscript x/2]O[subscript 2-delta]) / 5.6.4:
Nanocrystalline Fe[subscript 2]O[subscript 3] and Ferrites / 5.7:
Magnetic Materials / 6.1:
[gamma]-Fe[subscript 2]O[subscript 3] / 6.2:
Spinel Ferrites (MFe[subscript 2]O[subscript 4]) / 6.3:
Mixed Metal Ferrites / 6.4:
Li-Zn Ferrites / 6.4.1:
Mg-Zn Ferrites / 6.4.2:
Ni-Zn Ferrites / 6.4.3:
Rare Earth Orthoferrites / 6.5:
Garnets (Ln[subscript 3]Fe[subscript 5]O[subscript 12]) / 6.6:
Barium and Strontium Hexaferrites / 6.7:
Nano-Titania and Titanates / 6.8:
Nano-TiO[subscript 2] (Anatase) / 7.1:
Synthesis and Properties of Nano-TiO[subscript 2] (Anatase) / 7.2.1:
Photocatalytic Properties of Nano-TiO[subscript 2] / 7.3:
Metal-Ion-Substituted TiO[subscript 2] / 7.4:
Synthesis and Photocatalytic Properties of Ti[subscript 1-x]M[subscript x]O[subscript 2-delta] (M = Ag, Ce, Cu, Fe, V, W, and Zr) / 7.4.1:
Synthesis and Properties of Ti[subscript 1-x]Pd[subscript x]O[subscript 2-delta] / 7.4.2:
Catalytic Properties of Ti[subscript 1-x]Pd[subscript x]O[subscript 2-delta] / 7.4.3:
Titanates for Nuclear Waste Immobilization / 7.5:
Sintering and Microstructure Studies / 7.5.1:
Zirconia and Related Oxide Materials / 7.6:
Zirconia / 8.1:
Preparation and Properties of ZrO[subscript 2] / 8.2.1:
Stabilized Zirconia / 8.3:
Magnesia-Stabilized Zirconia / 8.3.1:
Calcia-Stabilized Zirconia / 8.3.2:
Yttria-Stabilized Zirconia (YSZ) / 8.3.3:
Nickel in Yttria-Stabilized Zirconia (Ni-YSZ) / 8.3.4:
Nano-Zirconia Pigments / 8.4:
ZrO[subscript 2]-Al[subscript 2]O[subscript 3] System: ZTA / 8.5:
ZrO[subscript 2]-CeO[subscript 2] System / 8.6:
ZrO[subscript 2]-TiO[subscript 2] System (ZrTiO[subscript 4] and Zr[subscript 5]Ti[subscript 7]O[subscript 24]) / 8.7:
ZrO[subscript 2]-Ln[subscript 2]O[subscript 3] System: Pyrochlores / 8.8:
NASICONs / 8.9:
MZr[subscript 2]P[subscript 3]O[subscript 12](M = Na, K, 1/2 Ca, and 1/4 Zr) and NbZrP[subscript 3]O[subscript 12] / 8.9.1:
NASICON (Na Superionic Conductor) Materials (Na[subscript 1+x]Zr[subscript 2]P[subscript 3-x]Si[subscript x]O[subscript 12]) / 8.9.2:
Perovskite Oxide Materials / 8.10:
Dielectric Materials / 9.1:
MTiO[subscript 3], MZrO[subscript 3] (M = Ca, Sr, and Ba) / 9.2.1:
Lead-Based Dielectric Materials (PbTiO[subscript 3], PbZrO[subscript 3], PZT, and PLZT) / 9.2.2:
Relaxor Materials (PFN, PMN, PNN, and PZN) / 9.3:
Microwave Resonator Materials / 9.4:
Preparation and Properties of LnMO[subscript 3] (M = Cr, Mn, Fe, Co, and Ni) / 9.5:
Preparation and Properties of La[subscript 1-x]Sr[subscript x]MO[subscript 3] (M = Mn and Fe) / 9.6:
Nanocrystalline Oxide Materials for Special Applications / 9.7:
Synthesis and Properties of Simple Oxides / 10.1:
Metal Silicates / 10.2:
Ceramic Pigments / 10.3:
Borate Pigments / 10.3.1:
Metal Chromite Pigments / 10.3.2:
Silicate Pigments / 10.3.3:
Ceria-Based Pigment-Ce[subscript 1-x]Pr[subscript x]O[subscript 2-delta] / 10.3.4:
Eu[superscript 3+]-Ion-Doped Red Phosphors / 10.4:
Metal Vanadates / 10.5:
Rare Earth Metal Oxides (La[subscript 2]MO[subscript 4]) / 10.6:
Appendix A / 10.7:
Oxidizers (Metal Nitrates) / A.1:
Preparation of Titanyl Nitrate (TiO(NO[subscript 3])[subscript 2]) / A.1.1:
Fuels / A.2:
Carbohydrazide (CH), CH[subscript 6]N[subscript 4]O / A.2.1:
Oxalyl Dihydrazide (ODH), C[subscript 2]H[subscript 6]N[subscript 4]O[subscript 2] / A.2.2:
Tetraformal Trisazine (TFTA), C[subscript 4]H[subscript 16]N[subscript 6]O[subscript 2] / A.2.3:
N, N'-Diformyl Hydrazine (DFH), C[subscript 2]H[subscript 4]N[subscript 2]O[subscript 2] / A.2.4:
Maleic Hydrazide (MH), C[subscript 4]H[subscript 4]N[subscript 2]O[subscript 2] / A.2.5:
Malonic Acid Dihydrazide (MDH), C[subscript 3]H[subscript 8]N[subscript 4]O[subscript 2] / A.2.6:
3-Methyl Pyrazole 5-One (3MP5O), C[subscript 4]H[subscript 6]N[subscript 2]O / A.2.7:
Useful Suggestions / A.3:
Index
Foreword
Preface
Introduction / 1:
30.

図書

図書
Jacques Thuery ; edited by Edward H. Grant
出版情報: Boston : Artech House, c1992  xviii, 670 p. ; 24 cm
シリーズ名: The Artech House microwave library
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface to the English Edition
Foreword
Microwaves / Part I:
Electromagnetism and Radiation / 1:
Electromagnetic spectrum, ISM bands / 1.1:
Electromagnetism / 1.2:
Radio broadcasting / 1.3:
Electromagnetic detection / 1.4:
Thermal applications / 1.5:
Microwaves in industry / 1.6:
The Laws of Radiation / 2:
Basic definitions / 2.1:
Maxwell's equations / 2.2:
Propagation equation / 2.3:
Plane wave / 2.4:
Spherical and cylindrical waves / 2.5:
Propagation media / 2.6:
Boundary conditions / 2.7:
Reflection and transmission / 2.8:
Guided propagation / 2.9:
Stationary wave / 2.10:
Electromagnetic cavities / 2.11:
Resonant modes / 2.11.1:
Energy balance / 2.11.2:
Power loss in the walls / 2.11.3:
Quality factor / 2.11.4:
Radiation sources / 2.12:
Characteristics / 2.12.1:
Radiation from a slot / 2.12.2:
Radiation of an aperture / 2.12.3:
Radiation from a horn / 2.12.4:
Radiation zones / 2.12.5:
Microwaves and Matter / 3:
Dielectric polarization / 3.1:
Polarization by dipole alignment in a static field / 3.2:
Polar and nonpolar media / 3.2.1:
Induced dipole moment / 3.2.2:
Permanent dipole moment / 3.2.3:
Dipole alignment polarization in an alternating field / 3.3:
Dielectric relaxation / 3.4:
Hysteresis / 3.4.1:
Debye equation / 3.4.2:
Intermolecular bonds / 3.4.3:
Relaxation time / 3.4.4:
Debye and Cole-Cole diagrams / 3.4.5:
Different types of dielectrics / 3.5:
Permittivity measurements / 3.5.1:
Lowloss dielectrics / 3.5.2:
Aqueous dielectrics / 3.5.3:
Mixtures / 3.5.4:
Saline solutions and biological constituents / 3.5.5:
Heat generation / 3.6:
Thermal runaway / 3.7:
Generators and applicators / 4:
Introduction / 4.1:
Microwave generators / 4.2:
The magnetron / 4.2.1:
Klystron and TWT / 4.2.2:
RF energy transmission / 4.2.3:
Applicators / 4.3:
Different types / 4.3.1:
Design constraints / 4.3.2:
Conclusion / 4.4:
Industrial Applications / Part II:
Drying
Humidity and drying
Drying kinetics
Microwave drying
Paper and printing industries
Paper / 1.4.1:
Printing inks / 1.4.2:
Glued products / 1.4.3:
Leather and textile industries
Leathers / 1.5.1:
Tufts and yarns / 1.5.2:
Dyeing and finishing / 1.5.3:
Tufted carpets / 1.5.4:
Construction
Wood and plywood / 1.6.1:
Plaster, concrete, and ceramics / 1.6.2:
Foundries / 1.7:
Rubbers and plastics / 1.8:
Drying of polymers / 1.8.1:
Photographic film and magnetic tape / 1.8.2:
Pharmaceutical industry / 1.9:
Drying of tobacco / 1.10:
Regeneration of zeolites / 1.11:
The treatment of elastomers
Macromolecules and
Principles of interaction / 2.1.1:
Relaxation mechanisms / 2.1.2:
Dielectric properties of elastomers / 2.1.3:
Vulcanization
Microwave vulcanization
Formulation of mixtures / 2.3.1:
Advantages and disadvantages of microwave vulcanization / 2.3.2:
Materials available / 2.3.3:
Thawing and preheating of rubber
Microwave devulcanization
Miscellaneous applications
Polymerization
Thermosetting and thermoplastic polymers / 3.1.1:
Microwave reticulation of thermosetting resins / 3.1.2:
Thermoplastic polymers / 3.1.3:
Fusion
Dewaxing of casting moulds
Viscous materials in metal
Oil and shale oil
Road repairs / 3.2.4:
Defrosting of soil / 3.2.5:
Consolidation
Hardening of foundry mouldings / 3.3.1:
Fast-setting concrete / 3.3.2:
Sintering of ferrites and ceramics / 3.3.3:
Emulsification
Crushing
Purification of coal
Nuclear waste treatment
Cellulosic waste treatment / 3.8:
Applications in the Food Industry / Part III:
Cooking
Mechanisms
Animal products
Red meat / 1.2.1:
Poultry / 1.2.2:
Bacon and fat / 1.2.3:
Meat patties / 1.2.4:
Fish / 1.2.5:
Dairy products / 1.2.6:
Vegetable products
Vegetables / 1.3.1:
Cereals and soya / 1.3.2:
Roasting / 1.3.3:
Catering
Baking
Bread
Doughnuts
Digestibility of foods cooked by microwaves
Thawing and tempering
Conventional thawing
Mechanisms of microwave
Dielectric properties of frozen products / 2.2.1:
Energy limitations / 2.2.2:
Surface cooling / 2.2.4:
Available equipment
896 and 915 MHz
2.45 GHz
Advantages of microwave processing
Industrial aspects / 2.4.1:
Qualitative aspects / 2.4.2:
Vaporization
Drying at atmospheric pressure
Final drying of potato chips
The drying of pasta
Miscellaneous food products
Drying at low pressure
Freeze drying
Expansion in vacuum
Various processes
Determination of dry content
Preservation
Enzymatic inactivation
Blanching of fruits and vegetables / 4.1.1:
Inactivation of [alpha]-amylase in wheat / 4.1.2:
Treatment of grains and soya beans / 4.1.3:
Sterilization
Prepared meals
Disinfestation / 5:
Soil treatment / 5.2:
Germination / 5.3:
Crop protection / 5.4:
Wine-making by carbonic fermentation / 5.5:
Opening of oysters / 5.6:
Biological Effects and Medical Applications / Part IV:
Interactions with the organism
Dielectric behavior of biological material
Biomolecules / 1.1.1:
Cells and membranes / 1.1.2:
Tissues / 1.1.3:
Quantum aspects
Basic interaction with cell membranes
Continuous wave
The modulated wave
Pearl chain formation
Thermal interaction with the living organism
Absorption and dosimetry
Experimental aspects
Modeling / 1.4.4:
Near-field interaction / 1.4.5:
Main results / 1.4.6:
Biological effects
Cells and micro-organisms
Blood and hematopoiesis
Immune system
Natural resistance
Lymphopoiesis
Multiplication of lymphocytes FcR[superscript +] and CR[superscript +]
Stimulation of the response of lymphocytes to mitogens / 2.3.4:
Modulation of the activity of activator T lymphocytes / 2.3.5:
Nervous system
Fluxes of calcium ions
Neurons and synapses
Blood-brain barrier / 2.4.3:
Central nervous system / 2.4.4:
Peripheral nervous system and sensory perception / 2.4.5:
Auditory perception / 2.4.6:
Autonomic nervous system / 2.4.7:
Psychophysiology / 2.4.8:
Endocrine system
Pituitary-thyroid axis / 2.5.1:
Pituitary-suprarenal axis / 2.5.2:
Pituitary-ovarian and pituitary-testicular axes / 2.5.3:
Growth hormones / 2.5.4:
Thermal regulation and metabolism
Effects on growth
Insects / 2.7.1:
Birds / 2.7.2:
Mammals / 2.7.3:
Lesions and cataracts
Safety standards
Soviet Union
United States of America
Eastern Europe
Canada
Australia
Sweden
European Community
International organisations
Biomedical applications
Hyperthermia for cancer treatment
Historical development
Mode of action
Integrated systems / 4.1.4:
Clinical results / 4.1.5:
Specific effects
Bioelectric vibrations
Antigenicity
Immune response
Clinical
Biological
Addresses
Index
Preface to the English Edition
Foreword
Microwaves / Part I:
31.

図書

図書
edited by Bernd Plietker
出版情報: Weinheim : Wiley-VCH, c2008  xv, 279 p. ; 25 cm
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
List of Contributors
Iron Complexes in Organic Chemistry / Ingmar Bauer ; Hans-Joachim Knolker1:
Introduction / 1.1:
General Aspects of Iron Complex Chemistry / 1.2:
Electronic Configuration, Oxidation States, Structures / 1.2.1:
Fundamental Reactions / 1.2.2:
Organoiron Complexes and Their Applications / 1.3:
Binary Carbonyl-Iron Complexes / 1.3.1:
Alkene-Iron Complexes / 1.3.2:
Allyl- and Trimethylenemethane-Iron Complexes / 1.3.3:
Acyl- and Carbene-Iron Complexes / 1.3.4:
Diene-Iron Complexes / 1.3.5:
Ferrocenes / 1.3.6:
Arene-Iron Complexes / 1.3.7:
Catalysis Using Iron Complexes / 1.4:
Iron Complexes as Substrates and/or Products in Catalytic Reactions / 1.4.1:
Iron Complexes as Ligands for Other Transition Metal Catalysts / 1.4.2:
Iron Complexes as Catalytically Active Species / 1.4.3:
References
Iron Catalysis in Biological and Biomimetic Reactions / 2:
Non-heme Iron Catalysts in Biological and Biomimetic Transformations / Jens Muller2.1:
Introduction: Iron in Biological Processes / 2.1.1:
Non-heme Iron Proteins / 2.1.2:
Mononuclear Iron Sites / 2.1.2.1:
Dinuclear Iron Sites / 2.1.2.2:
Summary / 2.1.3:
Organic Reactions Catalyzed by Heme Proteins / Martin Broring2.2:
Classification and General Reactivity Schemes of Heme Proteins Used in Organic Synthesis / 2.2.1:
Organic Reactions Catalyzed by Cytochromes P450 / 2.2.2:
Organic Reactions Catalyzed by Heme Peroxidases / 2.2.3:
Dehydrogenations ("Peroxidase Reactivity") / 2.2.3.1:
Sulfoxidations ("Peroxygenase Reactivity") / 2.2.3.2:
Peroxide Disproportionation ("Catalase Reactivity") / 2.2.3.3:
Halogenation ("Haloperoxidase Reactivity") / 2.2.3.4:
Epoxidations ("Monoxygenase Activity") / 2.2.3.5:
Iron-catalyzed Oxidation Reactions / 3:
Oxidations of C-H and C=C Bonds / Agathe Christine Mayer ; Carsten Bolm3.1:
Gif Chemistry / 3.1.1:
Alkene Epoxidation / 3.1.2:
Alkene Dihydroxylation / 3.1.3:
The Kharasch Reaction and Related Reactions / 3.1.4:
Aziridination and Diamination / 3.1.5:
Oxidative Allylic Oxygenation and Amination / Sabine Laschat ; Volker Rabe ; Angelika Baro3.2:
Iron-catalyzed Allylic Oxidations / 3.2.1:
Simple Iron Salts / 3.2.2.1:
Fe(III) Complexes with Bidentate Ligands / 3.2.2.2:
Fe[superscript 3+]/Fe[superscript 2+] Porphyrin and Phthalocyanine Complexes / 3.2.2.3:
Iron(III) Salen Complexes / 3.2.2.4:
Non-heme Iron Complexes with Tetra- and Pentadentate Ligands / 3.2.2.5:
Oxidative Allylic Aminations / 3.2.3:
Conclusion / 3.2.4:
Oxidation of Heteroatoms (N and S) / Olga Garcia Mancheno3.3:
Oxidation of Nitrogen Compounds / 3.3.1:
Oxidation of Hydroxylamines to Nitroso Compounds / 3.3.1.1:
Oxidation of Arylamines / 3.3.1.2:
Other N-Oxidations / 3.3.1.3:
Oxidation of Sulfur Compounds / 3.3.2:
Oxidation of Thiols to Disulfides / 3.3.2.1:
Oxidation of Sulfides / 3.3.2.2:
Oxidative Imination of Sulfur Compounds / 3.3.2.3:
Reduction of Unsaturated Compounds with Homogeneous Iron Catalysts / Stephan Enthaler ; Kathrin Junge ; Matthias Beller4:
Hydrogenation of Carbonyl Compounds / 4.1:
Hydrogenation of Carbon-Carbon Double Bonds / 4.3:
Hydrogenation of Imines and Similar Compounds / 4.4:
Catalytic Hydrosilylations / 4.5:
Iron-catalyzed Cross-coupling Reactions / Andreas Leitner4.6:
Cross-coupling Reactions of Alkenyl Electrophiles / 5.1:
Cross-coupling Reactions of Aryl Electrophiles / 5.3:
Cross-coupling Reactions of Alkyl Electrophiles / 5.4:
Cross-coupling Reactions of Acyl Electrophiles / 5.5:
Iron-catalyzed Carbometallation Reactions / 5.6:
Iron-catalyzed Aromatic Substitutions / Jette Kischel ; Kristin Mertins ; Irina Jovel ; Alexander Zapf5.7:
General Aspects / 6.1:
Electrophilic Aromatic Substitutions / 6.2:
Halogenation Reactions / 6.2.1:
Nitration Reactions / 6.2.2:
Sulfonylation Reactions / 6.2.3:
Friedel-Crafts Acylations / 6.2.4:
Friedel-Crafts Alkylations / 6.2.5:
Alkylation with Alcohols, Ethers and Esters / 6.2.5.1:
Alkylation with Alkenes / 6.2.5.2:
Nucleophilic Aromatic Substitutions / 6.3:
Iron-catalyzed Substitution Reactions / Bernd Plietker7:
Iron-catalyzed Nucleophilic Substitutions / 7.1:
Nucleophilic Substitutions of Non-activated C-X Bonds / 7.2.1:
Nucleophilic Substitutions Using Lewis Acidic Fe Catalysts / 7.2.1.1:
Substitutions Catalyzed by Ferrate Complexes / 7.2.1.3:
Nucleophilic Substitution of Allylic and Propargylic C-X Bonds / 7.2.2:
Reactions Catalyzed by Lewis Acidic Fe Salts / 7.2.2.1:
Nucleophilic Substitutions Involving Ferrates / 7.2.2.2:
Addition and Conjugate Addition Reactions to Carbonyl Compounds / Jens Christoffers ; Herbert Frey ; Anna Rosiak7.3:
Additions to Aldehydes and Ketones / 8.1:
Oxygen Nucleophiles / 8.2.1:
Carbon Nucleophiles / 8.2.2:
Additions to Imines and Iminium Ions / 8.3:
Additions to Carboxylic Acids and Their Derivatives / 8.4:
Conjugate Addition to [alpha],[beta]-Unsaturated Carbonyl Compounds / 8.4.1:
Michael Reactions / 8.5.1:
Vinylogous Michael Reactions / 8.5.1.2:
Asymmetric Michael Reactions / 8.5.1.3:
Michael Reactions in Ionic Liquids and Heterogeneous Catalysis / 8.5.1.4:
Nitrogen Nucleophiles / 8.5.2:
Synthesis of Heterocycles / 8.6:
Pyridine and Quinoline Derivatives / 8.6.1:
Pyrimidine and Pyrazine Derivatives / 8.6.2:
Benzo- and Dibenzopyrans / 8.6.3:
Iron-catalyzed Cycloadditions and Ring Expansion Reactions / Gerhard Hilt ; Judith Janikowski9:
Cycloisomerization and Alder-Ene Reaction / 9.1:
[2+1]-Cycloadditions / 9.3:
Iron-catalyzed Aziridine Formation / 9.3.1:
Iron-catalyzed Epoxide Formation / 9.3.2:
Iron-catalyzed Cyclopropane Formation / 9.3.3:
[2+2]-Cycloaddition / 9.4:
[4+1]-Cycloadditions / 9.5:
[4+2]-Cycloadditions / 9.6:
Diels-Alder Reactions with Normal Electron Demand / 9.6.1:
Diels-Alder Reactions with Neutral Electron Demand / 9.6.2:
Diels-Alder Reactions with Inverse Electron Demand / 9.6.3:
Cyclotrimerization / 9.7:
[3+2]-Cycloadditions / 9.8:
[3+3]-Cycloadditions / 9.9:
Ring Expansion Reactions / 9.10:
Index / 9.11:
Preface
List of Contributors
Iron Complexes in Organic Chemistry / Ingmar Bauer ; Hans-Joachim Knolker1:
32.

図書

図書
F. Albert Cotton and Richard A. Walton
出版情報: Oxford : Clarendon Press , New York : Oxford University Press, 1993  xxii, 787 p. ; 25 cm
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introduction and Survey
Prolog / 1.1:
From Werner to the new transition metal chemistry / 1.1.1:
Prior to about 1963 / 1.1.2:
How It All Began / 1.2:
Rhenium chemistry from 1963 to 1965 / 1.2.1:
The recognition of the quadruple bond / 1.2.2:
Initial work on other elements / 1.2.3:
An Overview of the Multiple Bonds / 1.3:
A qualitative picture of the quadruple bond / 1.3.1:
Bond orders less than four / 1.3.2:
Oxidation states / 1.3.3:
Growth of the Field / 1.4:
Going Beyond Two / 1.5:
Complexes of the Group 5 Elements
General Remarks / 2.1:
Divanadium Compounds / 2.2:
Triply-bonded divanadium compounds / 2.2.1:
Metal-metal vs metal-ligand bonding / 2.2.2:
Divanadium compounds with the highly reduced V23+ core / 2.2.3:
Diniobium Compounds / 2.3:
Diniobium paddlewheel complexes / 2.3.1:
Diniobium compounds with calix[4]arene ligands and related species / 2.3.2:
Tantalum / 2.4:
Chromium Compounds
Dichromium Tetracarboxylates / 3.1:
History and preparation / 3.1.1:
Properties of carboxylate compounds / 3.1.2:
Unsolvated Cr2(O2CR)4 compounds / 3.1.3:
Other Paddlewheel Compounds / 3.2:
The first 'supershort' bonds / 3.2.1:
2-Oxopyridinate and related compounds / 3.2.2:
Carboxamidate compounds / 3.2.3:
Amidinate compounds / 3.2.4:
Guanidinate compounds / 3.2.5:
Miscellaneous Dichromium Compounds / 3.3:
Compounds with intramolecular axial interactions / 3.3.1:
Compounds with Cr-C bonds / 3.3.2:
Other pertinent results / 3.3.3:
Concluding Remarks / 3.4:
Molybdenum Compounds
Dimolybdenum Bridged by Carboxylates or Other O,O Ligands / 4.1:
General remarks / 4.1.1:
Mo2(O2CR)4 compounds / 4.1.2:
Other compounds with bridging carboxyl groups / 4.1.3:
Paddlewheels with other O,O anion bridges / 4.1.4:
Paddlewheel Compounds with O,N, N,N and Other Bridging Ligands / 4.2:
Compounds with anionic O,N bridging ligands / 4.2.1:
Compounds with anionic N,N bridging ligands / 4.2.2:
Compounds with miscellaneous other anionic bridging ligands / 4.2.3:
Non-Paddlewheel Mo24+ Compounds / 4.3:
Mo2X84- and Mo2X6(H2O)22- compounds / 4.3.1:
[Mo2X8H]3- compounds / 4.3.2:
Other aspects of dimolybdenum halogen compounds / 4.3.3:
M2X4L4 and Mo2X4(LL)2 compounds / 4.3.4:
Cationic complexes of Mo24+ / 4.3.5:
Complexes of Mo24+ with macrocyclic, polydentate and chelate ligands / 4.3.6:
Alkoxide compounds of the types Mo2(OR)4L4 and Mo2(OR)4(LL)2 / 4.3.7:
Other Aspects of Mo24+ Chemistry / 4.4:
Cleavage of Mo24+ compounds / 4.4.1:
Redox behavior of Mo24+ compounds / 4.4.2:
Hydrides and organometallics / 4.4.3:
Heteronuclear Mo-M compounds / 4.4.4:
An overview of Mo-Mo bond lengths in Mo24+ compounds / 4.4.5:
Higher-order Arrays of Dimolybdenum Units / 4.5:
General concepts / 4.5.1:
Two linked pairs with carboxylate spectator ligands / 4.5.2:
Two linked pairs with nonlabile spectator ligands / 4.5.3:
Squares: four linked pairs / 4.5.4:
Loops: two pairs doubly linked / 4.5.5:
Rectangular cyclic quartets / 4.5.6:
Other structural types / 4.5.7:
Tungsten Compounds
Multiple Bonds in Ditungsten Compounds / 5.1:
The W24+ Tetracarboxylates / 5.2:
W24+ Complexes Containing Anionic Bridging Ligands Other Than Carboxylate / 5.3:
W24+ Complexes without Bridging Ligands / 5.4:
Compounds coordinated by only anionic ligands / 5.4.1:
Compounds coordinated by four anionic ligands and four neutral ligands / 5.4.2:
Multiple Bonds in Heteronuclear Dimetal Compounds of Molybdenum and Tungsten / 5.5:
Paddlewheel Compounds with W25+ or W26+ Cores / 5.6:
X3 M ≡ MX3 Compounds of Molybdenum and Tungsten
Introduction / 6.1:
Homoleptic X3M ≡ MX3 Compounds / 6.2:
Synthesis and characterization of homoleptic M2X6 compounds / 6.2.1:
Bonding in M2X6 compounds / 6.2.2:
X3M ≡ MX3 Compounds as Molecular Precursors to Extended Solids / 6.2.3:
M2X2(NMe2)4 and M2X4(NMe2)2 Compounds / 6.3:
Other M2X2Y4, M2X6-n Yn and Related Compounds / 6.4:
Mo2X2(CH2SiMe3)4 compounds / 6.4.1:
1,2-M2R2(NMe2)4 compounds and their derivatives / 6.4.2:
M4 Complexes: Clusters or Dimers? / 6.5:
Molybdenum and tungsten twelve-electron clusters M4(OR)12 / 6.5.1:
M4X4(OPri)8 (X = Cl, Br) and Mo4Br3(OPri)9 / 6.5.2:
W4 (p-tolyl)2 (OPri)10 / 6.5.3:
W4O(X)(OPri)9, (X = Cl or OPri) / 6.5.4:
K(18-crown-6)2Mo44-H)(OCH2But)12 / 6.5.5:
Linked M4 units containing localized MM triple bonds / 6.5.6:
M2X6L, M2X6L2 and Related Compounds / 6.6:
Mo2(CH2Ph)2(OPri)4(PMe3) and [Mo2(OR)7]- / 6.6.1:
M2(OR)6L2 compounds and their congeners / 6.6.2:
Amido-containing compounds / 6.6.3:
Mo2Br2(CHSiMe3)2(PMe3)4 / 6.6.4:
Calix[4]arene complexes / 6.6.5:
Triple Bonds Uniting Five- and Six-Coordinate Metal Atoms / 6.7:
Redox Reactions at the M26+ Unit / 6.8:
Organometallic Chemistry of M2(OR)6 and Related Compounds / 6.9:
Carbonyl adducts and their products / 6.9.1:
Isocyanide complexes / 6.9.2:
Reactions with alkynes / 6.9.3:
Reactions with C≡N bonds / 6.9.4:
Reactions with C=C bonds / 6.9.5:
Reactions with H2 / 6.9.6:
Reactions with organometallic compounds / 6.9.7:
(η-C5H4R)2W2X4 compounds where R = Me, Pri and X = Cl, Br / 6.9.8:
Conclusion / 6.10:
Technetium Compounds
Synthesis and Properties of Technetium / 7.1:
Preparation of Dinuclear and Polynuclear Technetium Compounds / 7.2:
Bonds of Order 4 and 3.5 / 7.3:
Tc26+ and Tc25+ Carboxylates and Related Species with Bridging Ligands / 7.4:
Bonds of Order 3 / 7.5:
Hexanuclear and Octanuclear Technetium Clusters / 7.6:
Rhenium Compounds
The Last Naturally Occurring Element to Be Discovered / 8.1:
Synthesis and Structure of the Octachlorodirhenate(III) Anion / 8.2:
Synthesis and Structure of the Other Octahalodirhenate(III) Anions / 8.3:
Substitution Reactions of the Octahalodirhenate(III) Anions that Proceed with Retention of the Re26+ Core / 8.4:
Monodentate anionic ligands / 8.4.1:
The dirhenium(III) carboxylates / 8.4.2:
Other anionic ligands / 8.4.3:
Neutral ligands / 8.4.4:
Dirhenium Compounds with Bonds of Order 3.5 and 3 / 8.5:
The first metal-metal triple bond: Re2Cl5(CH3SCH2CH2SCH3)2 and related species / 8.5.1:
Simple electron-transfer chemistry involving the octahalodirhenate(III) anions and related species that contain quadruple bonds / 8.5.2:
Oxidation of [Re2X8]2- to the nonahalodirhenate anions [Re2X9]n- (n = 1 or 2) / 8.5.3:
Re25+ and Re24+ halide complexes that contain phosphine ligands / 8.5.4:
Other Re25+ and Re24+ complexes / 8.5.5:
Other dirhenium compounds with triple bonds / 8.5.6:
Dirhenium Compounds with Bonds of Order Less than 3 / 8.6:
Cleavage of Re-Re Multiple Bonds by o-donor and π-acceptor Ligands / 8.7:
σ-Donor ligands / 8.7.1:
Jπ-Acceptor ligands / 8.7.2:
Other Types of Multiply Bonded Dirhenium Compounds / 8.8:
Postscript on Recent Developments / 8.9:
Ruthenium Compounds
Ru25+ Compounds / 9.1:
Ru25+ compounds with O,O′-donor bridging ligands / 9.2.1:
Ru25+ compounds with N,O-donor bridging ligands / 9.2.2:
Ru25+ compounds with N,N′-donor bridging ligands / 9.2.3:
Ru24+ Compounds / 9.3:
Ru24+ compounds with O,O′-donor bridging ligands / 9.3.1:
Ru24+ compounds with N,O-donor bridging ligands / 9.3.2:
Ru24+ compounds with N,N′-donor bridging ligands / 9.3.3:
Ru26+ Compounds / 9.4:
Ru26+ compounds with O,O′-donor bridging ligands / 9.4.1:
Ru26+ compounds with N,N′-donor bridging ligands / 9.4.2:
Compounds with Macrocyclic Ligands / 9.5:
Applications / 9.6:
Catalytic activity / 9.6.1:
Biological importance / 9.6.2:
Osmium Compounds
Syntheses, Structures and Reactivity of Os26+ Compounds / 10.1:
Syntheses and Structures of Os25+ Compounds / 10.2:
Syntheses and Structures of Other Os2 Compounds / 10.3:
Magnetism, Electronic Structures, and Spectroscopy / 10.4:
Iron, Cobalt and Iridium Compounds / 10.5:
Di-iron Compounds / 11.1:
Dicobalt Compounds / 11.3:
Tetragonal paddlewheel compounds / 11.3.1:
Trigonal paddlewheel compounds / 11.3.2:
Dicobalt compounds with unsupported bonds / 11.3.3:
Compounds with chains of cobalt atoms / 11.3.4:
Di-iridium Compounds / 11.4:
Paddlewheel compounds and related species / 11.4.1:
Unsupported Ir-Ir bonds / 11.4.2:
Other species with Ir-Ir bonds / 11.4.3:
Iridium blues / 11.4.4:
Rhodium Compounds
Dirhodium Tetracarboxylato Compounds / 12.1:
Preparative methods and classification / 12.2.1:
Structural studies / 12.2.2:
Other Dirhodium Compounds Containing Bridging Ligands / 12.3:
Complexes with fewer than four carboxylate bridging groups / 12.3.1:
Complexes supported by hydroxypyridinato, carboxamidato and other (N, O) donor monoanionic bridging groups / 12.3.2:
Complexes supported by amidinato and other (N, N) donor bridging groups / 12.3.3:
Complexes supported by sulfur donor bridging ligands / 12.3.4:
Complexes supported by phosphine and (P, N) donor bridging ligands / 12.3.5:
Complexes supported by carbonate, sulfate and phosphate bridging groups / 12.3.6:
Dirhodium Compounds with Unsupported Rh-Rh Bonds / 12.4:
The dirhodium(II) aquo ion / 12.4.1:
The [Rh2(NCR)10]4+ cations / 12.4.2:
Complexes with chelating and macrocyclic nitrogen ligands / 12.4.3:
Other Dirhodium Compounds / 12.5:
Complexes with isocyanide ligands / 12.5.1:
Rhodium blues / 12.5.2:
Reactions of Rh24+ Compounds / 12.6:
Oxidation to Rh25+ and Rh26+ species / 12.6.1:
Cleavage of the Rh-Rh bond / 12.6.2:
Applications of Dirhodium Compounds / 12.7:
Catalysis / 12.7.1:
Supramolecular arrays based on dirhodium building blocks / 12.7.2:
Biological applications of dirhodium compounds / 12.7.3:
Photocatalytic reactions / 12.7.4:
Other applications / 12.7.5:
Chiral Dirhodium(II) Catalysts and Their Applications
Synthetic and Structural Aspects of Chiral Dirhodium(II) Carboxamidates / 13.1:
Synthetic and Structural Aspects of Dirhodium(II) Complexes Bearing Orthometalated Phosphines / 13.3:
Dirhodium(II) Compounds as Catalysts / 13.4:
Catalysis of Diazo Decomposition / 13.5:
Chiral Dirhodium(II) Carboxylates / 13.6:
Chiral Dirhodium(II) Carboxamidates / 13.7:
Catalytic Asymmetric Cyclopropanation and Cyclopropenation / 13.8:
Intramolecular reactions / 13.8.1:
Intermolecular reactions / 13.8.2:
Cyclopropenation / 13.8.3:
Macrocyclization / 13.8.4:
Metal Carbene Carbon-Hydrogen Insertion / 13.9:
Catalytic Ylide Formation and Reactions / 13.9.1:
Additional Transformations of Diazo Compounds Catalyzed by Dirhodium(II) / 13.11:
Silicon-Hydrogen Insertion / 13.12:
Nickel, Palladium and Platinum Compounds
Dinickel Compounds / 14.1:
Dipalladium Compounds / 14.3:
A singly bonded Pd26+ species / 14.3.1:
Chemistry of Pd25+ and similar species / 14.3.2:
Other compounds with Pd-Pd interactions / 14.3.3:
Diplatinum Compounds / 14.4:
Complexes with sulfate and phosphate bridges / 14.4.1:
Complexes with pyrophosphite and related ligands / 14.4.2:
Complexes with carboxylate, formamidinate and related ligands / 14.4.3:
Complexes containing monoanionic bridging ligands with N,O and N,S donor sets / 14.4.4:
Unsupported Pt-Pt bonds / 14.4.5:
Dinuclear Pt25+ species / 14.4.6:
The platinum blues / 14.4.7:
Other compounds
Extended Metal Atom Chains
Overview / 15.1:
EMACs of Chromium / 15.2:
EMACs of Cobalt / 15.3:
EMACs of Nickel and Copper / 15.4:
EMACs of Ruthenium and Rhodium / 15.5:
Other Metal Atom Chains / 15.6:
Physical, Spectroscopic and Theoretical Results
Structural Correlations / 16.1:
Bond orders and bond lengths / 16.1.1:
Internal rotation / 16.1.2:
Axial ligands / 16.1.3:
Comparison of second and third transition series homologs / 16.1.4:
Disorder in crystals / 16.1.5:
Rearrangements of M2X8 type molecules / 16.1.6:
Diamagnetic anisotropy of M-M multiple bonds / 16.1.7:
Thermodynamics / 16.2:
Thermochemical data / 16.2.1:
Bond energies / 16.2.2:
Electronic Structure Calculations / 16.3:
Background / 16.3.1:
[M2X8]n- and M2X4(PR3)4 species / 16.3.2:
The M2(O2CR)4 (M = Cr, Mo, W) molecules / 16.3.3:
M2(O2CR)4R′2 (M = Mo, W) compounds / 16.3.4:
Dirhodium species / 16.3.5:
Diruthenium compounds / 16.3.6:
M2X6 molecules (M = Mo, W) / 16.3.7:
Other calculations / 16.3.8:
Electronic Spectra / 16.4:
Details of the δ manifold of states / 16.4.1:
Observed δ → δ* transitions / 16.4.2:
Other electronic absorption bands of Mo2, W2, Tc2 and Re2 species / 16.4.3:
Spectra of Rh2, Pt2, Ru2 and Os2 compounds / 16.4.4:
CD and ORD spectra / 16.4.5:
Excited state distortions inferred from vibronic structure / 16.4.6:
Emission spectra and photochemistry / 16.4.7:
Photoelectron Spectra / 16.5:
Paddlewheel molecules / 16.5.1:
Other tetragonal molecules / 16.5.2:
M2X6 molecules / 16.5.3:
Miscellaneous other PES results / 16.5.4:
Vibrational Spectra / 16.6:
M-M stretching vibrations / 16.6.1:
M-L stretching vibrations / 16.6.2:
Other types of Spectra / 16.7:
Electron Paramagnetic Resonance / 16.7.1:
X-Ray spectra, EXAFS, and XPS / 16.7.2:
Abbreviations
Index
Introduction and Survey
Prolog / 1.1:
From Werner to the new transition metal chemistry / 1.1.1:
33.

図書

図書
edited by Stanley M. Roberts, John Whittall
出版情報: Chichester : J. Wiley & Sons, c2007  xxii, 312 p. ; 24 cm
シリーズ名: Catalysts for fine chemical synthesis ; v. 5
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Series Preface
Preface to Volume 5
Abbreviations
Industrial Catalysts for Regio- or Stereo-Selective Oxidations and Reductions A Review of Key Technologies and Targets / John Whittall1:
Introduction / 1.1:
Reduction of Carbon-Carbon Double Bonds / 1.2:
Privileged structures: [alpha]-amino acids and itaconic acids / 1.2.1:
[beta]-Amino acids / 1.2.2:
[alpha]-Alkyl substituted acids / 1.2.3:
[alpha]-Alkoxy substituted acids / 1.2.4:
Unsaturated nitriles / 1.2.5:
Alkenes and allyl alcohols / 1.2.6:
[alpha],[beta]-Unsaturated aldehyde reduction / 1.2.7:
Ketone and Imine Reduction / 1.3:
Catalytic hydrogenation of ketones and imines / 1.3.1:
Asymmetric transfer hydrogenation (ATH) catalysts / 1.3.2:
Modified borane reagents / 1.3.3:
Biocatalysts (alcohol dehydrogenases and ketoreductases) / 1.3.4:
Oxidation / 1.4:
Sharpless chiral epoxidation of allyl alcohols / 1.4.1:
Dioxirane catalyzed epoxidation / 1.4.2:
Amines and iminium salts / 1.4.3:
Phase transfer catalysts / 1.4.4:
The Julia-Colonna method (polyleucine oxidation) / 1.4.5:
Organocatalytic [alpha]-hydroxylation of ketones / 1.4.6:
Baeyer-Villiger oxidation / 1.4.7:
Chiral sulfoxides / 1.4.8:
References
Asymmetric Hydrogenation of Alkenes, Enones, Ene-Esters and Ene-Acids / 2:
(S)-2,2[prime]-Bis{[di(4-methoxyphenyl)phosphinyl]oxy}-5,5[prime],6,6[prime],7,7[prime],8,8[prime]-octahydro-1,1[prime]-binaphthyl as a ligand for rhodium-catalyzed asymmetric hydrogenation / Ildiko Gergely ; Csaba Hegedus ; Jozsef Bakos2.1:
Synthesis of (S)-5,5[prime],6,6[prime],7,7[prime],8,8[prime]-Octahydro-1,1[prime]-bi-2-naphthol / 2.1.1:
Synthesis of (S)-2,2[prime]-Bis{[di(4-methoxyphenyl)phosphinyl]oxy}-5,5[prime],6,6[prime],7,7[prime],8,8[prime]-octahydro-1,1[prime]-binaphthyl / 2.1.2:
Asymmetric hydrogenation of Dimethyl itaconate / 2.1.3:
Conclusion
Synthesis and application of phosphinite oxazoline iridium complexes for the asymmetric hydrogenation of alkenes / Frederik Menges ; Andreas Pfaltz2.2:
Synthesis of (4S,5S)-2-(5-Methyl-2-phenyl-4,5-dihydro-oxazol-4-yl)-1,3-diphenyl-propan-2-ol / 2.2.1:
Synthesis of (4S,5S)-O-[1-Benzyl-1-(5-methyl-2-phenyl-4,5-dihydro-oxazol-4-yl)-2-phenyl-ethyl]-diphenylphosphinite / 2.2.2:
Synthesis of (4S,5S)-[([eta superscript 4]-1,5-Cyclooctadiene)-{2-(2-phenyl-5-methyl-4,5-dihydro-oxazol-4-yl)-1,3-diphenyl-2-diphenylphosphinite-propane}iridium(I)]-tetrakis[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]borate / 2.2.3:
Asymmetric hydrogenation of trans-[alpha]-Methylstilbene / 2.2.4:
Synthesis and application of heterocyclic phosphine oxazoline (HetPHOX) iridium complexes for the asymmetric hydrogenation of alkenes / Pier Giorgio Cozzi2.3:
Synthesis of (4S)-tert-Butyl-2-(thiophene-2-yl)-4,5-dihydrooxazole / 2.3.1:
Synthesis of (4S)-tert-Butyl-2-(3-diphenylphosphino-thiophene-2-yl)-4,5-dihydrooxazole / 2.3.2:
Synthesis of (4S)-[([eta superscript 4]-1,5-Cyclooctadiene)-{4-tert-butyl-2-(3-diphenylphosphino-thiophene-2-yl)-4,5-dihydrooxazole}iridium(I)]-tetrakis [3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]borate / 2.3.3:
(R)-2,2[prime],6,6[prime]-Tetramethoxy-bis[di(3,5-dimethylphenyl)phosphino]-3,3[prime]-bipyridine [(R)-Xyl-P-Phos] as a ligand for rhodium-catalyzed asymmetric hydrogenation of [alpha]-dehydroamino acids / Jing Wu ; Albert S.C. Chan2.3.4:
Synthesis of 3-Bromo-2,6-dimethoxypyridine / 2.4.1:
Synthesis of Bis(3,5-dimethylphenyl)phosphine chloride / 2.4.2:
Synthesis of 3-Bromo-2,6-dimethoxy-4-di(3,5-dimethylphenyl)phosphinopyridine / 2.4.3:
2,2[prime],6,6[prime]-Tetramethoxy-bis[di(3,5-dimethylphenyl)phosphinoyl]-3,3[prime]-bipyridine / 2.4.4:
Optical resolution of ([plus or minus])-6 with (-) or (+)-2,3-0,0[prime]-Dibenzoyltartaric acid monohydrate [(R)-6 or (S)-6)] / 2.4.6:
(R)-2,2[prime],6,6[prime]-Tetramethoxy-bis[di(3,5-dimethylphenyl)phosphino]-3,3[prime]-bipyridine [(R)-Xyl-P-Phos, (R)-1] / 2.4.7:
Preparation of the stock solution of [Rh(R-Xyl-P-Phos)(COD)]BF[subscript 4] / 2.4.8:
A typical procedure for the asymmetric hydrogenation of methyl (Z)-2-Acetamidocinnamate / 2.4.9:
(R,R)-2,3-Bis(tert-butylmethylphosphino)quinoxaline (QuinoXP) as a ligand for rhodium-catalyzed asymmetric hydrogenation of prochiral amino acid and amine derivatives / Tsuneo Imamoto ; Aya Koide2.5:
Synthesis of (R)-tert-Butyl(hydroxymethyl)methylphosphine-borane / 2.5.1:
Synthesis of (R)-Benzoyloxy(tert-butyl)methylphosphine-borane / 2.5.2:
Synthesis of (S)-tert-Butylmethylphosphine-borane / 2.5.3:
(R,R)-2,3-Bis(tert-butylmethylphosphino)quinoxaline (QuinoxP) / 2.5.4:
Asymmetric hydrogenation of Methyl (E)-3-acetylamino-2-butenoate catalyzed by Rh(I)-(R,R)-2,3-Bis(tert-butylmethylphosphino)quinoxaline / 2.5.5:
Rhodium-catalyzed asymmetric hydrogenation of indoles / Ryoichi Kuwano ; Masaya Sawamura2.6:
Synthesis of (R)-2-[(S)-1-(Dimethylamino)ethyl]-1-iodoferrocene / 2.6.1:
Synthesis of (R)-2-[(S)-1-(Diphenylphosphinyl)ethyl]-1-iodoferrocene / 2.6.2:
Synthesis of (R,R)-2,2[prime]-Bis[(S)-1-(diphenylphosphinyl)ethyl]-1,1[Prime]-biferrocene / 2.6.3:
Synthesis of (R,R)-2,2[Prime]-Bis[(S)-1-(diphenylphosphino)ethyl]-1,1[Prime]-biferrocene [abbreviated to (S,S)-(R,R)-PhTRAP] / 2.6.4:
Catalytic asymmetric hydrogenation of N-Acetyl-2-butylindole / 2.6.5:
Catalytic asymmetric hydrogenation of 3-Methyl-N-(p-toluenesulfonyl)indole / 2.6.6:
Asymmetric Reduction of Ketones / 3:
(R,R)-Bis(diphenylphosphino)-1,3-diphenylpropane as a versatile ligand for enantioselective hydrogenations / Natalia Dubrovina ; Armin Borner3.1:
Synthesis of (S,S)-1,3-Diphenylpropane-1,3-diol / 3.1.1:
Synthesis of (S,S)-Methanesulfonyloxy-1,3-diphenylpropane-1,3-diol / 3.1.2:
Synthesis of (R,R)-Bis(diphenylphosphino)-1,3-diphenylpropane / 3.1.3:
Synthesis of both enantiomers of 1-Phenylethanol by reduction of acetophenone with Geotrichum candidum IFO 5767 / Kaoru Nakamura ; Mikio Fujii ; Yoshiteru Ida3.2:
Cultivation of G. candidum IFO 5767 / 3.2.1:
Synthesis of (S)-1-Phenylethanol / 3.2.2:
Synthesis of (R)-1-Phenylethanol / 3.2.3:
Titanocene-catalyzed reduction of ketones in the presence of water. A convenient procedure for the synthesis of alcohols via free-radical chemistry / Antonio Rosales ; Juan M. Cuerva ; J. Enrique Oltra3.3:
Titanocene-catalyzed reduction of Acetophenone in the presence of water / 3.3.1:
Titanocene-catalyzed synthesis of Methyl 4-deuterio-4-phenyl-4-hydroxybutanoate / 3.3.2:
Xyl-tetraPHEMP: a highly efficient biaryl ligand in the [diphosphine RuCl[subscript 2] diamine]-catalyzed hydrogenation of simple aromatic ketones / Paul H. Moran ; Julian P. Henschke ; Antonio Zanotti-Gerosa ; Ian C. Lennon3.4:
Synthesis of Tri(3,5-dimethylphenyl)phosphine oxide / 3.4.1:
Synthesis of Bis(3,5-dimethylphenyl)-(2-iodo-3,5-dimethylphenyl)phosphine oxide / 3.4.2:
Synthesis of rac-4,4[prime],6,6[prime]-Tetramethyl-2,2[prime]-bis[bis(3,5-dimethylphenyl)phosphinoyl]-biphenyl / 3.4.3:
Synthesis of rac-4,4[prime],6,6[prime]-Tetramethyl-2,2[prime]-bis[bis(3,5-dimethylphenyl)phosphino]-biphenyl [abbreviated to (rac)-Xyl-tetraPHEMP] / 3.4.4:
Synthesis of [(R)-N,N-Dimethyl(1-methyl)benzylaminato-C[superscript 2],N]-{rac-4,4[prime],6,6[prime]-tetramethyl-2,2[prime]-bis[bis(3,5-dimethylphenyl)phosphino]-biphenyl}-palladium(II) tetrafluoroborate and separation of the diastereomers / 3.4.5:
Synthesis of (S)-4,4[prime],6,6[prime]-Tetramethyl-2,2[prime]-bis[bis(3,5-dimethylphenyl)phosphino]-biphenyl: [abbreviated to (S)-Xyl-tetraPHEMP) and (R)-4,4[prime],6,6[prime]-Tetramethyl-2,2[prime]-bis[bis(3,5-dimethylphenyl)phosphino]-biphenyl [abbreviated to (R)-Xyl-tetraPHEMP] / 3.4.6:
Synthesis of [(R)-Xyl-tetraPHEMP RuCl[subscript 2] (R,R)-DPEN] and [(S)-Xyl-tetraPHEMP RuCl[subscript 2] (S,S)-DPEN] / 3.4.7:
Reduction of Acetophenone using [(S)-Xyl-tetraPHEMP RuCl[subscript 2] (S,S)-DPEN] as a precatalyst / 3.4.8:
N-Arenesulfonyl- and N-Alkylsulfamoyl-1,2-diphenylethylenediamine ligands for ruthenium-catalyzed asymmetric transfer hydrogenation of activated ketones / Michel (Massoud S.) Stephan ; Barbara Mohar3.5:
Synthesis of N-Arenesulfonyl-1,2-diphenylethylenediamines / 3.5.1:
Preparation of Ru(II)-N-arenesulfonyl-1,2-diphenylethylenediamine complexes / 3.5.2:
Asymmetric transfer hydrogenation of Ethyl benzoylacetate / 3.5.3:
The synthesis and application of BrXuPHOS: a novel monodentate phosphorus ligand for the asymmetric hydrogenation of ketones / Martin Wills ; Yingjian Xu ; Garden Docherty ; Gary Woodward3.6:
Synthesis of (S)-BrXuPHOS / 3.6.1:
Synthesis of (S,S,SS)-BrXuPHOS-Ru-DPEN / 3.6.2:
General procedure of asymmetric hydrogenation of acetophenone / 3.6.3:
Acknowledgement
In Situ formation of ligand and catalyst: application in ruthenium-catalyzed enantioselective reduction of ketones / Jenny Wettergren ; Hans Adolfsson3.7:
Synthesis of (S)-3-Fluoro-1-phenylethanol / 3.7.1:
Synphos and Difluorphos as ligands for ruthenium-catalyzed hydrogenation of alkenes and ketones / Severine Jeulin ; Virginie Ratovelomanana-Vidal ; Jean-Pierre Genet3.8:
Synthesis of [RuCl((S)-SYNPHOS)(p-cymene)]Cl / 3.8.1:
Synthesis of [RuCl((S)-DIFLUORPHOS)(p-cymene)]Cl / 3.8.2:
Synthesis of [RuI((S)-DIFLUORPHOS)(p-cymene)]I / 3.8.3:
Synthesis of [NH[subscript 2]R[subscript 2]] [(RuCl(PP))[subscript 2]([Mu]-Cl)[subscript 3]] PP = SYNPHOS or DIFLUORPHOS and R = Me or Et / 3.8.4:
Synthesis of [NH[subscript 2]Me[subscript 2]][RuCl-(S)-DIFLUORPHOS][subscript 2][[Mu]-Cl][subscript 3] / 3.8.5:
Synthesis of in situ generated [RuBr[subscript 2]((S)-SYNPHOS)] and [RuBr[subscript 2]((S)-DIFLUORPHOS)] / 3.8.6:
An arene ruthenium complex with polymerizable side chains for the synthesis of immobilized catalysts / Estelle Burri ; Silke B. Wendicke ; Kay Severin3.9:
Synthesis of 2-Methyl-cyclohexa-2,5-dienecarboxylic acid 2-(2-methyl-acryloyloxy)-ethyl ester / 3.9.1:
Synthesis of [[eta superscript 6]-(2-Methyl-benzoic acid 2-(2-methyl-acryloyloxy)-ethyl ester)RuCl[subscript 2]][subscript 2] / 3.9.2:
Selective reduction of carbonyl group in [beta], [gamma]-unsaturated [alpha]-alpha-ketoesters by transfer hydrogenation with Ru-(p-cymene) (TsDPEN) / Minjie Guo ; Dao Li ; Yanhui Sun ; Zhaoguo Zhang3.10:
Synthesis of Di-[Mu]-chloro-bis[chloro([eta superscript 6]-1-isopropyl-4-methyl-benzene)ruthenium(II) / 3.10.1:
Synthesis of ([plus or minus])-Monotosylate-1,2-diphenyl-1,2-ethylenediamine / 3.10.2:
Synthesis of Ru complex Ru(p-cymene)(TsDPEN) / 3.10.3:
Ru-TsDPEN catalyzed transfer hydrogenation reaction of [beta],[gamma]-unsaturated-[alpha]-ketoesters / 3.10.4:
Preparation of polymer-supported Ru-TsDPEN catalysts and their use for the enantioselective synthesis of (S)-fluoxetine / Liting Chai ; Yangzhou Li ; Quanrui Wang3.11:
Synthesis of the supported ligand 9 / 3.11.1:
Synthesis of ligand 17 / 3.11.2:
General procedure for asymmetric transfer hydrogenation / 3.11.3:
Preparation of (S)-Fluoxetine hydrochloride / 3.11.4:
Polymer-supported chiral sulfonamide-catalyzed reduction of [beta]-keto nitriles: a practical synthesis of (R)-Fluoxetine / Guang-yin Wang ; Gang Zhao3.12:
Synthesis of (R)-3-Amino-1-phenyl-propan-1-ol / 3.12.1:
Synthesis of (R)-ethyl 3-hydroxy-3-phenylpropylcarbamate / 3.12.2:
Synthesis of (R)-3-(Methylamino)-1-phenylpropan-1-ol / 3.12.3:
Synthesis of (R)-Fluoxetine / 3.12.4:
Imine Reduction and Reductive Amination / 4:
Metal-free reduction of imines: enantioselective Bronsted acid-catalyzed transfer hydrogenation using chiral BINOL-phosphates as catalysts / Magnus Rueping ; Erli Sugiono ; Cengiz Azap ; Thomas Theissmann4.1:
Synthesis of (R)-2,2[prime]-Bis-methoxymethoxy-[1,1[prime]] binaphthalene (MOM-BINOL) / 4.1.1:
Synthesis of (R)-3,3[prime]-Diiodo-2,2[prime]-bis(methoxymethoxy)-1,1[prime]-binaphthalene / 4.1.2:
Synthesis of 3,3[prime]-Bis-(3,5[prime]-bis-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-2,2[prime]-bismethoxymethoxy [1,1[prime]-binaphthalene] / 4.1.3:
Synthesis of (R)-3,3[prime]-[3,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-1,1[prime]-binaphthylphosphate / 4.1.4:
General procedure for the transfer hydrogenation of ketimines / 4.1.5:
Synthesis of [1-(2,4-Dimethyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-amine / 4.1.6:
Metal-free Bronsted acid-catalyzed transfer hydrogenation: enantioselective synthesis of tetrahydroquinolines / Andrey P. Antonchick4.2:
General procedure for the transfer hydrogenation of quinolines / 4.2.1:
Synthesis of 7-Chloro-4-phenyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinoline / 4.2.2:
Synthesis of (S)-2-Phenyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinoline / 4.2.3:
Synthesis of (R)-2-(2-(Benzo[1,3]dioxol-5-yl)ethyl)-1,2.3,4-tetrahydro-quinoline / 4.2.4:
A highly stereoselective synthesis of 3[alpha]-Amino-23,24-bisnor-5[alpha]-cholane via reductive amination / Sharaf Nawaz Khan ; Nam Ju Cho ; Hong-Seok Kim4.3:
Synthesis of Tris[(2-ethylhexanoyl)oxy]borohydride / 4.3.1:
Synthesis of 3[alpha]-Acetamino-23,24-bisnor-5[alpha]-cholane / 4.3.2:
Synthesis of 3[alpha]-N-1-[N(3-[4-Aminobutyl])-1,3-diaminopropane]-23,24-bisnor-5[alpha]-cholane / 4.3.3:
Acknowledgements
Oxidation of Primary and Secondary Alcohols / 5:
Copper(Il) catalyzed oxidation of primary alcohols to aldehydes with atmospheric oxygen / Suribabu Jammi ; Tharmalingan Punniyamurthy5.1:
Synthesis of copper(II) complex 1 / 5.1.1:
Typical procedure for the oxidation of primary alcohols to aldehydes / 5.1.2:
Solvent-free dehydrogenation of secondary alcohols in the absence of hydrogen abstractors using Robinson's catalyst / G.B.W.L Ligthart ; R.H. Meijer ; J. v. Buijtenen ; J. Meuldijk ; J.A.J.M. Vekemans ; L.A. Hulshof5.2:
Dehydrogenation of 2-Octanol using Ru(OCOCF[subscript 3])[subscript 2](CO)(PPh[subscript 3])[subscript 2] as a catalyst / 5.2.1:
2-Iodoxybenzoic acid (IBX)/n-Bu[subscript 4]NBr/CH[subscript 2]Cl[subscript 2]-H[subscript 2]O: a mild system for the selective oxidation of secondary alcohols / Krisada Kittigowittana ; Manat Pohmakotr ; Vichai Reutrakul ; Chutima Kuhakarn5.3:
Synthesis of 1-Hydroxy-5-decanone / 5.3.1:
Hydroxylation, Epoxidation and Related Reactions / 6:
Proline-catalyzed [alpha]-aminoxylation of aldehydes and ketones / Yujiro Hayashi ; Mitsuru Shoji6.1:
Synthesis of (R)-2-Anilinoxypropanol / 6.1.1:
Synthesis of (R)-7-Anilinoxy-1,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-one / 6.1.2:
Ru/Silia Cat TEMPO-mediated oxidation of alkenes to [alpha]-hydroxyacids / Rosaria Ciriminna ; Mario Pagliaro6.2:
Synthesis of Silia Cat TEMPO / 6.2.1:
Synthesis of 2-(4-Chlorophenyl)-1,2-propanediol / 6.2.2:
Synthesis of 2-(4-Chlorophenyl)-1,2-hydroxypropanoic acid / 6.2.3:
Catalytic enantioselective epoxidation of trans-disubstituted and trisubstituted alkenes with arabinose-derived ulose / Tony K. M. Shing ; Gulice Y.C. Leung ; To Luk6.3:
Synthesis of 2[prime],3[prime]-Diisobutyl acetal / 6.3.1:
Synthesis of ulose / 6.3.2:
Asymmetric epoxidation of trans-[alpha]-Methylstilbene using ulose as catalyst at 0 [degree]C / 6.3.3:
VO(acac)[subscript 2]/TBHP catalyzed epoxidation of 2-(2-Alkenyl)phenols. highly regio- and diastereoselective oxidative cyclisation to 2,3-Dihydrobenzofuranols and 3-Chromanols / Alessandra Lattanzi ; Arrigo Scettri6.4:
VO(acac)[subscript 2]/TBHP catalyzed epoxidation of 2-(3,7-Dimethyl-octa-2,6-dienyl)-phenol / 6.4.1:
VO(acac)[subscript 2]/TBHP/TFA catalyzed oxidative cyclization of 2-(3,7-Dimethyl-octa-2,6-dienyl)-phenol / 6.4.2:
An Oxalolidinone ketone catalyst for the asymmetric epoxidation of cis-olefins / David Goeddel ; Yian Shi6.5:
Amadori rearrangement to give 1-Dibenzylamino-1-deoxy-D-fructose / 6.5.1:
Acetal protection of 1-Dibenzylamino-1-deoxy-D-fructose / 6.5.2:
Hydrogenation of the Dibenzylamine / 6.5.3:
Phosgene cyclization of aminoalcohol / 6.5.4:
Alcohol oxidation / 6.5.5:
Synthesis of ketone 2 / 6.5.6:
Asymmetric epoxidation of cis-[beta]-Methylstyrene / 6.5.7:
[alpha]-Fluorotropinone immobilised on silica: a new stereoselective heterogeneous catalyst for epoxidation of alkenes with oxone / Giovanni Sartori ; Alan Armstrong ; Raimondo Maggi ; Alessandro Mazzacani ; Raffaella Sartorio ; France Bigi ; Belen Dominguez-Fernandez6.6:
Synthesis of silica KG-60-supported enantiomerically enriched [alpha]-Fluorotropinone / 6.6.1:
Synthesis of enantiomerically enriched epoxides / 6.6.2:
Asymmetric epoxidation catalyzed by novel azacrown ether-type chiral quaternary ammonium salts under phase-transfer catalytic conditions / Kazushige Hori ; Keita Tani ; Yasuo Tohda6.7:
Synthesis of precursor of the azacrown ether / 6.7.1:
Synthesis of the azacrown ether / 6.7.2:
Synthesis of the azacrown ether-type quaternary ammonium salt / 6.7.3:
Asymmetric epoxidation of (E)-Chalcone catalyzed by the azacrown ether-type quaternary ammonium salt as chiral PTC / 6.7.4:
Enantioselective epoxidation of olefins using phase transfer conditions and a chiral [azepinium][TRISPHAT] salt as catalyst / Jerome Vachon ; Celine Perollier ; Alexandre Martinez ; Jerome Lacour6.8:
Enantioselective epoxidation of 1-Phenyl-3,4-dihydronaphthalene / 6.8.1:
Catalytic asymmetric epoxidation of [alpha],[beta]-unsaturated esters promoted by a Yttrium-biphenyldiol complex / Masakatsu Shibasaki ; Hiroyuki Kakei ; Shigeki Matsunaga6.9:
Synthesis of (aS,R)-6,6[prime]-[(Propylene)dioxy]biphenyl-2,2[prime]-diol / 6.9.1:
Synthesis of (aS,R)-2,2-[Oxybis(ethylene)dioxy]-6,6[prime]-[(propylene)dioxy]biphenyl / 6.9.2:
Synthesis of (S)-6,6[prime]-[Oxybis(ethylene)dioxy]biphenyl-2,2[prime]-diol / 6.9.3:
Enantiomeric enrichment of (S)-6,6[prime]-[Oxybis(ethylene)dioxy]biphenyl-2,2[prime]-diol / 6.9.4:
Catalytic asymmetric epoxidation of [alpha],[beta]-unsaturated esters / 6.9.5:
Catalytic enantioselective epoxidation of [alpha],[beta]-enones with a binol-zinc-complex / Ana Minatti ; Karl Heinz Dotz6.10:
Synthesis of (E)-(2S,3R)-Phenyl-(3-phenyloxiran-2-yl)methanone / 6.10.1:
Asymmetric epoxidation of Phenyl-2-(3[prime]-pyridylvinyl)sulfone using polyleucine hydrogen peroxide gel / Mike R. Pitts6.11:
Preparation of polyleucine-hydrogen peroxide gel / 6.11.1:
Synthesis of Phenyl-2-(3[prime]-pyridylvinyl) sulfone (2) / 6.11.2:
Oxidation of Ketones to Lactones or Enones / 7:
Synthesis of 2-(Phosphinophenyl)pyrindine ligand and its application to palladium-catalyzed asymmetric Baeyer-Villiger oxidation of prochiral cyclobutanones / Katsuji Ito ; Tsutomu Katsuki7.1:
Synthesis of (7R)-2-(2-Hydroxyphenyl)-7-isopropyl-6,7-dihydro-5H-1-pyrindine / 7.1.1:
2-[2-(Diphenylphosphinoyl)phenyl]-7-isopropyl-6,7-dihydro-5H-1-pyrindine / 7.1.2:
2-[2-(Diphenylphosphanyl)phenyl]-7-isopropyl-6,7-dihydro-5H-1-pyrindine / 7.1.3:
Asymmetric Baeyer-Villiger oxidation of 3-Phenylcyclobutanone / 7.1.4:
(D)-Codeinone from (D)-Dihydrocodeinone via the use of modified o-iodoxybenzoic acid (IBX). A convenient oxidation of ketones to enones / Paul Mather7.2:
Synthesis of IBX / 7.2.1:
Synthesis of codeinone / 7.2.2:
Oxidative C-C Coupling / 8:
Enantioselective oxidative coupling of 2-Naphthols catalyzed by a novel chiral vanadium complex / Nan-Sheng Xie ; Quan-Zhong Liu ; Zhi-Bin Luo ; Liu-Zhu Gong ; Ai-Qiao Mi ; Yao-Zhong Jiang8.1:
Synthesis of 3,3-Diformyl-2,2[prime]-biphenol / 8.1.1:
Synthesis of chiral vanadium complexes / 8.1.2:
Catalytic oxidative coupling of 7-Alkoxy-1-naphthols by chiral vanadium complexes / 8.1.3:
Reference
Catalytic oxidative cross-coupling reaction of 2-Naphthol derivatives / Shigeki Habaue ; Tomohisa Temma8.2:
Synthesis of Methyl 2,2[prime]-dihydroxy-1,1[prime]-binaphthalene-3-carboxylate / 8.2.1:
Oxidative coupling of benzenes with [alpha],[beta]-unsaturated aldehydes by Pd(OAc)[subscript 2]/ HPMoV/ O[subscript 2] system / Tomoyuki Yamada ; Satoshi Sakaguchi ; Yasutaka Ishii8.3:
Synthesis of Cinnamaldehyde / 8.3.1:
Oxidation of Sulfides and Sulfoxides / 9:
The first example of direct oxidation of sulfides to sulfones by an osmate-molecular oxygen system / Boyapati M. Choudary ; Chinta Reddy ; V. Reddy ; Billakanti V. Prakash ; Mannepalli L. Kantam ; B. Sreedhar9.1:
Synthesis of osmate exchanged Mg-Al layered double hydroxides (LDH-OsO[subscript 4]) / 9.1.1:
Synthesis of Methyl phenyl sulfone or Methylsulfonylbenzene / 9.1.2:
Selective oxidation of sulfides to sulfoxides and sulfones using hydrogen peroxide in the presence of zirconium tetrachloride / Kiumar Bahrami9.2:
Oxidation of Benzyl 4-bromobenzyl sulfide to Benzyl 4-bromobenzyl sulfoxide using H[subscript 2]O[subscript 2] in the presence of zirconium tetrachloride / 9.2.1:
Oxidation of Benzyl 4-bromobenzyl sulfide to Benzyl 4-bromobenzyl sulfone using H[subscript 2]O[subscript 2] in the presence of zirconium tetrachloride / 9.2.2:
WO[subscript 3]-30 % H[subscript 2]O[subscript 2]-cinchona alkaloids: a new heterogeneous catalytic system for asymmetric oxidation and kinetic resolution of racemic sulfoxides / Vinay V. Thakur ; A. Sudalai9.3:
Synthesis of (R)-2-[[[3-Methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimadazole {(R)-(+)-Lansoprazole} / 9.3.1:
Synthesis of (R)-(+)-Phenyl benzyl sulfoxide / 9.3.2:
Benzyl-4,6-O-isopropylidene-[alpha]-(D)-glucopyranoside, 2-deoxy-2-[[(2-hydroxy-3,5-di-tert-butylphenyl)methylene]amino] as a ligand for vanadium-catalyzed asymmetric oxidation of sulfides / Raffaella Del Litto ; Guiseppina Roviello ; Francesco Ruffo9.4:
Synthesis of Benzyl-4,6-O-isopropylidene-[alpha]-D-glucopyranoside, 2-deoxy-2-[[(2-hydroxy-3,5-di-tert-butylphenyl)methylene]imine] / 9.4.1:
Oxidation of Thioanisole / 9.4.2:
Asymmetric sulfoxidation of aryl methyl sulfides with hydrogen peroxide in water / Alessando Scarso ; Giorgio Strukul9.5:
Synthesis of complex (R)-BINAP)PtCl[subscript 2] / 9.5.1:
Synthesis of complex [((R)-BINAP)Pt((OH)][subscript 2](BF[subscript 4])[subscript 2] / 9.5.2:
Stereoselective catalytic oxidation of aryl methyl sulfides / 9.5.3:
Index
Series Preface
Preface to Volume 5
Abbreviations
34.

図書

図書
Gerald Burns
出版情報: Boston : Academic Press, c1992  xiii, 199 p. ; 23 cm
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Acknowledgements
Introduction / Chapter 1:
Problems
Review of Conventional Superconductors / Chapter 2:
Two-Fluid Model / 2-1:
London Equation / 2-3:
Nonlocal Fields / 2-4:
Nonlocal Electrodynamics Sketched / 2-4a:
Various Situations and Dirty Superconductors / 2-4b:
Ginzburg-Landau Theory / 2-5:
GL Free Energy / 2-5a:
GL Differential Equations / 2-5c:
Flux Quantization / 2-5d:
GL Coherence Length / 2-5e:
Type II Superconductors / 2-5f:
BCS Theory / 2-6:
Cooper Pairs and BCS Introduction / 2-6a:
BCS Results / 2-6c:
Specific Heat / 2-6d:
Anisotropic Superconducting Gap / 2-6e:
Coherence Effects / 2-6f:
Strong-Coupled Superconductors / 2-7:
McMillan Equation / 2-7a:
Maximum T[subscript c]? / 2-7c:
Electron-Phonon Parameter Calculations / 2-7d:
Tunneling / 2-8:
Tunneling Review / 2-8a:
Tunneling Experiments / 2-8b:
Phonon Structure / 2-8c:
Other Topics / 2-9:
Magnetic Superconductors / 2-9a:
Earlier Oxide Superconductors / 2-9b:
Heavy-Electron Metals / 2-9c:
Organic Superconductors / 2-9d:
[superscript 3]He / 2-9e:
Structures / Chapter 3:
Overview / 3-1:
La(n = 1) / 3-2:
2-Tl(n) / 3-2b:
2-Bi(n) / 3-2c:
1-Tl(n) / 3-2d:
Distances / 3-2e:
Y123 / 3-2f:
Other High-T[subscript c] Structures / 3-2g:
Other Phases / 3-3:
Y123 with Intermediate Oxygen Content / 3-3a:
Other Distortions / 3-3d:
Conventional Superconductors / 3-4:
Normal-State Properties / Chapter 4:
Cu-Charge State / 4-1:
Charges / 4-2a:
Molecular Orbitals / 4-2b:
Resistance / 4-3:
Conventional Resistivity Behavior / 4-3a:
Resistivity of High-T[subscript c] Materials / 4-3b:
Hall Effect / 4-4:
Magnetism / 4-5:
Insulator Phase / 4-5a:
Superconducting Phase / 4-5b:
Structural Phase Transitions / 4-6:
Bands--General / 4-7:
Fermi Liquid / 4-7a:
Resonating-Valence-Band State / 4-7b:
Band Theory / 4-7c:
Simple Two-Dimensional Bands / 4-7d:
More Advanced Two-Dimensional Bands / 4-7e:
One-Electron Bands / 4-8:
Photoemission Spectroscopy / 4-9:
PES 2-Bi(n = 2) Results / 4-9a:
PES Y123 Results / 4-9c:
PES Summary / 4-9d:
Superconducting Properties / Chapter 5:
T[subscript c] Values / 5-1:
Cooper Pairs and BCS / 5-2:
Paired Electrons? / 5-2a:
Spin Singlet or Triplet Pairing? / 5-2c:
Symmetry of Electron Pairs / 5-2d:
BCS Superconductors? / 5-3:
Superconducting Energy Gap and Other Properties / 5-4:
PES Results / 5-4a:
Tunneling Spectroscopy / 5-4b:
Infrared Results / 5-4c:
Raman Results / 5-4e:
NMR Results / 5-4f:
Isotope Effect / 5-5:
The Pairing Mechanism / 5-6:
Soft Phonon Modes / 5-6a:
Temperature-Dependent Phonon Modes / 5-6c:
Neutron Measurements / 5-6d:
High-Energy Tunneling Results / 5-6e:
Electron-Phonon Coupling Parameter Calculations / 5-6f:
Electron-Phonon Coupling Parameter Measurements / 5-6g:
Phonons plus Electron Density of States Singularity / 5-6h:
Phonons Alone / 5-6i:
Magnetic Properties / 5-7:
Type II Materials / 5-7a:
Penetration Depth / 5-7b:
H[subscript c1] / 5-7c:
Coherence Length and H[subscript c2] / 5-7d:
Anisotropic Ginzburg-Landau Results / 5-7e:
Torque Magnetometry / 5-7f:
Postscript / 5-8:
Vortex Behavior, J[subscript c], and Applications / Chapter 6:
Flux Lattice, Flux Glass, and Pinning / 6-1:
Flux Lattice and Glass / 6-2a:
Pinning / 6-2b:
Films and Critical Currents / 6-3:
Films / 6-3a:
Superlattices / 6-3b:
Wires / 6-3c:
Critical Current / 6-3d:
Macroscopic Magnetic Properties / 6-4:
Vortex Glass / 6-4a:
Flux Creep / 6-4c:
A True Zero Resistance State? / 6-4d:
Experimental Vortex Glass-Liquid Measurements / 6-4e:
Irreversibility Line / 6-4f:
Applications Introduction / 6-5:
Large-Scale Applications / 6-6:
Wires and Superconducting Magnets / 6-6a:
Levitation / 6-6c:
Small-Scale Applications / 6-7:
Bibliography
Notes for the Chapters
Index
Preface
Acknowledgements
Introduction / Chapter 1:
35.

図書

図書
Kiyoko F. Aoki-Kinoshita
出版情報: Boca Raton : CRC Press, c2010  xvii, 244 p. ; 25 cm
シリーズ名: Chapman and Hall/CRC mathematical & computational biology series / series editors Alison M. Etheridge ... [et al.] ; 28
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
List of Tables
List of Figures
About the Author
Introduction to Glycobiology / 1:
Roles of carbohydrates / 1.1:
Glycan structures / 1.2:
Glycan classes / 1.3:
Glycan biosynthesis / 1.4:
N-linked glycans / 1.4.1:
O-linked glycans / 1.4.2:
Glycosaminoglycans (GAGs) / 1.4.3:
Glycosphingolipids (GSLs) / 1.4.4:
GPI anchors / 1.4.5:
LPS / 1.4.6:
Glycan motifs / 1.5:
Potential for drug discovery / 1.6:
Background / 2:
Glycan nomenclature / 2.1:
InChIÖ / 2.1.1:
(Extended) IUPAC format / 2.1.2:
CarbBank format / 2.1.3:
KCF format / 2.1.4:
LINUCS format / 2.1.5:
BCSDB format / 2.1.6:
Linear Code" / 2.1.7:
GlycoCT format / 2.1.8:
XML representations / 2.1.9:
Lectin-glycan interactions / 2.2:
Families and types of lectins / 2.2.1:
Carbohydrate-binding mechanism of lectins / 2.2.2:
Carbohydrate-carbohydrate interactions / 2.3:
Databases / 3:
Glycan structure databases / 3.1:
KEGG GLYCAN / 3.1.1:
GLYCOSCIENCES.de / 3.1.2:
CFG / 3.1.3:
BCSDB / 3.1.4:
GLYCO3D / 3.1.5:
MonoSaccharideDB / 3.1.6:
GlycomeDB / 3.1.7:
Glyco-gene databases / 3.2:
KEGG BRITE / 3.2.1:
GGDB / 3.2.2:
CAZy / 3.2.4:
Lipid databases / 3.3:
SphingoMAP© / 3.3.1:
LipidBank / 3.3.2:
LMSD / 3.3.3:
Lectin databases / 3.4:
Lectines / 3.4.1:
Animal Lectin DB / 3.4.2:
Others / 3.5:
GlycoEpitopeDB / 3.5.1:
ECODAB / 3.5.2:
SugarBindDB / 3.5.3:
Glycome Informatics / 4:
Terminology and notations / 4.1:
Algorithmic techniques / 4.2:
Tree structure alignment / 4.2.1:
Linkage analysis using score matrices / 4.2.2:
Glycan variation map / 4.2.3:
Bioinformatic methods / 4.3:
Glycan structure prediction from glycogene microarrays / 4.3.1:
Glyco-gene sequence and structure analysis / 4.3.2:
Glyco-related pathway analysis / 4.3.3:
Mass spectral data annotation / 4.3.4:
Data mining techniques / 4.4:
Kernel methods / 4.4.1:
Frequent subtree mining / 4.4.2:
Probabilistic models / 4.4.3:
Glycomics tools / 4.5:
Visualization tools / 4.5.1:
Pathway analysis tools / 4.5.2:
PDB data analysis / 4.5.3:
3D analysis tools / 4.5.4:
Molecular dynamics / 4.5.5:
Spectroscopic tools / 4.5.6:
NMR tools / 4.5.7:
Potential Research Projects / 5:
Sequence and structural analyses / 5.1:
Glycan score matrix / 5.1.1:
Visualization / 5.1.2:
Databases and techniques to integrate heterogeneous data sets / 5.2:
Automated characterization of glycans from MS data / 5.3:
Prediction of glycans from data other than MS / 5.4:
Biomarker prediction / 5.5:
Systems analyses / 5.6:
Drug discovery / 5.7:
Sequence Analysis Methods / A:
Pairwise sequence alignment (dynamic programming) / A.1:
Dynamic programming / A.1.1:
Sequence alignment / A.1.2:
BLOSUM (BLOcks Substitution Matrix) / A.2:
Machine Learning Methods / B:
Kernel methods and SVMs / B.1:
Hidden Markov models / B.2:
The three problems of interest for HMMs / B.2.1:
Expectation-Maximization (EM) algorithm / B.2.2:
Hidden tree Markov models / B.2.3:
Profile Hidden Markov models (profile HMMs) / B.2.4:
Glycomics Technologies / C:
Mass spectrometry (MS) / C.1:
MALDI-MS / C.1.l:
FT-ICR / C.1.2:
LC-MS (HPLC) / C.1.3:
Tandem MS / C.1.4:
Nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) / C.2:
References
Index
List of Tables
List of Figures
About the Author
36.

図書

図書
Brian R. Eggins
出版情報: Chichester, West Sussex : Wiley, c2002  xxi, 273 p. ; 23 cm
シリーズ名: Analytical Techniques in the Sciences(AnTS)
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Series Preface
Preface
Acronyms, Abbreviations and Symbols
About the Author
Introduction / 1:
Introduction to Sensors / 1.1:
What are Sensors? / 1.1.1:
The Nose as a Sensor / 1.1.2:
Sensors and Biosensors--Definitions / 1.2:
Aspects of Sensors / 1.3:
Recognition Elements / 1.3.1:
Transducers--the Detector Device / 1.3.2:
Methods of Immobilization / 1.3.3:
Performance Factors / 1.3.4:
Areas of Application / 1.3.5:
Transduction Elements / 2:
Electrochemical Transducers--Introduction / 2.1:
Potentiometry and Ion-Selective Electrodes: The Nernst Equation / 2.2:
Cells and Electrodes / 2.2.1:
Reference Electrodes / 2.2.2:
Quantitative Relationships: The Nernst Equation / 2.2.3:
Practical Aspects of Ion-Selective Electrodes / 2.2.4:
Measurement and Calibration / 2.2.5:
Voltammetry and Amperometry / 2.3:
Linear-Sweep Voltammetry / 2.3.1:
Cyclic Voltammetry / 2.3.2:
Chronoamperometry / 2.3.3:
Amperometry / 2.3.4:
Kinetic and Catalytic Effects / 2.3.5:
Conductivity / 2.4:
Field-Effect Transistors / 2.5:
Semiconductors--Introduction / 2.5.1:
Semiconductor--Solution Contact / 2.5.2:
Field-Effect Transistor / 2.5.3:
Modified Electrodes, Thin-Film Electrodes and Screen-Printed Electrodes / 2.6:
Thick-Film--Screen-Printed Electrodes / 2.6.1:
Microelectrodes / 2.6.2:
Thin-Film Electrodes / 2.6.3:
Photometric Sensors / 2.7:
Optical Techniques / 2.7.1:
Ultraviolet and Visible Absorption Spectroscopy / 2.7.3:
Fluorescence Spectroscopy / 2.7.4:
Luminescence / 2.7.5:
Optical Transducers / 2.7.6:
Device Construction / 2.7.7:
Solid-Phase Absorption Label Sensors / 2.7.8:
Applications / 2.7.9:
Further Reading
Sensing Elements / 3:
Ionic Recognition / 3.1:
Ion-Selective Electrodes--Introduction / 3.2.1:
Interferences / 3.2.2:
Conducting Devices / 3.2.3:
Modified Electrodes and Screen-Printed Electrodes / 3.2.4:
Molecular Recognition--Chemical Recognition Agents / 3.3:
Thermodynamic--Complex Formation / 3.3.1:
Kinetic--Catalytic Effects: Kinetic Selectivity / 3.3.2:
Molecular Size / 3.3.3:
Molecular Recognition--Spectroscopic Recognition / 3.4:
Infrared Spectroscopy--Molecular / 3.4.1:
Ultraviolet Spectroscopy--Less Selective / 3.4.3:
Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy--Needs Interpretation / 3.4.4:
Mass Spectrometry / 3.4.5:
Molecular Recognition--Biological Recognition Agents / 3.5:
Enzymes / 3.5.1:
Tissue Materials / 3.5.3:
Micro-Organisms / 3.5.4:
Mitochondria / 3.5.5:
Antibodies / 3.5.6:
Nucleic Acids / 3.5.7:
Receptors / 3.5.8:
Immobilization of Biological Components / 3.6:
Adsorption / 3.6.1:
Microencapsulation / 3.6.3:
Entrapment / 3.6.4:
Cross-Linking / 3.6.5:
Covalent Bonding / 3.6.6:
Selectivity / 4:
Ion-Selective Electrodes / 4.2.1:
Others / 4.2.2:
Sensitivity / 4.3:
Range, Linear Range and Detection Limits / 4.3.1:
Time Factors / 4.4:
Response Times / 4.4.1:
Recovery Times / 4.4.2:
Lifetimes / 4.4.3:
Precision, Accuracy and Repeatability / 4.5:
Different Biomaterials / 4.6:
Different Transducers / 4.7:
Urea Biosensors / 4.7.1:
Amino Acid Biosensors / 4.7.2:
Glucose Biosensors / 4.7.3:
Uric Acid / 4.7.4:
Some Factors Affecting the Performance of Sensors / 4.8:
Amount of Enzyme / 4.8.1:
Immobilization Method / 4.8.2:
pH of Buffer / 4.8.3:
Electrochemical Sensors and Biosensors / 5:
Potentiometric Sensors--Ion-Selective Electrodes / 5.1:
Concentrations and Activities / 5.1.1:
Calibration Graphs / 5.1.2:
Examples of Ion-Selective Electrodes / 5.1.3:
Gas Sensors--Gas-Sensing Electrodes / 5.1.4:
Potentiometric Biosensors / 5.2:
pH-Linked / 5.2.1:
Ammonia-Linked / 5.2.2:
Carbon Dioxide-Linked / 5.2.3:
Iodine-Selective / 5.2.4:
Silver Sulfide-Linked / 5.2.5:
Amperometric Sensors / 5.3:
Direct Electrolytic Methods / 5.3.1:
The Three Generations of Biosensors / 5.3.2:
First Generation--The Oxygen Electrode / 5.3.3:
Second Generation--Mediators / 5.3.4:
Third Generation--Directly Coupled Enzyme Electrodes / 5.3.5:
NADH/NAD[superscript +] / 5.3.6:
Examples of Amperometric Biosensors / 5.3.7:
Amperometric Gas Sensors / 5.3.8:
Conductometric Sensors and Biosensors / 5.4:
Chemiresistors / 5.4.1:
Biosensors Based on Chemiresistors / 5.4.2:
Semiconducting Oxide Sensors / 5.4.3:
Applications of Field-Effect Transistor Sensors / 5.5:
Chemically Sensitive Field-Effect Transistors (CHEMFETs) / 5.5.1:
Ion-Selective Field-Effect Transistors (ISFETs) / 5.5.2:
FET-Based Biosensors (ENFETs) / 5.5.3:
Photometric Applications / 6:
Techniques for Optical Sensors / 6.1:
Modes of Operation of Waveguides in Sensors / 6.1.1:
Immobilized Reagents / 6.1.2:
Visible Absorption Spectroscopy / 6.2:
Measurement of pH / 6.2.1:
Measurement of Carbon Dioxide / 6.2.2:
Measurement of Ammonia / 6.2.3:
Examples That Have Been Used in Biosensors / 6.2.4:
Fluorescent Reagents / 6.3:
Fluorescent Reagents for pH Measurements / 6.3.1:
Halides / 6.3.2:
Sodium / 6.3.3:
Potassium / 6.3.4:
Gas Sensors / 6.3.5:
Indirect Methods Using Competitive Binding / 6.4:
Reflectance Methods--Internal Reflectance Spectroscopy / 6.5:
Evanescent Waves / 6.5.1:
Reflectance Methods / 6.5.2:
Attenuated Total Reflectance / 6.5.3:
Total Internal Reflection Fluorescence / 6.5.4:
Surface Plasmon Resonance / 6.5.5:
Light Scattering Techniques / 6.6:
Types of Light Scattering / 6.6.1:
Quasi-Elastic Light Scattering Spectroscopy / 6.6.2:
Photon Correlation Spectroscopy / 6.6.3:
Laser Doppler Velocimetry / 6.6.4:
Mass-Sensitive and Thermal Sensors / 7:
The Piezo-Electric Effect / 7.1:
Principles / 7.1.1:
Gas Sensor Applications / 7.1.2:
Biosensor Applications / 7.1.3:
The Quartz Crystal Microbalance / 7.1.4:
Surface Acoustic Waves / 7.2:
Plate Wave Mode / 7.2.1:
Evanescent Wave Mode / 7.2.2:
Lamb Mode / 7.2.3:
Thickness Shear Mode / 7.2.4:
Thermal Sensors / 7.3:
Thermistors / 7.3.1:
Catalytic Gas Sensors / 7.3.2:
Thermal Conductivity Devices / 7.3.3:
Specific Applications / 8:
Determination of Glucose in Blood--Amperometric Biosensor / 8.1:
Survey of Biosensor Methods for the Determination of Glucose / 8.1.1:
Aim / 8.1.2:
Determination of Nanogram Levels of Copper(I) in Water Using Anodic Stripping Voltammetry, Employing an Electrode Modified with a Complexing Agent / 8.2:
Background to Stripping Voltammetry--Anodic and Cathodic / 8.2.1:
Determination of Several Ions Simultaneously--'The Laboratory on a Chip' / 8.2.2:
Sensor Arrays and 'Smart' Sensors / 8.3.1:
Background to Ion-Selective Field-Effect Transistors / 8.3.3:
Determination of Attomole Levels of a Trinitrotoluene--Antibody Complex with a Luminescent Transducer / 8.3.4:
Background to Immuno--Luminescent Assays / 8.4.1:
Determination of Flavanols in Beers / 8.4.2:
Background / 8.5.1:
Responses to Self-Assessment Questions / 8.5.2:
Bibliography
Glossary of Terms
SI Units and Physical Constants
Periodic Table
Index
Series Preface
Preface
Acronyms, Abbreviations and Symbols
37.

図書

図書
edited by Noritaka Mizuno
出版情報: Weinheim : Wiley-VCH, c2009  xv, 341 p. ; 25 cm
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
List of Contributors
Concepts in Selective Oxidation of Small Alkane Molecules / Robert Schlogl1:
Introduction / 1.1:
The Research Field / 1.2:
Substrate Activation / 1.3:
Active Oxygen Species / 1.4:
Catalyst Material Science / 1.5:
Conclusion / 1.6:
References
Active Ensemble Structures for Selective Oxidation Catalyses at Surfaces / Mizuki Tada ; Yasuhiro Iwasawa2:
Asymmetric Heterogeneous Catalysis Using Supported Metal Complexes / 2.1:
Asymmetric Catalysis for Oxidative Coupling of 2-Naphthol to BINOL / 2.2.2:
Active Re Clusters Entrapped in ZSM-5 Pores / 2.3:
Unique Catalytic Performance of Supported Gold Nanoparticles in Oxidation / Yunbo Yu ; Jiahui Huang ; Tamao Ishida ; Masatake Haruta2.4.4:
Low-Temperature CO Oxidation / 3.1:
Low-Temperature CO Oxidation in Air / 3.2.1:
Junction Perimeter Between Au Particles and the Support / 3.2.1.1:
Selection of Suitable Supports / 3.2.1.2:
Sensitivity to the Size of the Gold Particles / 3.2.1.3:
Mechanism for CO Oxidation Over Supported Gold Nanoparticles / 3.2.2:
Mechanisms Involving Junction Perimeter Between Gold and the Metal-Oxide Supports / 3.2.3.1:
Mechanisms Involving Specific Size or Thickness of Gold Clusters or Thin Layers / 3.2.3.2:
Mechanisms Involving Cationic Gold / 3.2.3.3:
Complete Oxidation of Volatile Organic Compounds / 3.3:
Gas-Phase Selective Oxidation of Organic Compounds / 3.4:
Gas-Phase Selective Oxidation of Aliphatic Alkanes / 3.4.1:
Gas-Phase Selective Oxidation of Alcohols / 3.4.2:
Gas-Phase Propylene Epoxidation / 3.4.3:
Liquid-Phase Selective Oxidation of Organic Compounds / 3.4.3.1:
Oxidation of Mono-Alcohols / 3.5.1:
Oxidation of Diols / 3.5.2:
Oxidation of Glycerol / 3.5.3:
Aerobic Oxidation of Glucose / 3.5.4:
Oxidation of Alkanes and Alkenes / 3.5.5:
Conclusions / 3.6:
Metal-Substituted Zeolites as Heterogeneous Oxidation Catalysts / Takashi Tatsumi4:
Introduction - Two Ways to Introduce Hetero-Metals into Zeolites / 4.1:
Titanium-Containing Zeolites / 4.2:
TS-1 / 4.2.1:
Ti-Beta / 4.2.2:
Ti-MWW / 4.2.3:
Other Titanium-Containing Zeolites / 4.2.4:
Solvent Effects and Reaction Intermediate / 4.2.5:
Other Metal-Containing Zeolites / 4.3:
Design of Well-Defined Active Sites on Crystalline Materials for Liquid-Phase Oxidations / Kiyotomi Kaneda ; Takato Mitsudome4.4:
Oxidation of Alcohols / 5.1:
Ru Catalyst / 5.2.1:
Pd Catalyst / 5.2.2:
Au Catalyst / 5.2.3:
Au-Pd Catalyst / 5.2.4:
Epoxidation of Olefins / 5.3:
Epoxidation with Hydrogen Peroxide / 5.3.1:
Titanium-Based Catalysts / 5.3.1.1:
Tungsten-Based Catalysts / 5.3.1.2:
Base Catalyst / 5.3.1.3:
Epoxidation with Molecular Oxygen / 5.3.2:
Cis-Dihydroxylation / 5.4:
Baeyer-Villiger Oxidation / 5.5:
C-H Activation Using Molecular Oxygen / 5.6:
Liquid-Phase Oxidations with Hydrogen Peroxide and Molecular Oxygen Catalyzed by Polyoxometalate-Based Compounds / Noritaka Mizuno ; Keigo Kamata ; Sayaka Uchida ; Kazuya Yamaguchi5.7:
Isopoly- and Heteropolyoxometalates / 6.1:
Peroxometalates / 6.2.2:
Lacunary Polyoxometalates / 6.2.3:
Transition-Metal-Substituted Polyoxometalates / 6.2.4:
Heterogenization of Polyoxometalates / 6.3:
Solidification of Polyoxometalates with Appropriate Cations / 6.3.1:
Metal and Alkylammonium Cations / 6.3.1.1:
Polycations / 6.3.1.2:
Cationic Organometallic Complexes / 6.3.1.3:
Immobilization of Polyoxometalate-Based Compounds / 6.3.2:
Wet Impregnation / 6.3.2.1:
Solvent-Anchoring and Covalent Linkage / 6.3.2.2:
Anion Exchange / 6.3.2.3:
Nitrous Oxide as an Oxygen Donor in Oxidation Chemistry and Catalysis / Gennady I. Panov ; Konstantin A. Dubkov ; Alexander S. Kharitonov6.4:
Molecular Structure and Physical Properties of Nitrous Oxide / 7.1:
Catalytic Oxidation by Nitrous Oxide in the Gas Phase / 7.3:
Oxidation of Lower Alkanes Over Oxide Catalysts / 7.3.1:
Oxidation Over Zeolites / 7.3.2:
Oxidation by Dioxygen / 7.3.2.1:
Nature of Zeolite Activity, a-Sites / 7.3.2.2:
Hydroxylation of Alkanes and Benzene Derivatives / 7.3.2.4:
Other Types of Oxidation Reactions / 7.3.2.6:
Liquid-Phase Oxidation of Alkenes / 7.4:
Linear Alkenes / 7.5.1.1:
Cyclic Alkenes / 7.5.1.2:
Cyclodienes / 7.5.1.3:
Bicyclic Alkenes / 7.5.1.4:
Heterocyclic Alkenes / 7.5.1.5:
Carboxidation of Polymers / 7.5.2:
Carboxidation of Polyethylene / 7.5.2.1:
Carboxidation of Polybutadiene Rubber / 7.5.2.2:
Direct Synthesis of Hydrogen Peroxide: Recent Advances / Gabriele Centi ; Siglinda Perathoner ; Salvatore Abate7.6:
Industrial Production / 8.1:
Uses of Hydrogen Peroxide / 8.1.2:
Status of Development and Perspectives of Industrial Production / 8.2:
Fundamental Studies / 8.2.2:
Intrinsically Safe Operations and Microreactors / 8.3.1:
Nature of the Catalyst and Reaction Network / 8.3.2:
Role of the Solvent and of Promoters / 8.3.3:
Recent Achievements and Challenges for a Greener Chemical Industry / Fabrizio Cavani ; Nicola Ballarini8.4:
Introduction: Old and New Challenges for Oxidation Catalysis in Industry / 9.1:
Recent Successful Examples of Alkanes Oxidation / 9.2:
Oxidation of Ethane to Acetic Acid / 9.2.1:
Ammoxidation of Propane to Acrylonitrile / 9.2.2:
New Oxidation Technologies: Oxidative Desulfurization (ODS) of Gas Oil / 9.3:
Process Intensification in Catalytic Oxidation / 9.4:
An Alternative Approach: Anaerobic Oxidation with Metal Oxides in a Cycle Process (from an Oxidation Catalyst to a Reusable Stoichiometric Oxidant) / 9.5:
Anaerobic Oxidation of Propene to Acrolein in a CFBR Reactor / 9.5.1:
Anaerobic Synthesis of 2-Methyl-1,4-Naphthoquinone (Menadione) / 9.5.2:
Anaerobic Oxidative Dehydrogenation of Propane to Propene / 9.5.3:
Production of Hydrogen from Methane with Oxide Materials and Inherent Segregation of Carbon Dioxide / 9.5.4:
Current and Developing Processes for the Transformation of Bioplatform Molecules into Chemicals by Catalytic Oxidation / 9.6:
Glycerol: A Versatile Building Block / 9.6.1:
Index / 9.7:
Preface
List of Contributors
Concepts in Selective Oxidation of Small Alkane Molecules / Robert Schlogl1:
38.

図書

図書
Thomas Heinzel
出版情報: Weinheim : Wiley-VCH, c2003  337 p. ; 25 cm
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introduction / 1:
Preliminary remarks / 1.1:
Mesoscopic transport / 1.2:
Ballistic transport / 1.2.1:
The quantum Hall effect and Shubnikov - de Haas oscillations / 1.2.2:
Size quantization / 1.2.3:
Phase coherence / 1.2.4:
Single electron tunnelling and quantum dots / 1.2.5:
Superlattices / 1.2.6:
Samples and experimental techniques / 1.2.7:
An Update of Solid State Physics / 2:
Crystal structures / 2.1:
Electronic energy bands / 2.2:
Occupation of energy bands / 2.3:
The electronic density of states / 2.3.1:
Occupation probability and chemical potential / 2.3.2:
Intrinsic carrier concentration / 2.3.3:
Envelope wave functions / 2.4:
Doping / 2.5:
Diffusive transport and the Boltzmann equation / 2.6:
The Boltzmann equation / 2.6.1:
The conductance predicted by the simplified Boltzmann equation / 2.6.2:
The magneto-resistivity tensor / 2.6.3:
Scattering mechanisms / 2.7:
Screening / 2.8:
Surfaces, Interfaces, and Layered Devices / 3:
Electronic surface states / 3.1:
Surface states in one dimension / 3.1.1:
Surfaces of 3-dimensional crystals / 3.1.2:
Band bending and Fermi level pinning / 3.1.3:
Semiconductor-metal interfaces / 3.2:
Band alignment and Schottky barriers / 3.2.1:
Ohmic contacts / 3.2.2:
Semiconductor heterointerfaces / 3.3:
Field effect transistors and quantum wells / 3.4:
The silicon metal-oxide-semiconductor FET (Si-MOSFET) / 3.4.1:
The Ga[Al]As high electron mobility transistor (GaAs-HEMT) / 3.4.2:
Other types of layered devices / 3.4.3:
Quantum confined carriers in comparison to bulk carriers / 3.4.4:
Experimental Techniques / 4:
Sample fabrication / 4.1:
Single crystal growth / 4.1.1:
Growth of layered structures / 4.1.2:
Lateral patterning / 4.1.3:
Metallization / 4.1.4:
Bonding / 4.1.5:
Elements of cryogenics / 4.2:
Properties of liquid helium / 4.2.1:
Helium cryostats / 4.2.2:
Electronic measurements on nanostructures / 4.3:
Sample holders / 4.3.1:
Application and detection of electronic signals / 4.3.2:
Important Quantities in Mesoscopic Transport / 5:
Magnetotransport Properties of Quantum Films / 6:
Landau quantization / 6.1:
2DEGs in perpendicular magnetic fields / 6.1.1:
The chemical potential in strong magnetic fields / 6.1.2:
The quantum Hall effect / 6.2:
Phenomenology / 6.2.1:
Origin of the integer quantum Hall effect / 6.2.2:
The quantum Hall effect and three dimensions / 6.2.3:
Elementary analysis of Shubnikov-de Haas oscillations / 6.3:
Some examples of magnetotransport experiments / 6.4:
Quasi-two-dimensional electron gases / 6.4.1:
Mapping of the probability density / 6.4.2:
Displacement of the quantum Hall plateaux / 6.4.3:
Parallel magnetic fields / 6.5:
Quantum Wires and Quantum Point Contacts / 7:
Diffusive quantum wires / 7.1:
Basic properties / 7.1.1:
Boundary scattering / 7.1.2:
Ballistic quantum wires / 7.2:
Conductance quantization in QPCs / 7.2.1:
Magnetic field effects / 7.2.3:
The "0.7 structure" / 7.2.4:
Four-probe measurements on ballistic quantum wires / 7.2.5:
The Landauer-Buttiker formalism / 7.3:
Edge states / 7.3.1:
Edge channels / 7.3.2:
Further examples of quantum wires / 7.4:
Conductance quantization in conventional metals / 7.4.1:
Carbon nanotubes / 7.4.2:
Quantum point contact circuits / 7.5:
Non-ohmic behavior of collinear QPCs / 7.5.1:
QPCs in parallel / 7.5.2:
Concluding remarks / 7.6:
Electronic Phase Coherence / 8:
The Aharonov-Bohm effect in mesoscopic conductors / 8.1:
Weak localization / 8.2:
Universal conductance fluctuations / 8.3:
Phase coherence in ballistic 2DEGs / 8.4:
Resonant tunnelling and S - matrices / 8.5:
Singe Electron Tunnelling / 9:
The principle of Coulomb blockade / 9.1:
Basic single electron tunnelling circuits / 9.2:
Coulomb blockade at the double barrier / 9.2.1:
Current-voltage characteristics: the Coulomb staircase / 9.2.2:
The SET transistor / 9.2.3:
SET circuits with many islands; the single electron pump / 9.3:
Quantum Dots / 10:
Phenomenology of quantum dots / 10.1:
The constant interaction model / 10.2:
Beyond the constant interaction model / 10.3:
Shape of conductance resonances and current-voltage characteristics / 10.4:
Other types of quantum dots / 10.5:
Mesoscopic Superlattices / 11:
One-dimensional superlattices / 11.1:
Two-dimensional superlattices / 11.2:
SI and cgs Units / A:
Appendices
Correlation and Convolution / B:
Fourier transofrmation / B.1:
Convolutions / B.2:
Correlation functions / B.3:
Capacitance Matrix and Electrostatic Energy / C:
The Transfer Hamiltonian / D:
Solutions to Selected Exercises / E:
References
Index
Introduction / 1:
Preliminary remarks / 1.1:
Mesoscopic transport / 1.2:
39.

図書

図書
Alfredo H-S. Ang, Wilson H. Tang
出版情報: New York : Wiley, 1975  xiii, 409 p. ; 24 cm
シリーズ名: Probability concepts in engineering planning and design ; v. 1
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Role of Probability in Engineering / 1:
Introduction / 1.1:
Uncertainty in Real-World Information / 1.2:
Uncertainty Associated with Randomness / 1.2.1:
Uncertainty Associated with Imperfect Modeling and Estimation / 1.2.2:
Design and Decision-Making Under Uncertainty / 1.3:
Planning and Design of Airport Pavement / 1.3.1:
Hydrologic Design / 1.3.2:
Design of Structures and Machines / 1.3.3:
Geotechnical Design / 1.3.4:
Construction Planning and Management / 1.3.5:
Photogrammetric, Geodetic, and Surveying Measurements / 1.3.6:
Control and Standards / 1.4:
Concluding Remarks / 1.5:
Basic Probability Concepts / 2:
Events and Probability / 2.1:
Characteristics of Probability Problems / 2.1.1:
Calculation of Probability / 2.1.2:
Elements of Set Theory / 2.2:
Definitions / 2.2.1:
Combination of Events / 2.2.2:
Operational Rules / 2.2.3:
Mathematics of Probability / 2.3:
Basic Axioms of Probability Addition Rule / 2.3.1:
Conditional Probability Multiplication Rule / 2.3.2:
Theorem of Total Probability / 2.3.3:
Bayes' Theorem / 2.3.4:
Concluding Remarks Problems / 2.4:
Analytical Models of Random Phenomena / 3:
Random Variables / 3.1:
Probability Distribution of a Random Variable / 3.1.1:
Main Descriptors of a Random Variable / 3.1.2:
Useful Probability Distributions / 3.2:
The Normal Distribution / 3.2.1:
The Logarithmic Normal Distribution / 3.2.2:
Bernoulli Sequence and the Binomial Distribution / 3.2.3:
The Geometric Distribution / 3.2.4:
The Negative Binomial Distribution / 3.2.5:
The Poisson Process and Poisson Distribution / 3.2.6:
The Exponential Distribution / 3.2.7:
The Gamma Distribution / 3.2.8:
The Hypergeometric Distribution / 3.2.9:
The Beta Distribution / 3.2.10:
Other Distributions / 3.2.11:
Multiple Random Variables / 3.3:
Joint and Conditional Probability Distributions / 3.3.1:
Covariance and Correlation / 3.3.2:
Conditional Mean and Variance / 3.3.3:
Functions of Random Variables / 3.4:
Derived Probability Distributions / 4.1:
Function of Single Random Variable / 4.2.1:
Function of Multiple Random Variables / 4.2.2:
Moments of Functions of Random Variables / 4.3:
Mean and Variance of a Linear Function / 4.3.1:
Product of Independent Variates / 4.3.3:
Mean and Variance of a General Function / 4.3.4:
Estimating Parameters from Observational Data / 4.4:
The Role of Statistical Inference in Engineering / 5.1:
Inherent Variability and Estimation Error / 5.1.1:
Classical Approach to Estimation of Parameters / 5.2:
Random Sampling and Point Estimation / 5.2.1:
Interval Estimation of the Mean / 5.2.2:
Problems of Measurement Theory / 5.2.3:
Interval Estimation of the Variance / 5.2.4:
Estimation of Proportion / 5.2.5:
Empirical Determination of Distribution Models / 5.3:
Probability Paper / 6.1:
The Normal Probability Paper / 6.2.1:
The Log-Normal Probability Paper / 6.2.2:
Construction of General Probability Paper / 6.2.3:
Testing Validity of Assumed Distribution / 6.3:
Chi-Square Test for Distribution / 6.3.1:
Kolmogorov-Smirnov Test for Distribution / 6.3.2:
Regression and Correlation Analyses / 6.4:
Basic Formulation of Linear Regression / 7.1:
Regression with Constant Variance / 7.1.1:
Regression with Nonconstant Variance / 7.1.2:
Multiple Linear Regression / 7.2:
Nonlinear Regression / 7.3:
Applications of Regression Analysis in Engineering / 7.4:
Correlation Analysis / 7.5:
Estimation of Correlation Coefficient / 7.5.1:
The Bayesian Approach / 7.6:
Basic Concepts-The Discrete Case / 8.1:
The Continuous Case / 8.3:
General Formulation / 8.3.1:
A Special Application of Bayesian Up-dating Process / 8.3.2:
Bayesian Concepts in Sampling Theory / 8.4:
Sampling from Normal Population / 8.4.1:
Error in Estimation / 8.4.3:
Use of Conjugate Distributions / 8.4.4:
Elements of Quality Assurance and Acceptance Sampling / 8.5:
Acceptance Sampling by Attributes / 9.1:
The Operating Characteristic (OC) Curve / 9.1.1:
The Success Run / 9.1.2:
The Average Outgoing Quality Curve / 9.1.3:
Acceptance Sampling by Variables / 9.2:
Average Quality Criterion, sigma Known / 9.2.1:
Average Quality Criterion, sigma Unknown / 9.2.2:
Fraction Defective Criterion / 9.2.3:
Multiple-Stage Sampling / 9.3:
Probability Tables / 9.4:
Table of Standard Normal Probability / Table A.1:
p-Percentile Values of the t-Distribution / Table A.2:
p-Percentile Values of the x 2 -Distribution / Table A.3:
Critical Values of D alpha; in the Kolmogorov-Smirnov Test / Table A.4:
Combinatorial Formulas / Appendix B:
Derivation of the Poisson Distribution / Appendix C:
References
Index
Role of Probability in Engineering / 1:
Introduction / 1.1:
Uncertainty in Real-World Information / 1.2:
40.

図書

図書
Govind P. Agrawal
出版情報: Boston ; Tokyo : Academic Press, c1989  xii, 342 p. ; 24 cm
シリーズ名: Quantum electronics : principles and applications
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Introduction / 1:
Historical Perspective / 1.1:
Fiber Characteristics / 1.2:
Material and Fabrication / 1.2.1:
Fiber Losses / 1.2.2:
Chromatic Dispersion / 1.2.3:
Polarization-Mode Dispersion / 1.2.4:
Fiber Nonlinearities / 1.3:
Nonlinear Refraction / 1.3.1:
Stimulated Inelastic Scattering / 1.3.2:
Importance of Nonlinear Effects / 1.3.3:
Overview / 1.4:
Problems
References
Pulse Propagation in Fibers / 2:
Maxwell's Equations / 2.1:
Fiber Modes / 2.2:
Eigenvalue Equation / 2.2.1:
Single-Mode Condition / 2.2.2:
Characteristics of the Fundamental Mode / 2.2.3:
Pulse-Propagation Equation / 2.3:
Nonlinear Pulse Propagation / 2.3.1:
Higher-Order Nonlinear Effects / 2.3.2:
Numerical Methods / 2.4:
Split-Step Fourier Method / 2.4.1:
Finite-Difference Methods / 2.4.2:
Group-Velocity Dispersion / 3:
Different Propagation Regimes / 3.1:
Dispersion-Induced Pulse Broadening / 3.2:
Gaussian Pulses / 3.2.1:
Chirped Gaussian Pulses / 3.2.2:
Hyperbolic-Secant Pulses / 3.2.3:
Super-Gaussian Pulses / 3.2.4:
Experimental Results / 3.2.5:
Third-Order Dispersion / 3.3:
Changes in Pulse Shape / 3.3.1:
Broadening Factor / 3.3.2:
Arbitrary-Shape Pulses / 3.3.3:
Ultrashort-Pulse Measurements / 3.3.4:
Dispersion Management / 3.4:
GVD-Induced Limitations / 3.4.1:
Dispersion Compensation / 3.4.2:
Compensation of Third-Order Dispersion / 3.4.3:
Self-Phase Modulation / 4:
SPM-Induced Spectral Broadening / 4.1:
Nonlinear Phase Shift / 4.1.1:
Changes in Pulse Spectra / 4.1.2:
Effect of Pulse Shape and Initial Chirp / 4.1.3:
Effect of Partial Coherence / 4.1.4:
Effect of Group-Velocity Dispersion / 4.2:
Pulse Evolution / 4.2.1:
Optical Wave Breaking / 4.2.2:
Effect of Third-Order Dispersion / 4.2.4:
Self-Steepening / 4.3:
Effect of GVD on Optical Shocks / 4.3.2:
Intrapulse Raman Scattering / 4.3.3:
Optical Solitons / 5:
Modulation Instability / 5.1:
Linear Stability Analysis / 5.1.1:
Gain Spectrum / 5.1.2:
Experimental Observation / 5.1.3:
Ultrashort Pulse Generation / 5.1.4:
Impact on Lightwave Systems / 5.1.5:
Fiber Solitons / 5.2:
Inverse Scattering Method / 5.2.1:
Fundamental Soliton / 5.2.2:
Higher-Order Solitons / 5.2.3:
Experimental Confirmation / 5.2.4:
Soliton Stability / 5.2.5:
Other Types of Solitons / 5.3:
Dark Solitons / 5.3.1:
Dispersion-Managed Solitons / 5.3.2:
Bistable Solitons / 5.3.3:
Perturbation of Solitons / 5.4:
Perturbation Methods / 5.4.1:
Soliton Amplification / 5.4.2:
Soliton Interaction / 5.4.4:
Higher-Order Effects / 5.5:
Propagation of Femtosecond Pulses / 5.5.1:
Polarization Effects / 6:
Nonlinear Birefringence / 6.1:
Origin of Nonlinear Birefringence / 6.1.1:
Coupled-Mode Equations / 6.1.2:
Elliptically Birefringent Fibers / 6.1.3:
Nondispersive XPM / 6.2:
Optical Kerr Effect / 6.2.2:
Pulse Shaping / 6.2.3:
Evolution of Polarization State / 6.3:
Analytic Solution / 6.3.1:
Poincare-Sphere Representation / 6.3.2:
Polarization Instability / 6.3.3:
Polarization Chaos / 6.3.4:
Vector Modulation Instability / 6.4:
Low-Birefringence Fibers / 6.4.1:
High-Birefringence Fibers / 6.4.2:
Isotropic Fibers / 6.4.3:
Birefringence and Solitons / 6.4.4:
Soliton-Dragging Logic Gates / 6.5.1:
Vector Solitons / 6.5.4:
Random Birefringence / 6.6:
Polarization State of Solitons / 6.6.1:
Cross-Phase Modulation / 7:
XPM-Induced Nonlinear Coupling / 7.1:
Nonlinear Refractive Index / 7.1.1:
Coupled NLS Equations / 7.1.2:
Propagation in Birefringent Fibers / 7.1.3:
XPM-Induced Modulation Instability / 7.2:
XPM-Paired Solitons / 7.2.1:
Bright-Dark Soliton Pair / 7.3.1:
Bright-Gray Soliton Pair / 7.3.2:
Other Soliton Pairs / 7.3.3:
Spectral and Temporal Effects / 7.4:
Asymmetric Spectral Broadening / 7.4.1:
Asymmetric Temporal Changes / 7.4.2:
Applications of XPM / 7.4.3:
XPM-Induced Pulse Compression / 7.5.1:
XPM-Induced Optical Switching / 7.5.2:
XPM-Induced Nonreciprocity / 7.5.3:
Stimulated Raman Scattering / 8:
Basic Concepts / 8.1:
Raman-Gain Spectrum / 8.1.1:
Raman Threshold / 8.1.2:
Coupled Amplitude Equations / 8.1.3:
Quasi-Continuous SRS / 8.2:
Single-Pass Raman Generation / 8.2.1:
Raman Fiber Lasers / 8.2.2:
Raman Fiber Amplifiers / 8.2.3:
Raman-Induced Crosstalk / 8.2.4:
SRS with Short Pump Pulses / 8.3:
Pulse-Propagation Equations / 8.3.1:
Nondispersive Case / 8.3.2:
Effects of GVD / 8.3.3:
Synchronously Pumped Raman Lasers / 8.3.4:
Soliton Effects / 8.4:
Raman Solitons / 8.4.1:
Raman Soliton Lasers / 8.4.2:
Soliton-Effect Pulse Compression / 8.4.3:
Effect of Four-Wave Mixing / 8.5:
Stimulated Brillouin Scattering / 9:
Physical Process / 9.1:
Brillouin-Gain Spectrum / 9.1.2:
Quasi-CW SBS / 9.2:
Coupled Intensity Equations / 9.2.1:
Brillouin Threshold / 9.2.2:
Gain Saturation / 9.2.3:
Dynamic Aspects / 9.2.4:
Relaxation Oscillations / 9.3.1:
Modulation Instability and Chaos / 9.3.3:
Transient Regime / 9.3.4:
Brillouin Fiber Lasers / 9.4:
CW Operation / 9.4.1:
Pulsed Operation / 9.4.2:
SBS Applications / 9.5:
Brillouin Fiber Amplifiers / 9.5.1:
Fiber Sensors / 9.5.2:
Parametric Processes / 10:
Origin of Four-Wave Mixing / 10.1:
Theory of Four-Wave Mixing / 10.2:
Approximate Solution / 10.2.1:
Effect of Phase Matching / 10.2.3:
Ultrafast FWM / 10.2.4:
Phase-Matching Techniques / 10.3:
Physical Mechanisms / 10.3.1:
Phase Matching in Multimode Fibers / 10.3.2:
Phase Matching in Single-Mode Fibers / 10.3.3:
Phase Matching in Birefringent Fibers / 10.3.4:
Parametric Amplification / 10.4:
Gain and Bandwidth / 10.4.1:
Pump Depletion / 10.4.2:
Parametric Amplifiers / 10.4.3:
Parametric Oscillators / 10.4.4:
FWM Applications / 10.5:
Wavelength Conversion / 10.5.1:
Phase Conjugation / 10.5.2:
Squeezing / 10.5.3:
Supercontinuum Generation / 10.5.4:
Second-Harmonic Generation / 10.6:
Physical Mechanism / 10.6.1:
Simple Theory / 10.6.3:
Quasi-Phase-Matching Technique / 10.6.4:
Decibel Units / Appendix A:
Acronyms / Appendix B:
Index
Preface
Introduction / 1:
Historical Perspective / 1.1:
41.

図書

図書
edited by Challa S.S.R. Kumar
出版情報: Weinheim : Wiley-VCH, c2010  xix, 431 p. ; 25 cm
シリーズ名: Nanomaterials for the life sciences / edited by Challa S.S.R. Kumar ; v. 5
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
List of Contributors
Polymer Thin Films for Biomedical Applications / Venkat K. Vendra ; Lin Wu ; Sitaraman Krishnan1:
Introduction / 1.1:
Biocompatible Coatings / 1.2:
Protein-Repellant Coatings / 1.2.1:
Pegylated Thin Films / 1.2.1.1:
Non-Pegylated Hydrophilic Thin Films / 1.2.1.2:
Thin Films of Hyperbranched Polymers / 1.2.1.3:
Multilayer Thin Films / 1.2.1.4:
Antithrombogenic Coatings / 1.2.2:
Surface Chemistry and Blood Compatibility / 1.2.2.1:
Membrane-Mimetic Thin Films / 1.2.2.2:
Heparin-Mimetic Thin Films / 1.2.2.3:
Clot-Lyzing Thin Films / 1.2.2.4:
Polyelectrolyte Multilayer Thin Films / 1.2.2.5:
Polyurethane Coatings / 1.2.2.6:
Vapor-Deposited Thin Films / 1.2.2.7:
Antimicrobial Coatings / 1.2.3:
Cationic Polymers / 1.2.3.1:
Nanocomposite Polymer Thin Films Incorporating Inorganic Biocides / 1.2.3.2:
Antibiotic-Conjugated Polymer Thin Films / 1.2.3.3:
Biomimetic Antibacterial Coatings / 1.2.3.4:
Thin Films Resistant to the Adhesion of Viable Bacteria" / 1.2.3.5:
Coatings for Tissue Engineering Substrates / 1.3:
Zwitterionic Thin Films / 1.3.1:
Polysaccharide-Based Thin Films / 1.3.3:
Temperature-Responsive Polymer Coatings / 1.3.6:
Electroactive Thin Films / 1.3.8:
Other Functional Polymer Coatings / 1.3.9:
Multilayer Thin Films for Cell Encapsulation / 1.3.10:
Patterned Thin Films / 1.3.11:
Polymer Thin Films for Drug Delivery / 1.4:
Polymer Thin Films for Gene Delivery / 1.5:
Conclusions / 1.6:
References
Biofunctionalization of Polymeric Thin Films and Surfaces / Holger Schönherr2:
Introduction: The Case of Biofunctionalized Surfaces and Interfaces / 2.1:
Polymer-Based Biointerfaces / 2.2:
Requirements for Biofunctionalized Polymer Surfaces / 2.2.1:
Surface Modification Using Functional Polymers and Polymer-Based Approaches / 2.2.2:
Grafting of Polymers to Surfaces / 2.2.2.1:
Polymer Brushes by Surface-Initiated Polymerization / 2.2.2.2:
Physisorbed Multifunctional Polymers / 2.2.2.3:
Multipotent Covalent Coatings / 2.2.2.4:
Plasma Polymerization and Chemical Vapor Deposition (CVD) Approaches / 2.2.2.5:
Surface Modification of Polymer Surfaces, and Selected Examples / 2.2.3:
Coupling and Bioconjugation Strategies / 2.2.3.1:
Interaction with Cells / 2.2.3.2:
Patterned Polymeric Thin Films in Biosensor Applications / 2.2.3.3:
Summary and Future Perspectives / 2.3:
Stimuli-Responsive Polymer Nanocoatings / Ana L. Cordeiro3:
Stimuli-Responsive Polymers / 3.1:
Polymers Responsive to Temperature / 3.2.1:
Polymers Responsive to pH / 3.2.2:
Dual Responsive/Multiresponsive Polymers / 3.2.3:
Intelligent Bioconjugates / 3.2.4:
Responsive Biopolymers / 3.2.5:
Polymer Films and Interfacial Analysis / 3.3:
Applications / 3.4:
Release Matrices / 3.4.1:
Cell Sheet Engineering / 3.4.2:
Biofilm Control / 3.4.3:
Cell Sorting / 3.4.4:
Stimuli-Modulated Membranes / 3.4.5:
Chromatography / 3.4.6:
Microfluidics and Laboratory-on-a-Chip / 3.4.7:
Acknowledgments / 3.5:
Ceramic Nanocoatings and Their Applications in the Life Sciences / Eng San Thian4:
Magnetron Sputtering / 4.1:
Physical and Chemical Properties of SiHA Coatings / 4.3:
Biological Properties of SiHA Coatings / 4.4:
In Vitro Acellular Testing / 4.4.1:
In Vitro Cellular Testing / 4.4.2:
Future Perspectives / 4.5:
Gold Nanofilrns: Synthesis, Characterization, and Potential Biomedical Applications / Shiho Tokonami ; Hiroshi Shiigi ; Tsutomu Nagaoka4.6:
Preparation of Various AuNPs / 5.1:
Functionalization of AuNPs and their Applications through Aggregation / 5.3:
AuNP Assemblies and Arrays / 5.4:
AuNP Assemblies Structured on Substrates / 5.4.1:
AuNP Assembly on Biotemplates / 5.4.2:
AuNP Arrays for Gas Sensing / 5.4.3:
AuNP Arrays for Biosensing / 5.4.4:
Thin Films on Titania, and Their Applications in the Life Sciences / Izabella Brand ; Martina Nullmeier5.5:
Titanium in Contact with a Biomaterial / 6.1:
Lipid Bilayers at the Titania Surface / 6.3:
Formation of Lipid Bilayers on the Titania Surface / 6.3.1:
Spreading of Vesicles on a TiO2 Surface: Comparison to a SiO2 Surface / 6.3.1.1:
Interactions: lipid Molecule-Titania Surface / 6.3.2:
Structure and Conformation of lipid Molecules in the Bilayer on the Titania Surface / 6.3.3:
Structure of Phosphatidylcholine on the Titania Surface / 6.3.3.1:
Characteristics of Extracellular Matrix Proteins on the Titania Surface / 6.4:
Collagen Adsorption on Titania Surfaces / 6.4.1:
Morphology of Collagen Adsorbed on an Oxidized Titanium Surface / 6.4.1.1:
Adsorption of Collagen on a Hydroxylated Titania Surface / 6.4.1.2:
Morphology and Structure of Collagen Adsorbed on a Calcified Titania Surface / 6.4.1.3:
Structure of Collagen on the Titania Surface: Theoretical Predictions / 6.4.1.4:
Fibronectin Adsorption on the Titania Surface / 6.4.2:
Morphology of Fibronectin Adsorbed on the Titania Surface / 6.4.2.1:
Fibronectin-Titania Interactions / 6.4.2.2:
Structure of Fibronectin Adsorbed onto the Titania Surface / 6.4.2.3:
Atomic-Scale Picture of Fibronectin Adsorbed on the Titania Surface: Theoretical Predictions / 6.4.2.4:
Preparation, Characterization, and Potential Biomedical Applications of Nanostructured Zirconia Coatings and Films / Xuanyong Liu ; Ying Xu ; Paul K. Chu6.4.2.5:
Preparation and Characterization of Nano-ZrO2 Films / 7.1:
Cathodic Arc Plasma Deposition / 7.2.1:
Plasma Spraying / 7.2.2:
Sol-Gel Methods / 7.2.3:
Electrochemical Deposition / 7.2.4:
Anodic Oxidation and Micro-Arc Oxidation / 7.2.5:
Bioactivity of Nano-ZrO2 Coatings and Films / 7.2.6:
Cell Behavior on Nano-ZrO2 Coatings and Films / 7.4:
Applications of Nano-ZrO2 Films to Biosensors / 7.5:
Free-Standing Nanostructured Thin Films / Izumi Ichinose8:
The Roles of Free-Standing Thin Films / 8.1:
Films as Partitions / 8.2.1:
Nanoseparation Membranes / 8.2.2:
Biomembranes / 8.2.3:
Free-Standing Thin Films with Bilayer Structures / 8.3:
Supported Lipid Bilayers and "Black Lipid Membranes" / 8.3.1:
Foam Films and Newton Black Films / 8.3.2:
Dried Foam Film / 8.3.3:
Foam Films of Ionic Liquids / 8-3.4:
Free-Standing Thin Films Prepared with Solid Surfaces / 8.4:
Free-Standing Thin Films of Nanoparticles / 8.5:
Nanofibrous Free-Standing Thin Films / 8.6:
Electrospinning and Filtration Methods / 8.6.1:
Metal Hydroxide Nanostrands / 8.6.2:
Nanofibrous Composite Films / 8:6.3:
Dip-Pen Nanolithography of Nanostructured Thin Films for the Life Sciences / Euiseok Kim ; Yuan-Shin Lee ; Ravi Aggarwal ; Roger J. Narayan8.6.4:
Dip-Pen Nanolithography / 9.1:
Important Parameters / 9.2.1:
Applications of DPN / 9.2.2:
Direct and Indirect Patterning of Biomaterials Using DPN / 9.3:
Background / 9.3.1:
Direct Patterning / 9.3.2:
Indirect Patterning / 9.3.3:
Applications of DPN for Medical Diagnostics and Drug Development / 9.4:
General Methods of Nano/Micro Bioarray Patterning / 9.4.1:
Virus Array Generation and Detection Tests / 9.4.2:
Diagnosis of Allergic Disease / 9.4.3:
Cancer Detection Using Nano/Micro Protein Arrays / 9.4.4:
Drug Development / 9.4.5:
Lab-on-a-Chip Using Microarrays / 9.4.6:
Summary and Future Directions / 9.5:
Understanding and Controlling Wetting Phenomena at the Micro-and Nanoscales / Zuankai Wang ; Nikhil Koratkar10:
Wetting and Contact Angle / 10.1:
Design and Creation of Superhydrophobic Surfaces / 10.3:
Design Parameters for a Robust Composite Interface / 10.3.1:
Creation of Superhydrophobic Surfaces / 10.3.2:
Superhydrophobic Surfaces with Unitary Roughness / 10.3.3:
Superhydrophobic Surfaces with Two-Scale Roughness / 10.3.4:
Superhydrophobic Surfaces with Reentrant Structure / 10.3.5:
Impact Dynamics of Water on Superhydrophobic Surfaces / 10.4:
Impact Dynamics on Nanostructured MWNT Surfaces / 10.4.1:
Impact Dynamics on Micropattemed Surfaces / 10.4.2:
Electrically Controlled Wettability Switching on Superhydrophobic Surfaces / 10.5:
Reversible Control of Wettability Using Electrostatic Methods / 10.5.1:
Electrowetting on Superhydrophobic Surfaces / 10.5.2:
Novel Strategies for Reversible Electrowetting on Rough Surfaces / 10.5.3:
Electrochemically Controlled Wetting of Superhydrophobic Surfaces / 10.6:
Polarity-Dependent Wetting of Nanotube Membranes / 10.6.1:
Mechanism of Polarity-Dependent Wetting and Transport / 10.6.2:
Potential Applications of Electrochemically Controlled Wetting and Transport / 10.6.3:
Imaging of Thin Films, and Its Application in the Life Sciences / Silvia Mittler10.7:
Thin Film Preparation Methods / 11.1:
Dip-Coating / 11.2.1:
Spin-Coating / 11.2.2:
Langmuir-Blodgett (LB) Films
Self-Assembled Monolayers / 11.2.4:
Layer-by-Layer Assembly / 11.2.5:
Polymer Brushes: The "Grafting-From" Approach / 11.2.6:
Structuring: The Micro- and Nanostructuring of Thin Films / 11.3:
Photolithography / 11.3.1:
Ion Lithography and FIB Lithography / 11.3.2:
Electron lithography / 11.3.3:
Micro-Contact Printing and Nanoimprinting (NIL) / 11.3.4:
Near-Field Scanning Methods / 11.3.5:
Other Methods / 11.3.6:
Imaging Technologies / 11.4:
The Concept of Total Internal Reflection / 11.4.1:
The Concept of Waveguiding / 11.4.2:
Brewster Angle Microscopy (BAM) / 11.4.3:
Resonant Evanescent Methods / 11.4.4:
Surface Plasmon Resonance Microscopy / 11.4.4.1:
Waveguide Resonance Microscopy / 11.4.4.2:
Surface Plasmon Enhanced Fluorescence Microscopy / 11.4.4.3:
Waveguide Resonance Microscopy with Electro-Optical Response / 11.4.4.4:
Nonresonant Evanescent Methods / 11.4.5:
Total Internal Reflection Fluorescence (TIRF) Microscopy / 11.4.5.1:
Waveguide Scattering Microscopy / 11.4.5.2:
Waveguide Evanescent Field Fluorescence Microscopy (WEFFM) / 11.4.5.3:
Confocal Raman Microscopy and One- and Two-Photon Fluorescence Confocal Microscopy / 11.4.5.4:
Application of Thin Films in the Life Sciences / 11.5:
Sensors / 11.5.1:
Surface Functionalization for Biocompatibility / 11.5.2:
Drug Delivery / 11.5.3:
Bioreactors / 11.5.4:
Cell-Surface Mimicking / 11.5.5:
Summary / 11.6:
Structural Characterization Techniques of Molecular Aggregates, Polymer, and Nanoparticle Films / Takeshi Hasegawa12:
Characterization of Ultrathin Films of Soft Materials / 12.1:
X-Ray Diffraction Analysis / 12.2.1:
Infrared Transmission and Reflection Spectroscopy / 12.2.2:
Multiple-Angle Incidence Resolution Spectrometry (MAIRS) / 12.2.3:
Theoretical Background of MAIRS / 12.2.3.1:
Molecular Orientation Analysis in Polymer Thin Films by IR-MAIRS / 12.2.3.2:
Analysis of Metal Thin Films / 12.2.3.3:
Index
Preface
List of Contributors
Polymer Thin Films for Biomedical Applications / Venkat K. Vendra ; Lin Wu ; Sitaraman Krishnan1:
42.

図書

図書
edited by Thomas Wirth
出版情報: Weinheim : Wiley-VCH, c2012  xiv, 448 p. ; 25 cm
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
List of Contributor
Electrophilic Selenium / Claudio Santi ; Stefano Santoro1:
General Introduction / 1.1:
Synthesis of Electrophilic Selenium Reagents / 1.1.1:
Reactivity and Properties / 1.1.2:
Addition Reactions to Double Bonds / 1.2:
Addition Reaction Involving Oxygen Centered Nucleophiles / 1.2.1:
Addition Reaction Involving Nitrogen Centered Nucleophiles / 1.2.2:
Addition Reactions Involving Carbon Centered Nucleophiles / 1.2.3:
Addition Reaction Involving Chiral Nucleophiles or Chiral Substrates / 1.2.4:
Selenocyclizations / 1.3:
Oxygen Nucleophiles / 1.3.1:
Nitrogen Nucleophiles / 1.3.2:
Competition between Oxygen and Nitrogen Nucleophiles / 1.3.3:
Carbon Nucleophiles / 1.3.4:
Double Cyclization Reactions / 1.3.5:
References
Nucleophilic Selenium / Michio Iwaoka2:
Introduction / 2.1:
Development of Nucleophilic Selenium Reagents / 2.1.1:
Examples of Recent Applications / 2.1.2:
Properties of Selenols and Selenolates / 2.2:
Electronegativity of Selenium / 2.2.1:
Tautomerism of Selenols / 2.2.2:
Nudeophilicity of Selenolates / 2.2.3:
Inorganic Nucleophilic Selenium Reagents / 2.3:
Conventional Reagents / 2.3.1:
New Reagents / 2.3.2:
Organic Nucleophilic Selenium Reagents / 2.4:
Preparation / 2.4.1:
Structure / 2.4.2:
Ammonium Selenolates (NH4+) / 2.4.3:
Selenolates of Group 1 Elements (Li, Na, K, and Cs) / 2.4.4:
Selenolates of Group 2 Elements (Mg, Ca, and Ba) / 2.4.5:
Selenolates of Group 3 Elements (Sm, Ce, Pr, Nb, and U) / 2.4.6:
Selenolates of Group 4 Elements (Ti, Zr, and Hf) / 2.4.7:
Selenolates of Group 5 Elements (V, Nb, and Ta) / 2.4.8:
Selenolates of Group 6 Elements (Mo and W) / 2.4.9:
Selenolates of Group 7 Elements (Mn and Re) / 2.4.10:
Selenolates of Group 8 Elements (Fe,Ru, and Os) / 2.4.11:
Selenolates of Group 9 Elements (Co, Rh, and Ir) / 2.4.12:
Selenolates of Group 10 Elements (Ni,Pd, and Pt) / 2.4.13:
Selenolates of Group 11 Elements (Cu, Ag, and Au) / 2.4.14:
Selenolates of Group 12 Elements (Zn, Cd, and Hg) / 2.4.15:
Selenolates of Group 13 Elements (B, Al, Ga, and In) / 2.4.16:
Selenolates of Group 14 Elements (Si, Ge, Sn, and Pb) / 2.4.17:
Selenolates of Group 15 Elements (P, As, Sb, and Bi) / 2.4.18:
Selenium Compounds in Radical Reactions / W. Russell Bowman3:
Homolytic Substitution at Selenium to Generate Radical Precursors / 3.1:
Bimolecular SH2 Reactions: Synthetic Considerations / 3.1.1:
Radical Reagents / 3.1.1.1:
Alkyl Radicals from Selenide Precursors / 3.1.2:
Acyl Radicals from Acyl Selenide Precursors / 3.1.3:
Imidoyl Radicals from Imidoyl Selenides / 3.1.4:
Other Radicals from Selenide Precursors / 3.1.5:
Selenide Building Blocks / 3.2:
Solid Phase Synthesis / 3.3:
Selenide Precursors in Radical Domino Reactions / 3.4:
Homolytic Substitution at Selenium for the Synthesis of Se Containing Products / 3.5:
Intermolecular SH2 onto Se / 3.5.1:
Intramolecular SH2: Cyclization onto Se / 3.5.2:
Seleno Group Transfer onto Alkenes and Alkynes / 3.6:
Seleno Selenation / 3.6.1:
Seleno Sulfonation / 3.6.2:
Seleno Alkylation / 3.6.3:
PhSeH in Radical Reactions / 3.7:
Radical Clock Reactions / 3.7.1:
Problem of Unwanted Trapping of Intermediate Radicals / 3.7.2:
Catalysis of Starrnane-Mediated Reactions / 3.7.3:
Selenium Radical Anions, SRN1 Substitutions / 3.8:
Selenium Stabilized Carbanions / Joao V. Comasseto ; Alcindo A. Dos Santos ; Edison P. Wendler4:
Preparation of Selenium-Stabilized Carbanions / 4.1:
Deprotonation of Selenides / 4.2.1:
Element Lithium Exchange / 4.2.2:
Conjugate Addition of Organometallics to Vinyl and Alkynylselenides / 4.2.3:
Reactivity of the Selenium-Stabilized Carbanions with Electrophiles and Synthetic Transformations of the Products / 4.3:
Reaction of Selernum Stabilized Carbanions with Electrophiles / 4.3.1:
Selenium Based Transformations on the Reaction Products of Selenium Stabilized Carbanions with Electrophiles / 4.3.2:
Stereochemical Aspects / 4.4:
Cyclic Selenium Stabilized Carbanions / 4.4.1:
Acyclic Selenium Stabilized Carbanions / 4.4.2:
Application of Selenium Stabilized Carbanions in Total Synthesis / 4.5:
Examples Using Alkylation Reactions of Selenium Stabilized Carbanions / 4.5.1:
Examples Using the Addition of Selenium-Stabilized Carbanions to Carbonyl Compounds / 4.5.2:
Examples Using 1,4 Addition of Selenium-Stabihzed Carbanions to a,p-Unsaturated Carbonyl Compounds / 4.5.3:
Conclusion / 4.6:
Selenium Compounds with Valency Higher than Two / Jozef Drabowicz ; Jarosiaw Lewkowski ; Jacek Scianowski5:
Trivalent, Dicoordinated Selenonium Salts / 5.1:
Trivalent, Tricoordinated Derivatives / 5.3:
Tetravalent, Dicoordinated Derivatives / 5.4:
Tetravalent, Tricoordinated Derivatives / 5.5:
Pentavalent Derivatives / 5.6:
Hexavalent, Tetracoordinated Derivatives / 5.7:
Hypervalent Derivatives / 5.8:
Selenuranes / 5.8.1:
Selenurane Oxides / 5.8.2:
Perselenuranes / 5.8.3:
Acknowledgment
Selenocarbonyls / Toshiaki Murai6:
Overview / 6.1:
Theoretical Aspects of Selenocarbonyls / 6.2:
Molecular Structure of Selenocarbonyls / 6.3:
Synthetic Procedures of Selenocarbonyls / 6.4:
Manipulation of Selenocarbonyls / 6.5:
Metal Complexes of Selenocarbonyls / 6.6:
Future Aspects / 6.7:
Selenoxide Elimination and [2,3]-Sigmatropic Rearrangement / Yoshiaki Nishibayashi ; Sakae Uemura7:
Preparation and Properties of Chiral Selenoxides / 7.1:
Selenoxide Elimination / 7.3:
Enantioselective Selenoxide Elimination Producing Chiral Allenes and Unsaturated Ketones / 7.3.1:
Diastereoselective Selenoxide Elimination Producing Chiral Allenecarboxylic Esters / 7.3.2:
2,3-Sigmatropic Rearrangement via Allylic Selenoxides / 7.4:
Enanrioselective [2,3]-Sigmatropic Rearrangement Producing Chiral Allylic Alcohols / 7.4.1:
Diastereoselective [2,3]-Sigmatropic Rearrangement Producing Chiral Allylic Alcohols / 7.4.2:
2,3-Sigmatropic Rearrangement via Allylic Selenimides / 7.5:
Preparation and Properties of Chiral Selenimides / 7.5.1:
Enanrioselective [2,3]-Sigmatropic Rearrangement Producing Chiral Allylic Amines / 7.5.2:
Diastereoselective [2,3]-Sigmatropic Rearrangements Producing Chiral Allylic Amines / 7.5.3:
2,3-Sigmatropic Rearrangement via Allylic Selenium Ylides / 7.6:
Preparation and Properties of Optically Active Selenium Ylides / 7.6.1:
Enantioselective [2,3]-Sigmatropic Rearrangements via Allylic Selenium Ylides / 7.6.2:
Diastereoselective [2,3]-Sigmatropic Rearrangement via Allylic Selenium Ylides / 7.6.3:
Summary / 7.7:
Selenium Compounds as Ligands and Catalysts / Fateh V. Singh ; Thomas Wirth8:
Selenium-Catalyzed Reactions / 8.1:
Stereoselective Addition of Diorganozinc Reagents to Aldehydes / 8.2.1:
Diethylzinc Addition / 8.2.1.1:
Diphenylzinc Addition / 8.2.1.2:
Selenium-Ligated Transition Metal-Catalyzed Reactions / 8.2.2:
Selenium-Ligated Stereoselective Hydrosilylation of Ketones / 8.2.2.1:
Selenium-Ligated Copper-Catalyzed Addition of Organometallic Reagents to Enones / 8.2.2.2:
Selenium-Ligated Palladium-Catalyzed Asymmetric Allylic Alkylation / 8.2.2.3:
Selenium-Ligands in Palladium-Catalyzed Mizoroki-Heck Reactions / 8.2.2.4:
Selenium-Ligands in Palladium-Catalyzed Phenylselenenylation of Organohalides / 8.2.2.5:
Selenium-Ligands in Palladium-Catalyzed Substitution Reactions / 8.2.2.6:
Selenium-Ligands in the Palladium-Catalyzed Allylation of Aldehydes / 8.2.2.7:
Selenium-Ligands in Palladium-Catalyzed Condensation Reactions / 8.2.2.8:
Ruthenium-Catalyzed Substitution Reactions / 8.2.2.9:
Selenium-Ligands in Zinc-Catalyzed Intramolecular Hydroaminations / 8.2.2.10:
Selenium-Ligands in Organocatalytic Asymmetric Aldol Reactions / 8.2.3:
Selenium-Ligands in Stereoselective Darzens Reactions / 8.2.4:
Selenium-Catalyzed Carbonylation Reactions / 8.2.5:
Selective Reduction of a,p-Unsaturated Carbonyl Compounds / 8.2.6:
Selenium-Catalyzed Halogenations and Halocyclizations / 8.2.7:
Selenium-Catalyzed Staudinger-Vilarrasa Reaction / 8.2.8:
Selenium-Catalyzed Elimination Reactions of Diols / 8.2.9:
Selenium-Catalyzed Hydrostannylation of Alkenes / 8.2.10:
Selenium-Catalyzed Radical Chain Reactions / 8.2.11:
Selenium-Catalyzed Oxidation Reactions / 8.2.12:
Selenium-Catalyzed Epoxidation of Alkenes / 8.2.12.1:
Selenium-Catalyzed Dihydroxylation of Alkenes / 8.2.12.2:
Selenium-Catalyzed Oxidation of Alcohols / 8.2.12.3:
Baeyer-Villiger Oxidation / 8.2.12.4:
Selenium-Catalyzed Allylic Oxidation of Alkenes / 8.2.12.5:
Selenium-Catalyzed Oxidation of ArylAlkyl Ketones / 8.2.12.6:
Selenium-Catalyzed Oxidation of Primary Aromatic Amines / 8.2.12.7:
Selenium-Catalyzed Oxidation of Alkynes / 8.2.12.8:
Selenium-Catalyzed Oxidation of Halide Anions / 8.2.12.9:
Stereoselective Catalytic Selenenylation-Elimination Reactions / 8.2.13:
Selenium-Catalyzed Diels-Alder Reactions / 8.2.14:
Selenium-Catalyzed Synthesis of Thioacetals / 8.2.15:
Selenium-Catalyzed Baylis-Hillman Reaction / 8.2.16:
Biological and Biochemical Aspects of Selenium Compounds / Bhaskar J. Bhuyan ; Govindasamy Mugesh9:
Biological Importance of Selenium / 9.1:
Selenocysteine: The 21st Amino Acid / 9.3:
Biosynthesis of Selenocysteine / 9.4:
Chemical Synthesis of Selenocysteine / 9.5:
Chemical Synthesis of Sec-Containing Proteins and Peptides / 9.6:
Selenoenzymes / 9.7:
Glutathione Peroxidases / 9.7.1:
Iodothyronine Deiodinase / 9.7.2:
Synthetic Mimics of IDs / 9.7.3:
Thioredoxirn Reductase / 9.7.4:
öSe NMR Values / 9.8:
Index
Preface
List of Contributor
Electrophilic Selenium / Claudio Santi ; Stefano Santoro1:
43.

図書

図書
edited by Patrick J. Hussey
出版情報: Oxford, UK : Blackwell , Boca Raton, FL : CRC Press, 2004  xiii, 325 p. ; 25 cm
シリーズ名: Annual plant reviews ; v. 10
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
List of contributors
Preface
The cytoskeleton: the machinery and key molecules / Part 1:
Microtubules and microtubule-associated proteins / Clive Lloyd ; Jordi Chan ; Patrick J. Hussey1:
Introduction / 1.1:
Plant tubulin / 1.2:
Microtubule-associated proteins / 1.3:
Cross-bridging MAPs / 1.3.1:
Proteins that link microtubules to the plasma membrane / 1.3.2:
Microtubule motor proteins / 1.3.3:
Kinesin-related proteins in cytokinesis / 1.3.3.1:
Kinesin-related proteins in mitosis / 1.3.3.2:
Kinesin-related proteins in interphase / 1.3.3.3:
Dynein / 1.3.3.4:
Proteins involved in microtubule nucleation and release: the formation of the cortical array / 1.3.4:
Microtubule-interacting proteins / 1.3.5:
Concluding remarks / 1.4:
References
Actin and actin-modulating proteins / Christopher J. Staiger2:
Actin / 2.1:
Myosin / 2.3:
Actin-binding proteins: overview / 2.4:
Monomer-binding proteins / 2.5:
ADF/cofilin / 2.5.1:
Profilin / 2.5.2:
Adenylyl cyclase-associated protein / 2.5.3:
Cross-linking and bundling factors / 2.6:
Fimbrin / 2.6.1:
Villin and gelsolin-related proteins / 2.6.2:
115-ABP / 2.6.3:
eEF-1[alpha] / 2.6.4:
Spectrin / 2.6.5:
Capping factors / 2.7:
Capping protein (CP) / 2.7.1:
CapG / 2.7.2:
Others / 2.7.3:
Nucleation complexes / 2.8:
Arp2/3 / 2.8.1:
Other F-actin binding proteins / 2.9:
SuSy / 2.9.1:
ABP/MAP190 / 2.9.2:
AIP1 / 2.9.3:
Annexin / 2.9.4:
Gephyrin/AtCNX1 / 2.9.5:
AtSH3P / 2.9.6:
Caldesmon / 2.9.7:
Tropomyosin / 2.9.8:
Vinculin / 2.9.9:
LIM proteins / 2.9.10:
Acknowledgements / 2.10:
Fundamental cytoskeletal activities / Part 2:
Expanding beyond the great divide: the cytoskeleton and axial growth / Geoffrey O. Wasteneys ; David A. Collings3:
Division planes and the establishment of axiality / 3.1:
Cell plate formation and expansion / 3.2.1:
Phragmoplast microtubule and microfilament organization / 3.2.2:
Motor proteins during phragmoplast formation and expansion / 3.2.3:
Vesicle transport in the phragmoplast could be kinesin-based / 3.2.3.1:
Structural MAPs and kinesins function in phragmoplast formation and expansion / 3.2.3.2:
Expansion of the phragmoplast and cell plate requires both kinesins and myosins / 3.2.3.3:
Cytoskeletal mutants defective in cytokinesis / 3.2.4:
Setting up for axial growth: distinguishing lateral and end walls / 3.3:
The cytoskeleton at end walls of elongating cells / 3.3.1:
Establishing axial growth / 3.4:
A transverse cortical microtubule array is essential for axial growth / 3.4.1:
Microtubules and their relationship with cellulose microfibrils and xyloglucans / 3.4.2:
Does the cytoskeleton regulate wall polysaccharide and protein composition? / 3.4.3:
Hormones, cytoskeleton and wall extensibility / 3.4.4:
How does the actin cytoskeleton contribute to cell elongation? / 3.4.5:
Polar auxin transport and its regulation by the actin cytoskeleton / 3.5:
Auxin transport and the chemiosmotic theory / 3.5.1:
Important questions concerning auxin transport and the actin cytoskeleton / 3.5.2:
Small GTPases may be a key to the shuttling of auxin efflux carriers / 3.5.3:
Auxin and gene expression / 3.5.4:
Bending and twisting--the consequences of differential growth / 3.6:
Tropic bending responses / 3.6.1:
Twisting / 3.6.2:
Conclusions and future perspectives / 3.7:
Re-staging plant mitosis / Magdalena Weingarner ; Laszlo Bogre ; John H. Doonan4:
The cyclin dependent protein kinases / 4.1:
Cdk structure and diversity / 4.2.1:
Regulation of Cdk activity / 4.2.2:
Sequence of events during mitosis / 4.3:
Stage 1: preparation for mitosis / 4.3.1:
Stage 2: commitment to mitosis / 4.3.2:
Stage 3: preventing premature genome separation / 4.3.3:
Stage 4: separating the genome / 4.3.4:
Stage 5: exit from mitosis / 4.3.5:
Preparing for mitosis / 4.4:
Animal A-type cyclins / 4.4.1:
Plant A-type cyclins / 4.4.2:
The DNA damage checkpoint / 4.4.3:
Commitment to mitosis / 4.5:
Commitment to mitosis in animal cells / 4.5.1:
Commitment to mitosis in plant cells / 4.5.2:
The role of animal B-type cyclins / 4.5.3:
The role of plant B-type cyclins / 4.5.4:
Condensation of chromatin / 4.6:
Condensation of chromatin in animal cells / 4.6.1:
Condensation of chromatin in plant cells / 4.6.2:
Spindle formation / 4.7:
Spindle formation in animal cells / 4.7.1:
Spindle formation in plant cells / 4.7.2:
The spindle assembly checkpoint pathway / 4.8:
Regulation of APC / 4.8.1:
Separating the genome / 4.9:
Onset of APC-mediated proteolysis in animal cells / 4.9.1:
Onset of APC-mediated proteolysis in plant cells / 4.9.2:
Exit from mitosis and cytokinesis / 4.10:
Regulators of late mitotic events in animal cells / 4.10.1:
Late mitotic events in plant cells / 4.10.2:
Concluding remarks and perspectives / 4.11:
Organelle movements: transport and positioning / Franz Grolig5:
Transport and positioning of particular organelles / 5.1:
Peroxisome / 5.2.1:
Endoplasmic reticulum / 5.2.2:
Golgi / 5.2.3:
Vacuoles / 5.2.4:
Mitochondria / 5.2.5:
Chloroplasts / 5.2.6:
Algae / 5.2.6.1:
Mosses / 5.2.6.2:
Ferns / 5.2.6.3:
Seed plants / 5.2.6.4:
Nucleus / 5.2.7:
Premitotic nuclear positioning / 5.2.7.1:
Nuclear migrations elicited by external stimuli / 5.2.7.2:
Light-governed nuclear migration / 5.2.7.3:
Phragmoplast/cytokinesis / 5.2.8:
The cell wall: a sensory panel for signal transduction / Keiko Sugimoto-Shirasu ; Nicholas C. Carpita ; Maureen C. McCann5.3:
Plant cell wall composition and architecture / 6.1:
Cellulose / 6.2.1:
Cross-linking glycans / 6.2.2:
Pectins / 6.2.3:
Structural proteins / 6.2.4:
Aromatic substances / 6.2.5:
Cell growth and wall extensibility / 6.3:
The biophysics of growth underpins cell wall dynamics / 6.3.1:
The biochemical determinants of yield threshold and extensibility / 6.3.2:
Functional architecture revealed by mutation and transgenic approaches / 6.4:
The cellulose--cross-linking glycan network / 6.4.1:
The role of the cytoskeleton / 6.4.3:
Targeting of cell wall components / 6.5.1:
Mechanical connections / 6.5.2:
Sensing through the plasma membrane / 6.5.3:
The cytoskeleton and plant cell morphogenesis / 6.6:
Development of root hairs / Claire Grierson ; Tijs Ketelaar7:
Roles of the cytoskeleton in root hair morphogenesis / 7.1:
Microtubules / 7.2.1:
Microtubules affect root hair cell fate / 7.2.1.1:
Microtubules and root hair initiation / 7.2.1.2:
Microtubules control direction of root hair tip growth and prevent hairs from branching / 7.2.1.3:
Microtubules help to move the nucleus during tip growth in some species, but not in others / 7.2.1.4:
Actin filaments / 7.2.2:
Actin limits the size of the initiation site / 7.2.2.1:
Actin mediates tip growth by targeting vesicle delivery / 7.2.2.2:
F-actin is essential for the Arabidopsis nucleus to move during and after tip growth / 7.2.2.3:
Actin mediates cytoplasmic streaming in roots hairs / 7.2.2.4:
Actin at the end of tip growth / 7.2.2.5:
Mechanisms that regulate the cytoskeleton during root hair development / 7.3:
Mechanisms regulating root hair patterning / 7.3.1:
Mechanisms that regulate initiation / 7.3.2:
Mechanisms regulating tip growth / 7.3.3:
Mechanisms acting at the end of tip growth / 7.3.4:
The genetic network controlling root hair morphogenesis in Arabidopsis / 7.4:
Genes involved in root hair patterning / 7.4.1:
Genes affecting initiation / 7.4.2:
Genes required for tip growth to be established / 7.4.3:
Genes required to sustain and direct tip growth / 7.4.4:
Genes involved in nuclear movement / 7.4.5:
Genes with roles at the end of tip growth / 7.4.6:
Signaling the cytoskeleton in pollen tube germination and growth / Rui Malho ; Luisa Camacho7.5:
Different signaling pathways converge in the cytoskeleton / 8.1:
The actin cytoskeleton is the major motor driving force in pollen tube growth / 8.3:
Microtubules and microtubule-associated proteins in pollen tube growth / 8.4:
Ca[superscript 2+], modulator of the cytoskeleton / 8.5:
Signaling the cytoskeleton through phosphoinositides / 8.6:
Calmodulin, a primary Ca[superscript 2+] sensor / 8.7:
Protein kinases and phosphatases / 8.8:
14-3-3 proteins / 8.9:
The role of cyclic nucleotides / 8.10:
GTPases, the signaling switches / 8.11:
Transducons - the unity for signaling / 8.12:
Cytoskeletal requirements during Arabidopsis trichome development / Mark Beilstein ; Dan Szymanski8.13:
Trichome morphogenesis / 9.1:
Arabidopsis / 9.2.1:
Members of the Brassicaceae / 9.2.2:
Arabidopsis trichome development / 9.3:
Initiation and leaf development / 9.3.1:
Genetics of initiation / 9.3.2:
Arabidopsis trichome morphogenesis / 9.4:
Cytoskeletal inhibitors / 9.4.1:
Cytoskeletal organization in developing trichomes / 9.4.2:
Genetics of trichome morphogenesis / 9.4.2.1:
Reduced branching mutants: microtubule-based functions / 9.5.1:
ZWICHEL (ZWI) / 9.5.1.1:
Tubulin folding cofactors (TFCs) / 9.5.1.2:
Arabidopsis katanin small subunit (AtKSS) / 9.5.1.3:
ANGUSTIFOLIA (AN) / 9.5.1.4:
SPIKE1 (SPK1) / 9.5.1.5:
The distorted trichome shape mutants: actin-based functions / 9.5.2:
Signaling and the cytoskeleton in guard cells / Paula Duque ; Juan-Pablo Sanchez ; Nam-Hai Chua9.6:
Guard cell signaling / 10.1:
Cytosolic calcium / 10.2.1:
Cytosolic pH / 10.2.2:
Cyclic ADP-ribose / 10.2.3:
Inositol 1,4,5-trisphosphate and other lipid-derived second messengers / 10.2.4:
Membrane trafficking / 10.2.5:
New key intermediates / 10.2.7:
The cytoskeleton in guard cell function / 10.3:
(Re)organization of actin filaments / 10.3.1:
Rho GTPases / 10.3.1.1:
Cell volume regulation / 10.3.1.4:
Other hints of signaling to the guard cell actin cytoskeleton / 10.3.1.5:
Involvement of microtubules / 10.3.2:
Conclusions and perspectives / 10.4:
Acknowledgments
Index
The cytoskeleton: the machinery and key moleculesMicrotubules and microtubule-associated proteins / Jordi Chan, John Innes Centre, Norwich, UK ; Patrick J. Hussey, Department of Biological Sciences, University of Durham, UK
Actin and actinmodulating proteins / Chris J. Staiger, Department of Biological Sciences, Purdue University, Indiana, USA
Fundamental cytoskeleton activities
The cytoskeleton and plant cell morphogenesisDevelopment of root hairs / David A. Collings, Research School of Biological Sciences, The Australian National University, Canberra, Australia ; Magdalena Weingarner, Max-Planck-Institute of Molecular Plant Physiology, Golm, Germany ; Laszlo Bgre, School of Biological Sciences, University of London, Surrey, UK ; John Doonan, John Innes Centre, Norwich, UK ; Franz Grolig, Fachbereich Biologie / Botanik, Philipps-Universitt, Marburg, Germany ; Nicholas C. Carpita, Department of Botany and Plant Pathology, Purdue University, Indiana, USA ; Maureen McCann, John Innes Centre, Norwich, UK ; Tijs Ketelaar, School of Biological Sciences, University of Bristol, UK
List of contributors
Preface
The cytoskeleton: the machinery and key molecules / Part 1:
44.

図書

図書
Ewen Smith, Geoffrey Dent
出版情報: Chichester : J. Wiley & Sons, c2005  x, 210 p. ; 23 cm
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Acknowledgements
Introduction, Basic Theory, and Principles / Chapter 1:
Introduction / 1:
History / 1.1:
Basic Theory / 1.2:
Molecular Vibrations / 1.3:
Group Vibrations / 1.4:
An Approach to Interpretation / 1.5:
Summary / 1.6:
Bibliography and Refs / 1.7:
The Raman Experiment - Raman Instrumentation, Data Handling and Practical Aspects of Interpretation / Chapter 2:
Choice of Instruments / 2.1:
Visible Excitation / 2.3:
Raman Microscopes / 2.3.1:
Fibre Optic Couplings and Wave Guides / 2.3.2:
Near Infrared Excitation / 2.4:
Raman Sample Preparation and Handling / 2.5:
Raman Sample Handling / 2.5.1:
Sample Mounting - Optical Considerations / 2.5.2:
Sample Mounting Accessories / 2.6:
Small fibres, films, liquids and powders / 2.6.1:
Variable Temperature and Pressure Cells / 2.6.2:
Special Applications - Thin films, catalysts / 2.6.3:
Flow through/reaction cells, sample changers/automated mounts / 2.6.4:
Fibre Optic and Guided Wave Sensing / 2.6.5:
Microscopy and Imaging / 2.7:
Depth Profiling / 2.7.1:
Imaging and Mapping / 2.7.2:
Calibration / 2.8:
Data Handling, Manipulation and Quantitation / 2.9:
Production of Spectra / 2.9.1:
Display of Spectra / 2.9.2:
Spectrum Scales / 2.9.2.1:
Spectral Enhancement/Loss of Data / 2.9.2.2:
Quantitation / 2.9.3:
Quantitation - Hardware and Sampling Features / 2.9.3.1:
Quantitation - Data Handling Considerations / 2.9.3.2:
Practical Aspects of Qualitative Interpretation / 2.10:
Approach to Interpretation of a Raman Spectrum of an Unknown Sample / 2.10.1:
Knowledge of the Sample / 2.10.1.1:
Sample Preparation Effects / 2.10.1.2:
Instrument/Software Effects / 2.10.1.3:
The Spectrum / 2.10.1.4:
Computer Aided Spectrum Interpretation / 2.10.2:
Library Search Systems / 2.10.2.1:
Structural Determination Aids / 2.10.2.2:
Spectra Formats for Transfer and Exchange of Data / 6.4.1.1:
The Internet / 2.10.2.4:
Bibliography / 2.11:
Hard Copy Spectra Collections
Software Interpretation Tools, Databases, and Internet Sites
Refs
Theory of Raman Spectroscopy / Chapter 3:
Absorption and Scattering / 3.1:
States of a system and Hookes Law / 3.3:
The nature of polarisability and the measurement of polarisation / 3.4:
The basic selection rule / 3.5:
Number and symmetry of vibrations / 3.6:
Symmetry elements and point groups / 3.7:
The mutual exclusion rule / 3.8:
The Kramer Heisenberg Dirac Expression / 3.9:
Conclusions to be drawn from theory / 3.10:
Resonance Raman Scattering / Chapter 4:
Theorectical Aspects / 4.1:
The Basic Process / 4.2.1:
Electronic information / 4.2.2:
Resonance Excitation Profile / 4.2.3:
Practical Aspects / 4.2.4:
Examples Of The Use Of Resonance Raman Scattering / 4.4:
Small Molecules / 4.4.1:
Larger Molecules / 4.4.2:
Conclusions / 4.5:
Surface Enhanced Raman Scattering / Chapter 5:
Theory / 5.1:
Electromagnetic and charge transfer enhancement / 5.3:
Electromagnetic Excitation / 5.4:
Charge Transfer / 5.5:
Selection Rules / 5.6:
Applications of SERS / 5.7:
Applications of SERRS / 5.8:
The Basic Method / 5.9:
Applications / Chapter 6:
Inorganics / 6.1:
Art and Archaeology / 6.3:
Polymers / 6.4:
Overview / 6.4.1:
Simple Qualitative polymer Studies / 6.4.2:
Quantitative Polymer Studies / 6.4.3:
Colour / 6.5:
Raman Colour Probes / 6.5.1:
Insitu Analysis / 6.5.2:
Raman studies of Tautomerism in azo dyes / 6.5.3:
Polymorphism in Dyes / 6.5.4:
Electronics / 6.6:
Biological and Pharmaceuticals / 6.7:
Biological / 6.7.1:
Solid Phase Organic Chemistry / 6.7.3:
Pharmaceuticals / 6.7.4:
Non Contact Insitu Measurements / 6.7.4.1:
Molecular Specificity / 6.7.4.2:
Polymorphism / 6.7.4.3:
Forensics / 6.8:
Process Analysis and Catalysts / 6.9:
Electronics and Semiconductors / 6.9.1:
PCl3 Production Monitoring / 6.9.3:
Anatase and Rutile forms of Titanium Dioxide / 6.9.4:
Polymers and Emulsions / 6.9.5:
Pharmaceutical Industry / 6.9.6:
Fermentations / 6.9.7:
Gases / 6.9.8:
Catalysts / 6.9.9:
More Advanced Techniques / 6.10:
Flexible Optics / 7.1:
Tuneable Lasers, Frequency Doubling and Pulsed Lasers / 7.2:
Spatially resolved systems / 7.3:
Non linear Raman spectroscopy / 7.4:
Time Resolved Scattering / 7.8:
Raman optical activity / 7.9:
Ultraviolet spectroscopy / 7.10:
Acknowledgements
Introduction, Basic Theory, and Principles / Chapter 1:
Introduction / 1:
45.

図書

図書
D. Curtis Schleher
出版情報: Dedham, Mass. : Artech House, c1986  xii, 559 p. ; 24 cm
シリーズ名: The Artech House radar library
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Electronic Warfare (EW) Principles and Overview / Chapter 1:
Electronic Warfare Taxonomy / 1.1:
Electronic Warfare Definitions and Areas / 1.1.1:
Electronic Warfare Support Measures (ESM) / 1.1.1.1:
Signals Intelligence (SIGINT) / 1.1.1.2:
Electronic Countermeasures (ECM) / 1.1.1.3:
Electronic Counter Countermeasures (ECCM) / 1.1.1.4:
Electronic Warfare Simulators / 1.1.1.5:
Defense Suppression / 1.1.1.6:
Signal Security (SIGSEC) / 1.1.1.7:
Electronic Warfare Frequency Bands and Channels / 1.1.1.8:
EW Missions and Scenarios / 1.2:
The EW Radar Threat Scenario / 1.2.1:
The EW Communications Threat Scenario / 1.2.2:
Electronic Support Measures (ESM) Receivers / Chapter 2:
Radar Warning Receivers (RWR) / 2.1:
Current ESM Receivers / 2.2:
The Crystal Video Receiver / 2.2.1:
The Superheterodyne Receiver / 2.2.2:
Instantaneous Frequency Measurement (IFM) Receiver / 2.2.3:
Advanced ESM Receivers / 2.3:
The Channelized Receiver / 2.3.1:
The Compressive Receiver / 2.3.2:
The Acousto-Optic Bragg Cell Receiver / 2.3.3:
Passive Direction Finding and Emitter Location / 2.4:
Noise Jamming / Chapter 3:
Noise Jammer Effectiveness / 3.1.1:
Jammer Look-Through / 3.1.2:
Power Management / 3.1.3:
Deception Electronic Countermeasures (DECM) / 3.2:
Range Gate Deception / 3.2.1:
Angle Deception / 3.2.2:
ECM against Conical Scanning Tracking Radars / 3.2.2.1:
ECM against Monopulse Tracking Radars / 3.2.2.2:
Velocity Deception / 3.2.3:
Modern ECM Systems / 3.3:
ECM against Pulse Compression and Low Probability of Intercept (LPI) Radars / 3.3.1:
Expendable Electronic Countermeasures / 3.4:
Chaff / 3.4.1:
Radar and Electronic Counter-Countermeasures (ECCM) / Chapter 4:
Radar Applications in Weapon Systems / 4.1:
Surveillance Radars / 4.2:
Surveillance Radar Design Principles / 4.2.1:
Surveillance Radar Detection Range--Clear and Jamming Environments / 4.2.1.1:
Low Altitude Detection--Radar Clutter / 4.2.1.2:
Surveillance Radar--Data Rate and Accuracy / 4.2.1.3:
Surveillance Radar Frequency Trade-Offs / 4.2.1.4:
Surveillance Radars--ECCM Considerations / 4.2.1.5:
Target Acquisition Radars / 4.3:
Weapon Control Radars / 4.4:
Tracking Radar Design Principles / 4.4.1:
Target Tracking Radar / 4.4.2:
Track-While-Scan Tracking Systems / 4.4.3:
Phased Array Tracking Radars / 4.4.4:
Tracking Radar--ECCM Considerations / 4.4.5:
Aircraft Control Radars / 4.5:
Weapon Location Radars / 4.6:
Missile Guidance Radars / 4.7:
Navigation and Mapping Radars / 4.8:
Radar Types and Characteristics / 4.9:
2-D Search Radars / 4.9.1:
3-D Search Radars / 4.9.2:
Moving Target Indicator (MTI) Radar / 4.9.3:
Pulsed Doppler Radar / 4.9.4:
Special Purpose Radar Types / 4.9.5:
Millimeter-Wave (MMW) Radar / 4.9.5.1:
Low Probability of Intercept (LPI) Radar / 4.9.5.2:
Over-the-Horizon (OTH) Radar / 4.9.5.3:
Bistatic Radar / 4.9.5.4:
Automatic Detection Radar / 4.9.5.5:
Command, Control, and Communications (C[superscript 3]) Systems / Chapter 5:
Strategic C[superscript 3] Systems / 5.1:
Tactical C[superscript 3] Systems / 5.2:
Naval Tactical Data System (NTDS) / 5.2.1:
Tactical Air Control System (TACS) / 5.2.2:
Rapid Deployment Force C[superscript 3]I / 5.2.3:
Tactical Data Links / 5.2.4:
Tactical Communication Radio Nets / 5.2.5:
C[superscript 3] Navigation Systems / 5.2.6:
Command, Control, and Communications Countermeasures (C[superscript 3]CM) / 5.3:
Air Defense Systems / 5.4:
Early Warning Radars / 5.4.1:
Airborne Early Warning Radars / 5.4.2:
Ground Control Intercept Radars / 5.4.3:
Air-to-Air Missile Guidance Systems / 5.4.4:
Surface-to-Air Missile (SAM) Systems / 5.4.5:
Missile Control Laws / 5.4.5.1:
Modern SAM System / 5.4.5.2:
Radar and ECM Performance Analysis / Chapter 6:
Radar Detection Performance / 6.1:
Search Radar Detection Performance / 6.1.1:
Propagation Absorption Loss (L[subscript a]) / 6.1.1.1:
Beam Shape Loss (L[subscript b]) / 6.1.1.2:
Pattern Propagation Factor (F[subscript t],F[subscript r]) / 6.1.1.3:
System Noise Temperature (T[subscript s]) / 6.1.1.4:
Transmission Line Loss (L[subscript t]) / 6.1.1.5:
Receiver Matching Loss (C[subscript B]) / 6.1.1.6:
Collapsing Loss (L[subscript c]) / 6.1.1.7:
MTI Processing Loss / 6.1.1.8:
Signal-to-Noise Power Ratio / 6.1.1.9:
Search Radar Detection Range Calculation / 6.1.1.10:
The Cumulative Probability of Detection / 6.1.2:
ECM Jamming Equations / 6.2:
Repeater Jammer Equations / 6.2.1:
EW Receiver Sensitivity / 6.3:
Scanning Superheterodyne Receiver Sensitivity / 6.3.1:
EW Signal Processing / Chapter 7:
Input Signal Processing / 7.1:
Signal Environment / 7.1.1:
Processing of Multiple-Pulse Emitters / 7.1.1.1:
EM Sensor Subsystems / 7.1.2:
Large Aperture Antennas for ESM / 7.1.2.1:
Low Radar Cross Section (RCS) Antenna Systems / 7.1.2.2:
Sparse Arrays / 7.1.2.3:
The Receiver Subsystem / 7.1.3:
Transform Receivers / 7.1.3.1:
Conventional Channelizers / 7.1.3.2:
Digital Transforms / 7.1.3.3:
Parameter Encoding / 7.1.3.4:
Intrapulse Parameters
The Preprocessor / 7.1.4:
Mapping, Binning, or Histogramming / 7.1.4.1:
Associative Memories / 7.1.4.2:
Window Addressable Memories
Content Addressable Memories
Random Accessible Memories (RAMs)
The Data Servo Loop / 7.1.4.3:
Single-Instruction Multiple Data Arrays / 7.1.4.4:
Agile Parameter Tracking / 7.1.4.5:
High Duty Factor Emitters
Agile Pulse Repetition Interval (PRI) Emitters
Agile RF Emitters
Wideband Intrapulse RF Emitters
Output Signal Processing / 7.2:
The Computer / 7.2.1:
Jamming Logic / 7.2.2:
Advanced Fully Power-Managed Jamming / 7.2.2.1:
Time-Managed Jamming
RF Management
Coherent RF
Digital Exciters
Coherent Repetition
Amplitude Management
Direction Management
Generating Control Signals / 7.2.2.2:
Programmable Techniques Generator / 7.2.2.3:
Time-Ordered File / 7.2.2.4:
EW Technology and Future Trends / Chapter 8:
Antenna Technology / 8.1:
Fixed-Beam EW Antennas / 8.1.1:
Spiral Antennas / 8.1.1.1:
Horn Antennas / 8.1.1.2:
Helical Antennas / 8.1.1.3:
Log-Periodic Dipole Array Antennas / 8.1.1.4:
ECM Phased Array Antennas / 8.1.2:
Lens-Fed Multiple Beam Array / 8.1.3:
ECM Transmitter Power Source Technology / 8.2:
ECM Traveling Wave Tubes (TWTs) / 8.2.1:
Gallium Arsenide (GaAs) FET Amplifiers / 8.2.2:
Voltage Controlled Oscillators / 8.2.3:
Digital Radio Frequency Memories / 8.2.4:
EW Receiver Technology / 8.3:
Low-Noise Receivers / 8.3.1:
Surface Acoustic Wave (SAW) Delay Lines / 8.3.2:
EW at Millimeter Wavelengths / 8.4:
Low Observability EW Technology / 8.5:
Very High Speed Integrated Circuits (VHSIC) / 8.6:
Artificial Intelligence / 8.7:
Index
Electronic Warfare (EW) Principles and Overview / Chapter 1:
Electronic Warfare Taxonomy / 1.1:
Electronic Warfare Definitions and Areas / 1.1.1:
46.

図書

図書
Edmond de Hoffmann, Vincent Stroobant
出版情報: Chichester, U.K. : J. Wiley, c2007  xii, 489 p. ; 26 cm
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Introduction
Principles
Diagram of a Mass Spectrometer
History
Ion Free Path
Ion Sources / 1:
Electron Ionization / 1.1:
Chemical Ionization / 1.2:
Proton transfer / 1.2.1:
Adduct formation / 1.2.2:
Charge-transfer chemical ionization / 1.2.3:
Reagent gas / 1.2.4:
Negative ion formation / 1.2.5:
Desorption chemical ionization / 1.2.6:
Field Ionization / 1.3:
Fast Atom Bombardment and Liquid Secondary Ion Mass Spectrometry / 1.4:
Field Desorption / 1.5:
Plasma Desorption / 1.6:
Laser Desorption / 1.7:
Matrix-Assisted Laser Desorption Ionization / 1.8:
Principle of MALDI / 1.8.1:
Practical considerations / 1.8.2:
Fragmentations / 1.8.3:
Atmospheric pressure matrix-assisted laser desorption ionization / 1.8.4:
Thermospray / 1.9:
Atmospheric Pressure Ionization / 1.10:
Electrospray / 1.11:
Multiply charged ions / 1.11.1:
Electrochemistry and electric field as origins of multiply charged ions / 1.11.2:
Sensitivity to concentration / 1.11.3:
Limitation of ion current from the source by the electrochemical process / 1.11.4:
Atmospheric Pressure Chemical Ionization / 1.11.5:
Atmospheric Pressure Photoionization / 1.13:
Atmospheric Pressure Secondary Ion Mass Spectrometry / 1.14:
Desorption electrospray ionization / 1.14.1:
Direct analysis in real time / 1.14.2:
Inorganic Ionization Sources / 1.15:
Thermal ionization source / 1.15.1:
Spark source / 1.15.2:
Glow discharge source / 1.15.3:
Inductively coupled plasma source / 1.15.4:
Gas-Phase Ion-Molecule Reactions / 1.15.5:
Formation and Fragmentation of Ions: Basic Rules / 1.17:
Electron ionization and photoionization under vacuum / 1.17.1:
Ionization at low pressure or at atmospheric pressure / 1.17.2:
Formation of aggregates or clusters / 1.17.3:
Reactions at the interface between source and analyser / 1.17.6:
Mass Analysers / 2:
Quadrupole Analysers / 2.1:
Description / 2.1.1:
Equations of motion / 2.1.2:
Ion guide and collision cell / 2.1.3:
Spectrometers with several quadrupoles in tandem / 2.1.4:
Ion Trap Analysers / 2.2:
The 3D ion trap / 2.2.1:
The 2D ion trap / 2.2.2:
The Electrostatic Trap or 'Orbitrap' / 2.3:
Time-of-Flight Analysers / 2.4:
Linear time-of-flight mass spectrometer / 2.4.1:
Delayed pulsed extraction / 2.4.2:
Reflectrons / 2.4.3:
Tandem mass spectrometry with time-of-flight analyser / 2.4.4:
Orthogonal acceleration time-of-flight instruments / 2.4.5:
Magnetic and Electromagnetic Analysers / 2.5:
Action of the magnetic field / 2.5.1:
Electrostatic field / 2.5.2:
Dispersion and resolution / 2.5.3:
Tandem mass spectrometry in electromagnetic analysers / 2.5.4:
Ion Cyclotron Resonance and Fourier Transform Mass Spectrometry / 2.6:
General principle / 2.6.1:
Ion cyclotron resonance / 2.6.2:
Fourier transform mass spectrometry / 2.6.3:
MS[superscript n] in ICR/FTMS instruments / 2.6.4:
Hybrid Instruments / 2.7:
Electromagnetic analysers coupled to quadrupoles or ion trap / 2.7.1:
Ion trap analyser combined with time-of-flight or ion cyclotron resonance / 2.7.2:
Hybrids including time-of-flight with orthogonal acceleration / 2.7.3:
Detectors and Computers / 3:
Detectors / 3.1:
Photographic plate / 3.1.1:
Faraday cup / 3.1.2:
Electron multipliers / 3.1.3:
Electro-optical ion detectors / 3.1.4:
Computers / 3.2:
Functions / 3.2.1:
Instrumentation / 3.2.2:
Data acquisition / 3.2.3:
Data conversion / 3.2.4:
Data reduction / 3.2.5:
Library search / 3.2.6:
Tandem Mass Spectrometry / 4:
Tandem Mass Spectrometry in Space or in Time / 4.1:
Tandem Mass Spectrometry Scan Modes / 4.2:
Collision-Activated Decomposition or Collision-Induced Dissociation / 4.3:
Collision energy conversion to internal energy / 4.3.1:
High-energy collision (keV) / 4.3.2:
Low-energy collision (between 1 and 100 eV) / 4.3.3:
Other Methods of Ion Activation / 4.4:
Reactions Studied in MS/MS / 4.5:
Tandem Mass Spectrometry Applications / 4.6:
Structure elucidation / 4.6.1:
Selective detection of target compound class / 4.6.2:
Ion-molecule reaction / 4.6.3:
The kinetic method / 4.6.4:
Mass Spectrometry/Chromatography Coupling / 5:
Elution Chromatography Coupling Techniques / 5.1:
Gas chromatography/mass spectrometry / 5.1.1:
Liquid chromatography/mass spectrometry / 5.1.2:
Capillary electrophoresis/mass spectrometry / 5.1.3:
Chromatography Data Acquisition Modes / 5.2:
Data Recording and Treatment / 5.3:
Data recording / 5.3.1:
Instrument control and treatment of results / 5.3.2:
Analytical Information / 6:
Mass Spectrometry Spectral Collections / 6.1:
High Resolution / 6.2:
Information at different resolving powers / 6.2.1:
Determination of the elemental composition / 6.2.2:
Isotopic Abundances / 6.3:
Low-mass Fragments and Lost Neutrals / 6.4:
Number of Rings or Unsaturations / 6.5:
Mass and Electron Parities, Closed-shell Ions and Open-shell Ions / 6.6:
Electron parity / 6.6.1:
Mass parity / 6.6.2:
Relationship between mass and electron parity / 6.6.3:
Quantitative Data / 6.7:
Specificity / 6.7.1:
Sensitivity and detection limit / 6.7.2:
External standard method / 6.7.3:
Sources of error / 6.7.4:
Internal standard method / 6.7.5:
Isotopic dilution method / 6.7.6:
Fragmentation Reactions / 7:
Electron Ionization and Fragmentation Rates / 7.1:
Quasi-Equilibrium and RRKM Theory / 7.2:
Ionization and Appearance Energies / 7.3:
Fragmentation Reactions of Positive Ions / 7.4:
Fragmentation of odd-electron cations or radical cations (OE[superscript [middle dot]+]) / 7.4.1:
Fragmentation of cations with an even number of electrons (EE[superscript +]) / 7.4.2:
Fragmentations obeying the parity rule / 7.4.3:
Fragmentations not obeying the parity rule / 7.4.4:
Fragmentation Reactions of Negative Ions / 7.5:
Fragmentation mechanisms of even electron anions (EE[superscript -]) / 7.5.1:
Fragmentation mechanisms of radical anions (OE[superscript [middle dot]-]) / 7.5.2:
Charge Remote Fragmentation / 7.6:
Spectrum Interpretation / 7.7:
Typical ions / 7.7.1:
Presence of the molecular ion / 7.7.2:
Typical neutrals / 7.7.3:
A few examples of the interpretation of mass spectra / 7.7.4:
Analysis of Biomolecules / 8:
Biomolecules and Mass Spectrometry / 8.1:
Proteins and Peptides / 8.2:
ESI and MALDI / 8.2.1:
Structure and sequence determination using fragmentation / 8.2.2:
Applications / 8.2.3:
Oligonucleotides / 8.3:
Mass spectra of oligonucleotides / 8.3.1:
Applications of mass spectrometry to oligonucleotides / 8.3.2:
Fragmentation of oligonucleotides / 8.3.3:
Characterization of modified oligonucleotides / 8.3.4:
Oligosaccharides / 8.4:
Mass spectra of oligosaccharides / 8.4.1:
Fragmentation of oligosaccharides / 8.4.2:
Degradation of oligosaccharides coupled with mass spectrometry / 8.4.3:
Lipids / 8.5:
Fatty acids / 8.5.1:
Acylglycerols / 8.5.2:
Bile acids / 8.5.3:
Metabolomics / 8.6:
Mass spectrometry in metabolomics / 8.6.1:
Exercises / 8.6.2:
Questions
Answers
Appendices
Nomenclature
Units
Definitions
Analysers
Detection
Ionization
Ion types
Fragmentation
Acronyms and abbreviations
Fundamental Physical Constants
Table of Isotopes in Ascending Mass Order / 4A:
Table of Isotopes in Alphabetical Order / 4B:
Isotopic Abundances (in %) for Various Elemental Compositions CHON
Gas-Phase Ion Thermochemical Data of Molecules
Gas-Phase Ion Thermochemical Data of Radicals
Literature on Mass Spectrometry
Mass Spectrometry on Internet
Index
Preface
Introduction
Principles
47.

図書

図書
A. De Stefanis and A.A.G. Tomlinson
出版情報: Uetikon-Zuerich, Switzerland : Trans Tech Publications, c2001  94, iv p. ; 25 cm
シリーズ名: Materials science foundations ; 14
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Scanning Tunnelling Microscopy / 1:
Introduction and history / 1.1:
The physical basis of STM / 1.2:
Instrumentation, past and present / 1.3:
STM Image interpretation / 1.4:
STM spectroscopy / 1.5:
Atomic Force and Related Force Microscopies / 2:
History / 2.1:
Principles / 2.2:
Instrumentation and an AFM Sitting / 2.3:
Other Microscopy Techniques Comparison / 2.4:
Applications of SPM / 2.5:
Scientific / 2.5.1:
Solid state structure / 2.5.1.1:
Films, layers coatings / 2.5.1.2:
Tribology / 2.5.1.3:
Interatomic Forces / 2.5.2:
Technological / 2.5.3:
Micro and nanoelectronic / 2.5.3.1:
Magnetic Force Microscopy (MFM) / 2.5.3.2:
Plastics and Polymers / 2.5.3.3:
Industrial coatings / 2.5.3.4:
Nanofabrication / 2.5.3.5:
New techniques and the future / 2.5.3.6:
References / 3:
1 SCANNING TUNNELLING MICROSCOPY 1.1 Introduction and History / A. De Stefanis; A.A.G. Tomlinson
1.2 The Physical Basis of STM
1.3 Instrumentation, Past and Present
1.4 STM Image Interpretation
1.5 STM Spectroscopy
2 ATOMIC FORCE AND RELATED FORCE MICROSCOPIES. 2.1 History
2.2 Principles
2.3 Instrumentation and an AFM Sitting
2.4 Other Microscopy Techniques Comparison
2.5 Applications of SPM
Scanning Tunnelling Microscopy / 1:
Introduction and history / 1.1:
The physical basis of STM / 1.2:
48.

図書

図書
P. M. Gresho, R. L. Sani in collaboration with M. S. Engelman
出版情報: Chichester : Wiley, c1998  xx, 1021p ; 25cm
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Glossary of Abbreviations
Introduction / 1:
Incompressible Flow / 1.1:
The Finite Element Method / 1.3:
Incompressible Flow and the Finite Element Method / 1.4:
Overview of this Book; Some Subjective Discussion / 1.5:
Why Finite Elements? Why not Finite Volume? / 1.6:
The Advection-Diffusion Equation / 2:
The Continuum Equation / 2.1:
The Advective (Convective) Form / 2.1.1:
Dimensionless Forms and Limiting Cases of the Equation / 2.1.2:
The Divergence (Conservation) Form / 2.1.3:
Conservation Laws / 2.1.4:
Weak forms of PDE's/Natural Boundary Conditions / 2.1.5:
The Finite Element Equations/Discretization of the Weak Form / 2.2:
Advective Form / 2.2.1:
Divergence Form / 2.2.2:
An Absolutely Conserving Form / 2.2.3:
A Finite Difference Interpretation / 2.2.5:
A Control Volume FEM... / 2.2.6:
Some Semi-Discrete Equations / 2.3:
One Dimension / 2.3.1:
Two Dimensions with Bilinear Elements / 2.3.2:
Two Dimension with Biquadratic Elements / 2.3.3:
Two Dimensions with Serendipity Elements / 2.3.4:
Open Boundary Conditions (OBC's) / 2.4:
Two Dimensions / 2.4.1:
Some Non-Galerkin Results / 2.5:
The Lumped Mass Approximation / 2.5.1:
One-point Quadrature / 2.5.2:
Control Volume Finite Element (CVFEM) / 2.5.3:
The Group FEM/Product Approximation / 2.5.4:
The Petrov-Galerkin FEM / 2.5.5:
Dispersion, Dissipation, Phase Speed, Group Velocity, Mesh Design, and - Wiggles / 2.6:
Qualitative Discussion / 2.6.1:
Qualitative Discussion for some 1D Problems / 2.6.2:
Extension to 2D / 2.6.3:
Time Integration / 2.7:
Some Explicit ODE Methods / 2.7.1:
Application to Advection Diffusion (Scalar Transport) / 2.7.2:
Some Implicit ODE Methods / 2.7.3:
A Variable-Step Implicit Method for Advection-Diffusion / 2.7.4:
A Semi-Implicit Method / 2.7.5:
Dispersion (et al.) Errors for some Fully Discrete Methods / 2.7.6:
Concluding remarks and Suggestions / 2.7.8:
Additional Numerical Examples / 2.8:
Unstable ODE Examples / 2.8.1:
Advection-Diffusion of a Puff (Point Source) / 2.8.2:
The Rotating Cone - A Pure Advection Test Problem / 2.8.3:
The Navier-Stokes Equations / 3:
Notational Introduction / 3.1:
The Continuum, Equations (PDE's) / 3.2:
Alternate Forms of the Viscous Term / 3.3:
Stress-Divergence Form / 3.3.1:
Div-Curl Form / 3.3.2:
Curl Form / 3.3.3:
Alternate Forms of the Non-Linear Term / 3.4:
Rotational Form / 3.4.1:
Skew-Symmetric Form / 3.4.3:
A Symmetric Form / 3.4.4:
Derived Equations / 3.5:
The Pressure Poisson Equation (PPE) / 3.5.1:
The Vorticity Transport Equation / 3.5.2:
The Penalized Momentum Equation / 3.5.3:
Alternate Statements of the NS Equations / 3.6:
Velocity-Pressure in Divergence Form / 3.6.1:
Velocity-Pressure in Rotational Form / 3.6.2:
PPE Form / 3.6.3:
The Stream Function-Vorticity (-) / 3.6.4:
The Velocity-Vorticity Formulation / 3.6.5:
Other Formulations / 3.6.6:
Special Cases of Interest / 3.7:
Stokes Flow / 3.7.1:
Inviscid Flow / 3.7.2:
Potential Flow / 3.7.3:
Axisymmetric Flow / 3.7.4:
Boundary Conditions / 3.8:
u-P Equations / 3.8.1:
The Pressure Poisson Equation and Pressure Boundary Conditions / 3.8.2:
The Vorticity Transport Equation and Boundary Conditions on the Vorticity / 3.8.3:
Initial Conditions (and Well-Posedness) / 3.9:
The u-P Formulation / 3.9.1:
The PPE Formulation / 3.9.2:
Vorticity-Based Methods / 3.9.3:
Interim Summary / 3.10:
A Well-Posed IBVP for Incompressible Flow, and the Equivalence Theorem / 3.10.1:
Some Ill-Posed Problems / 3.10.2:
The Simplified PPE is also Ill-Posed / 3.10.3:
Fixing the SPPE and PPE Paradox / 3.10.4:
PPE Solutions that are not NSE Solutions / 3.10.5:
A Remark on the Penalty Method / 3.10.6:
Key Features of Incompressible Flow / 3.10.7:
Global Conservation Laws / 3.11:
Preface
Glossary of Abbreviations
Introduction / 1:
49.

図書

東工大
目次DB

図書
東工大
目次DB
edited and published by the Architectural Institute of Japan (AIJ)
出版情報: Tokyo : The Architectural Institute of Japan, 1993  4, 5, 596 p. ; 26 cm
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
AIJ Committee Members
Editors and Authors
PART I. FUNDAMENTAL ASPECTS OF EARTHQUAKE MOTION
   1. Earthquake Source Mechanisms and Their Characteristics 1
   1.1 Overview of earthquake sources [R. Inoue, K. Shimazaki, and M. Takeo] 2
   1.1.1 Fault models 2
   1.1.2 Quantification of earthquakes 9
   1.1.3 Seismicity 15
   1.1.4 Earthquakes and active faults 19
   1.2 Earthquake source spectrum from complex faulting processes [J. Koyama] 22
   1.2.1 Earthquake source spectra 22
   1.2.2 Acceleration spectra 35
   1.2.3 Earthquake magnitude and complex faulting processes 45
   2. Propagation and Attenuation of Seismic Waves 65
   2.1 Observed attenuation of seismic waves [M. Takemura] 65
   2.1.1 Definition of a Q-value 65
   2.1.2 Evaluation of Q-values from observed records 66
   2.1.3 Attenuation curves 73
   2.2 Seismic wave propagation in a homogeneous random medium [M. Kawano] 79
   2.2.1 Review of the problems 79
   2.2.2 Effective wave number 80
   2.2.3 Average wave motion 81
   2.2.4 Numerical example 82
   3. Amplification of Seismic Waves 97
   3.1 Amplification of body waves [J. Shibuya] 98
   3.1.1 Effects of local site conditions on damages and earthquake motion 98
   3.1.2 Body waves in layered media 102
   3.1.3 Nonlinear response of soil layers 105
   3.2 Excitation of surface waves in multilayered ground [S. Noda] 106
   3.2.1 Significance of surface waves 106
   3.2.2 Surface waves in layered media 107
   3.2.3 Spatial and temporal variation of earthquake motion 111
   3.2.4 Simulation of surface waves 112
   3.2.5 Site amplification factors 115
   3.3 Effects of surface and subsurface irregularities [H. Kawase] 118
   3.3.1 Various types of irregularities 118
   3.3.2 Material heterogeneity 119
   3.3.3 Input wave type 120
   3.3.4 Surface irregularities 120
   3.3.5 Subsurface irregularities 134
   4. Intensity of Earthquake Motion 157
   4.1 Ground motion severity measures and structure damage [S.Midorikawa] 157
   4.1.1 Ground motion severity measures 157
   4.1.2 Damage and ground motion intensity 161
   4.2 Seismic intensity distribution of large earthquakes [H. Kagami] 166
   4.2.1 Spatial patterns of isoseismals and factors affecting them 167
   4.2.2 Utilization of seismic intensity data 172
   4.3 Seismic intensity measurement and its application [S. Okada] 176
   4.3.1 Advantage of using seismic intensity measurements 176
   4.3.2 Seismic intensity scales 177
   4.3.3 Prospects of an advanced seismic intensity scale 184
   4.3.4 Seismic intensity measurements as the key to seismic disaster management 184
PART II. EARTHQUAKE MOTION OBSERVATION AND GEOTECHNICAL SURVEY
   1. Observation of Strong Ground Motion 191
   1.1 Historical review, instrumentation, and observation system [Y. Kitagawa] 191
   1.1.1 Strong ground motion accelerographs 191
   1.1.2 Observation of subsurface earthquake motion 198
   1.2 Array observation of strong ground motion [K. Kudo and T. Tanaka] 199
   1.2.1 Brief historical review 199
   1.2.2 Purpose and method 200
   1.2.3 Examples 201
   1.3 Data processing and databases for strong motion records [S. Sugito] 206
   1.3.1 Digitization and correction 206
   1.3.2 Databases 211
   1.3.3 Current situation regarding the release of data in Japan 216
   1.4 Application of strong ground motion records and future tasks [K. Ishida and M. Tohdo] 217
   1.4.1 Application of strong ground motion records 217
   1.4.2 Future tasks of strong motion recording systems 225
   1.4.3 Future development of a world-wide data exchange system 227
   2. Subsurface Investigation and Soil Dynamics 231
   2.1 Geophysical properties and soil investigation [N. Yoshida] 231
   2.1.1 In-situ tests 232
   2.1.2 Laboratory tests 234
   2.2 Deformation characteristics of soils [N. Yoshida] 237
   2.2.1 Evaluation at small strains 238
   2.2.2 Evaluation at large strains 242
   2.2.3 Strength characteristics 246
   2.3 Modeling the stress-strain relationship of soils [N. Yoshida] 250
   2.3.1 1-dimensional analysis 250
   2.3.2 2- and 3-dimensional analysis 255
   2.3.3 Equivalent linear method 256
   2.4 Soil liquefaction [N. Yoshida] 258
   2.4.1 Mechanism of liquefaction 258
   2.4.2 Damage caused by soil liquefaction 259
   2.4.3 Evaluation of liquefaction potential 261
   2.4.4 Effective stress analysis for liquefaction 266
   2.4.5 Liquefaction-induced large ground displacement 271
   3. Survey of Deep Subsurface Structure 277
   3.1 Artificial seismic sources [H. Yamanaka] 277
   3.2 Surveying methods [H. Yamanaka and S. Zama] 281
   3.2.1 Seismic refraction method 281
   3.2.2 Seismic reflection method 283
   3.2.3 Other geophysical methods 288
   3.3 Exploration results in Japan [S. Zama] 292
   3.3.1 Examples 292
   3.3.2 Comparison of exploration results obtained by different methods 300
   3.4 Applications to earthquake engineering problems [H. Yamanaka] 304
   3.5 Future prospects [K. Seo] 308
   4. Measurement of Microtremors 315
   4.1 Microtremor or microvibration [N. Taga] 315
   4.1.1 Definition 315
   4.1.2 Measurement 315
   4.1.3 Nature 317
   4.1.4 Applications 319
   4.1.5 Examples 322
   4.1.6 Special cases 323
   4.2 Long-period microtremors [H. Kagami] 324
   4.2.1 Observation scheme 324
   4.2.2 Analysis and interpretation 325
PART III. PREDICTION OF STRONG GROUND MOTION AND ITS APPLICATION TO EARTHQUAKE ENGINEERING
   1. Simulation and Prediction of Strong Ground Motion 335
   1.1 Theoretical approach [K. Irikura and T. Iwata] 335
   1.1.1 Basic theory for simulating ground motion 335
   1.1.2 Characterization of earthquake ground motions 337
   1.1.3 Numerical simulations of earthquake ground motions 345
   1.2 Semi-empirical approach [K. Irikura, T. Iwata, and M. Takemura] 349
   1.2.1 Basic theory and review 349
   1.2.2 Modeling of heterogeneous faulting 363
   1.2.3 Stochastic modeling and scaling relation of strong motion spectra 370
   1.3 Empirical approach [M. Takemura] 377
   1.3.1 Attenuation curves in near-source regions 377
   1.3.2 Duration time of strong ground motion 383
   1.3.3 Stochastic simulation of high-frequency ground motion 386
   2. Effects of Surface Geology on Strong Ground Motion 395
   2.1 General review of site effects studies [M. Motosaka and T. Ohta] 395
   2.1.1 Effects of soil irregularity and heterogeneity on strong ground motion 395
   2.1.2 Average characteristics and effects of surface geology 402
   2.2 Effects of surface geology on strong motion during destructive earthquakes [Y. Hisada and S. Midorikawa] 406
   2.2.1 Strong ground motion in Mexico City during the 1985 Mexico earthquake 406
   2.2.2 Strong ground motion during the 1989 Loma Prieta, California, earthquake 412
   2.3 International experiments on ground motion prediction [C. Cramer and K. Kudo] 416
   2.3.1 The Turkey Flat, California, experiment 416
   2.3.2 The Ashigara Valley, Japan, experiment 420
   3. Seismic Zonation 435
   3.1 Seismic macrozonation [H. Murakami] 435
   3.1.1 Purpose and overview of macrozonation 435
   3.1.2 Statistical and probabilistic approach 437
   3.1.3 An approach that reflects geological fault information 439
   3.1.4 Linkage to microzonation and future research needs 442
   3.2 Seismic microzonation map [H. Kagami] 443
   3.2.1 Evaluation of seismic input motions and ground failure 443
   3.2.2 Risk zonation map 448
   3.2.3 Recent trends and future problems 453
   3.3 Seismic zonation and earthquake risk management [M. Naganoh] 455
   3.3.1 Critical need for earthquake risk management 455
   3.3.2 Seismic disaster processes 456
   3.3.3 Damage assessment and earthquake planning scenarios 458
   3.3.4 Countermeasures and studies implemented by the government 463
   3.3.5 Countermeasures and studies implemented by the business community 464
   3.3.6 Urban disaster prevention planning 465
   4. Strong Ground Motion in Seismic Design 471
   4.1 Seismic design in current codes [S. Nagahashi, M. Tohdo, K. Wakamatsu, and M. Yamada] 471
   4.1.1 Philosophy behind earthquake resistant design 471
   4.1.2 The Building Standard Law of Japan 472
   4.1.3 High-rise buildings 476
   4.1.4 Specialized buildings 479
   4.2 Approaches to new seismic design codes [M. Hisano, Y. Inoue, M. Kawano, M. Niwa, S. Ohba, T. Ohta, M. Tohdo, K. Ukai, and H. Yokota] 481
   4.2.1 Strong ground motion in seismic design in Japan 481
   4.2.2 Strong ground motion in the Tokyo bay area 483
   4.2.3 Strong ground motion in the Osaka bay area 491
   4.2.4 Strong ground motion for new types of buildings 499
   4.3 Needs and prospects for design earthquake motion [K. Hagio] 502
APPENDICES : FINDINGS FROM RECENT EARTHQUAKES
   A1. Overview [H. Kagami] 507
   A2. Lessons learned from the destructive damage of recent earthquakes in Japan [N. Taga] 515
   A3. Accumulation of strong ground motion records in Japan [T. Watanabe] 527
   A4. Review of recent earthquakes 534
   (1) The 1968 Tokachi-oki earthquake [Y. Kitagawa] 534
   (2) The 1978 Miyagiken-oki earthquake [J. Shibuya] 537
   (3) The 1979 Imperial Valley earthquake [S. Midorikawa] 542
   (4) The 1982 Urakawa-oki earthquake [H. Kagami] 546
   (5) The 1983 Nihonkai-chubu earthquake [S. Noda] 550
   (6) The 1984 Naganoken-seibu earthquake [K. Imaoka and N. Taga] 560
   (7) The 1985 Central Chile earthquake [S. Midorikawa] 565
   (8) The 1985 Michoacan-Guerrero, Mexico, earthquake [T. Ohta] 568
   (9) The 1987 Chibaken Toho-oki earthquake [S. Zama] 575
   (10) The 1989 Loma Prieta, California, earthquake [M. Naganoh] 583
   Index 593
Preface
AIJ Committee Members
Editors and Authors
50.

図書

図書
edited by Yoshimi Ito
出版情報: New York : McGraw-Hill, c2010  xx, 214 p. ; 24 cm
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Abbreviations
Nomenclature
Table for Conversation
Fundamentals in Design of Structural Body Components / 1:
Necessities and Importance of Lightweighted Structure in Reduction of Thermal Deformation-Discussion Using Mathematical Models / 1.1:
First-hand View for Lightweighted Structures with High Stiffness and Damping in Practice / 1.2:
Axi-symmetrical Configuration-Portal Column (Column of Twin-Pillar Type) / 1.2.1:
Placement and Allocation of Structural Configuration Entities / 1.2.2:
References
What Is Thermal Deformation? / 2:
General Behavior of Thermal Deformation / 2.1:
Estimation of Heat Sources and Their Magnitudes / 2.2:
Estimation of Heat Source Position / 2.2.1:
Estimation of Magnitude of Heat Generation / 2.2.2:
Estimation of Thermal Deformation of Machine Tools / 2.3:
Estimation of Thermal Deformation in General / 2.3.1:
Thermal Deformation Caused by Inner Heat Sources / 2.3.2:
Thermal Deformation Caused by Both Inner and Outer Heat Sources / 2.3.3:
Heat Sources Generated by Chips and Their Dissipation / 2.4:
Mathematical Model of Chips / 2.4.1:
Thermal Properties of Chips-Equivalent Thermal Conductivity and Contact Resistance / 2.4.2:
An Example of Heat Transfer from Piled Chips to Machine Tool Structure / 2.4.3:
Dissipation of Chips / 2.4.4:
Future Perspectives in Research and Development for Heat Sources and Dissipation / 2.5:
Structural Materials and Design for Preferable Thermal Stability / 3:
Remedies Concerning Raw Materials for Structural Body Components / 3.1:
Concrete / 3.1.1:
Painting and Coating Materials / 3.1.2:
New Materials / 3.1.3:
Remedies Concerning Structural Configurations and Plural-Spindle Systems / 3.2:
Non-Sensitive Structure / 3.2.1:
Non-Constraint Structure / 3.2.2:
Deformation Minimization Structure / 3.2.3:
Plural-Spindle Systems-Twin-Spindle Configuration Including Spindle-over-Spindle Type / 3.2.4:
Future Perspectives in Research and Development for Structural Configuration to Minimize Thermal Deformation / 3.3:
Two-Layered Spindle with Independent Rotating Function / 3.3.1:
Selective Modular Design for Advanced Quinaxial-Controlled MC with Turning Function / 3.3.2:
Various Remedies for Reduction of Thermal Deformation / 4:
Thermal Deformations and Effective Remedies / 4.1:
Classification of Remedies for Reduction of Thermal Deformation / 4.2:
Separation of Heat Sources / 4.2.1:
Reduction of Generated Heat / 4.2.2:
Equalization of Temperature Distribution / 4.2.3:
Compensation of Thermal Deformations / 4.2.4:
Innovative Remedies for Minimizing Thermal Deformation in the Near Future / 4.3:
Appendix
Optimization of Structural Design / A.1:
Finite Element Analysis for Thermal Behavior / 5:
Numerical Computation for Thermal Problems in General / 5.1:
Introduction / 5.1.1:
Finite Element Method / 5.1.2:
Finite Differences Method / 5.1.3:
Decision Making for the Selection of Methods / 5.1.4:
Procedure for Thermal Finite Element Analysis / 5.2:
Discretisation / 5.2.1:
Materials / 5.2.3:
Assembling Components to an Entire Machine Tool Model / 5.2.4:
Boundary Conditions / 5.2.5:
Loadcases / 5.2.6:
Linear and Non-Linear Thermal Computation / 5.2.7:
Determination of Boundary Conditions / 5.3:
Convection Heat Transfer Coefficients / 5.3.1:
Emission Coefficients and View Factors / 5.3.3:
Heat Sources and Sinks / 5.3.4:
Thermomechanical Simulation Process / 5.4:
Serial Processing / 5.4.1:
Coupled Processing / 5.4.3:
Future Perspectives in Research and Development for Thermal FEA / 5.5:
Engineering Computation for Thermal Behavior and Thermal Performance Test / 6:
Tank Model / 6.1:
Bond Graph Simulation to Estimate Thermal Behavior within High-Voltage and NC Controllers / 6.2:
Thermal Performance Testing / 6.3:
Index
Preface
Abbreviations
Nomenclature
文献の複写および貸借の依頼を行う
 文献複写・貸借依頼